Home

SchuyLab User`s Manual

1. ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanaananes 433 Appendix MiCrObDiOlOGY ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneneeaeeeees 435 Setting Up Cultures as Tests cc 06 ccccccectieenseteeteneteceeneenceeten neces 435 Setting Up Sensitivities as TeSts eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaee 438 Setting Up the Isolate TeSt 22 cc cieceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeee eee neeeeeenaes 440 Other RESUS nann e a ea a e Reade 443 Setting Up Sensitivity Panels ccccceeeteeeeseseceeeeeeneeeneeeeees 444 Setting Up Isolate Panell 0 ccccccececcceeeeseeeeesdaeteeeeeeeeneneeesenecees 445 Setup MICTODIOIOGY acces ccs edaeeca ess coeds cece cece cans aeiaacaan ce eceueeatewencs 446 Entering Microbiology ResulltS s cceceeesesceeesseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 448 Microbiology Annotation Result Codes 454 Appendix Mullti Facility 0 0c i0 cceccecteecsccccteseeccteeeeeeccnncsncsnsenecocevns 456 Set Up Facilite S on cra a A a 457 Daily ProcesSsiNg snn eee aa E a a 464 Appendix Refer TeSts ccccccsssssssseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeteees 468 Using the Refer Tests Module iscciccvcccice Lie agtenascedcenes cdot cety eaeees 468 Loading the Electronic Interface ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 470 Appendix Remote Printing sssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 485 Hardware requirements sssesseesseeeeeeseeeeeeceeeneeeeeee
2. x If you needed to order or cancel tests on a specimen or if you wanted to delete the specimen from the worksheet select that specimen from the list SchuyLab displays the box for that specimen E 000031 Drinkwater Mortem x O Code Name Delete Cancel OK All the tests on the worksheet master are listed Those tests that were ordered for this specimen are marked with asterisks on the left Selecting an unordered test will order it and place an asterisk next to it Selecting an ordered test cancels it i e removes the asterisk When done select OK SchuyLab returns to the Name of Worksheet box 165 l 2 3 4 To remove the specimen from the worksheet entirely select Delete SchuyLab returns to the Name of Worksheet box Select OK to return to the Select Loadlist box If you wish to print the edited worksheet before sending it to the instrument select the Print button Select F5 Worksheet SchuyLab displays the Worksheet Functions screen Select Select Worksheet SchuyLab displays the Worksheet ID box To retrieve an already existing worksheet Select New Select List Select one of the entries in the Worksheet 6 Select one of the entries in the Master box Available Worksheets box Complete the fields in the Create 7 SchuyLab returns you to the Worksheet box Select OK Worksheet Functions Screen and SchuyLab returns you to the Worksheet displays the designation of that Functio
3. trouble reading Unidirectional Instruments 356 White SPaCce cceceeseeseeeteeeteeeeesteeeeeeee 357 Dashing aere E E E hasta Bolas 182 batch reports PAA deleting see ea ee ee 73 Batch Requisition cceseeseeeeeeeeeeteeneeeeaee bottoni SECTION serien i aa e 373 Match to Patient ID cece eee 374 Middle Sections es i vse2vsecstenndesaeveveets 372 EOP SECON tes Seis ea al eke Batch Requisition Bethesda system cssecsseeeseeeeeeseeeeees bi directional interface ccccceceeeee 168 bill types Billing module eee eeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeees 26 body SCtUP 00 eeeecceseeeseeeceeteeeeeeeneeeeeetaeeees 218 BO im 747 occ ccccs coves cesses cov ch costs conch conseeeancdevs 140 C Calculations anenee n a Ke Cancel button cancel tests cancel without saving canned comments change demographics change header ce eeeeeeeeeseeeeeteeteeteeeees Change password ccceceeseseeesseesteeeenee change specimen change test COdC ccecceeseceseeeeteeeeeteeeeeeee change test NaMe eee eeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeenes Change the Parameter eeeeeeeeeeee 291 Checklistesvenihnk tae ai 150 153 cleanup database cece 13 35 330 cleanup database Setting parameteLs cece ereere 295 CLIA Multiple Facilities 0 456 Client Field CHEN orou Sie cuss cose oss ee a o ah 33 chent ID is sot rocii e So lvsgiee 317 client pane
4. 8453523677 Voice Telephone Pepin 8453523672 Print Log Suspend Transmissions Timetable Status as of Delete X Cancel V o Enter an 8 character name for the client s site in the Code field Select the correct remote printer queue the one you just set up from the Queue pull down list Select the model of remote printer from the Printer Model pull down list The Printer Model will generally be Remotrix but there are others available In the Printer Telephone field enter the telephone number for the remote printer s line Do not use any dashes or spaces Include all prefixes and area codes and if the number is long distance for you also include the 1 you need basically enter the number as you would dial it The Site Name and Voice Telephone fields are optional They allow you to enter a more complete description of the client s site so it will be easily available for future reference If you want each transmission to this printer to end with a separator page to distinguish it from tomorrow s transmission for instance select the Generate Separator Page button The final separator page acts as a mini log and contains the date time and number of total reports printed at the bottom of the page Select OK 10 Select Done Once all this is accomplished it should be a simple matter to access a patient record through F2 Patient or F3 Specimen or other document you wish to rem
5. Graphic Report Prints cumulative patient results on a graph then prints the data for individual results in columns below the graph Ei z t gt Print Labels Select this icon to print out labels for a range of specimens If your SchuyLab system includes the bar code option the labels will be bar coded otherwise they ll be a series of sequential accession numbers Reprint CLIA regulations state that you must have a copy of all reports both final and preliminary SchuyLab stores those reports for you To reprint a report that has already been printed select Reprint SchuyLab will display the Reprint Report box listing all the reports that have been printed today latest report first Type in another date to list the reports printed on that day Select the reports you want to reprint Data Log Prints out by specimen range a condensed format log of all the patients tests and results Order Log Prints out by specimen range the procedures ordered on each patient in the arrangement in which they were ordered Be Critical Log Prints out by specimen range the tests in the system whose results are critical i e falling outside the critical ranges set up as part of Test Definition Accepted Log 31 Prints out in condensed format all patients tests and results that have entered the system since you last selected this option gl p Restricted Log Requires a special security clearance
6. Select Enter Results Enter the appropriate worksheet Select one or more tests or select All Enter the result SchuyLab accepts the result and moves the entry field to the next test Transmitting Loadlists to Bi Directional Devices Many of the more advanced lab instruments employ a bi directional interface that is in addition to sending results to SchuyLab the instrument is able to receive orders 168 from SchuyLab This has the great advantage that orders needn t be input twice once for SchuyLab again for the instrument The patients names specimen ID numbers and the tests to be done are transmitted to the instrument the tests are then run and the results are transmitted back The transmission from SchuyLab is done using a worksheet Once you ve created the worksheet for this day s tests it can be sent as a loadlist via SchuyLab s Device Access menu screen There is some variation in the protocol used depending on which instruments you have but the following is by far the most typical procedure Through the F5 Worksheet menu screen create a new worksheet for the tests to be run on the instrument that day This procedure has been described above From the F4 Devices menu screen select the icon for the instrument in question SchuyLab displays the Instrument Online Results screen E SchuyLab Hitachi 704 Online Results HIT704 Ez MSTR 13 24 65 Patient 12 11 2003 F
7. gt e Last Name First Name Ml i Telephone X Cancel vy OK Id Your Id is something to identify you on any reports that may be looked at This can be up to 4 characters alpha numeric only 276 Password This can be up to 8 characters alpha numeric only and only something you and possibly the manager of the lab will know You do not have to change your password unless you want to or you forget it Class This is the class or level of security you have Facility This is used for Multi Facility sites to limit Which patient information you can see Last Firstname So just who is this person signed in as XXX Telephone Should something happen and the manager need to contact you Note Pad Works the same as all the others although this should be a note about this employee such as can t work 3 Friday of the month When you have filled in all the fields select OK and SchuyLab will ask you to verify your password If you enter it in correctly you are in the system If you don t enter it correctly SchuyLab will ask you to verify it again you d be surprised how many people can forget it so quickly If you put in the ID first the above box will appear and you can continue filling in the boxes When you select OK and SchuyLab will ask you to verify your password Changing your password SchuyLab now has the capability of generating new passwords without having to delete the Operator N
8. 1 21 14 59 TGRIFFIN 00000013 Test Patient The Reprint button displays a log of all the reports which have been successfully transmitted to the remote site this is a way to double check on the progress of your printing This will appear in a box with the title of the 8 character code you entered for that client s remote printer the printer queue in this example is REMOTE1 but the title is RAINBOW To view a log from a previous day select the Change Date button and enter the date you want xi 1 21 2004 Change Date Reprint OK Modem problems Sometimes the problem can be with the modem If the station with the modem in it is not making proper modem noises dialing connecting etc a few things may be amiss First the modem may be in the computer but the computer doesn t know that yet To tell it there s a modem there 1 Select F8 Tools Select Set Up 3 Select Station Setup SchuyLab displays the Configuration screen for a single station 490 4 Select Setup Comm SchuyLab displays the SchuyLab Communications Setup screen If your screen looks like the one displayed the computer doesn t think it has a modem when it actually does itll almost always be in COMA x COML CLTRGENS Coul ter GEN S hematology rer comz Setup a 4 coma Favanie EE E coms Pw Cd QUATECHS gt Cancel coma_ Favatiasie id cow Faariee id cowa_ INTERES Intermec 100 Bar Gade
9. Setup Date Rang From To X Cancel Yy ox Insert either the accession or date range for the report and click OK Here is an example of what the report will look like New Patient Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 New Patient Selected Date Range 1 01 2006 2 06 2006 SPECIMEN ID PATIENT NAME DATE OF BIRTH AGE SEX DOCTOR PATIENT ID STREET ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP PATIENT PHONE 000163 Test Patient DOB 05 03 52 53 F Dr Sabourin Neal J Pt ID 00031 CMP CULTURE 000165 Smith Maggie DOB 04 19 64 41 F Dr Arbuthnot James PtID 103865 CBC 000166 Jones Harry DOB 10 25 84 21M Dr Head Edith PtID 103366 A CMP 2 CMP 1CBC 1 CULTURE Total Accessions 3 Automatically Print Report 243 You can have this report print with every new patient instead of a single report of all new patients for a specific time period If you go into the Update Client records F8 Tools Doctor Records you will find a box that you can check to turn this feature on Note that it MUST be checked for every client E Update Client Record ID Fee Schedule Account Sales Telephone 2 ABC 555 952 4300 Queue Copies Copy to Fax M al p 555 333 2222 Client Name Telephone 2 Childrens Medical Group of Glendale Address nore V Active jie M Individual 1818 Glen Oaks Blvd Ste 110 rder rovider provider
10. E Messaging Setup x Save Sent mesages Empty Deleted Update Address lists Update Mail Boxes Print Logged Messages Save Sent When this box is marked you will save a copy of your sent Messages message if you have the security to send messages Empty Deleted Selecting this bar will empty your delete box or folder of all your deleted messages Update Address In SchuyLab messaging you have the options of lists sending messages to everyone or to individuals Using Update Address lists you also have the option of sending messages to certain individuals by creating an message group 429 Select Update Address lists E Address Lists x Code Name Select Add and the Create Address List box comes up E Create address list x Code Description I ID Name Delete Update X Cancel y Ok Type in a code name for this list i e MANGRS and fill in the description i e MANAGERS Click the Update button and the address list box opens Click on those names you want included in your new list 430 E Address List x CLRK JLC Chennault Janet L MSTR MASTER PASSWORD WSS Shipley William x Code Name MANGRS MANAGERS Update Mail Much like emails you may wish to set up boxes to classify your Boxes mail i e Manager personal etc Select the Update Mail Boxes bar to update your mailboxes 431 ES Add X Cancel
11. Iziz MANNIE 1213 nenene Worksheet Barcode The worksheet barcode will print out barcodes for the samples on the worksheet in the order they appear on the worksheet The Report Printing Screen SchuyLab Report Printing TGRIFFIN s Ez MSTR 13 44 4033 Patient 7 26 2004 zle F9 Cancel F10 Done Accession E ap E4 Patient AcceSsion Graphic Print Reprint z Report Report Report Labels Devices Os z Order Critical Accepted Restricted Worksheet Log Log Log Log Se a a amp Print Outstanding Draw List Batch Miscellaneous Print Tests Reports Reports Control G e nih Te EK a Test Test Demographics Client Billing p Tally Values Report Demographics Demographics Print a demographic format report by accession This is the screen from where you can print your various logs and reports or keep track of the daily work of the lab Patient Report Select this option to print out all of the results on all of the specimens that a patient has in the system The report will print in the in the Cumulative Report format even if your lab has opted for Specimen Report as its default format This is a print only option Specimen Report Select this icon to print out a report of one or more specific specimens The reports will print in a Specimen Report format even if your lab has opted for Cumulative Report as its default format This is a print only option
12. Select Alias Parallel testing is where the use of aliases becomes particularly important By defining two aliases one for the currently Active control set and another for the Test control set you can easily run the parallel tests without having to worry about misfiling results 188 1 Select Alias SchuyLab displays the Update Control Alias List box 2 Select Add Alias SchuyLab displays the Add Alias box Alias Actual Level x fa Cancel Delete OK 1 Inthe Alias field type either a the name you wish your techs to give the control you re parallel testing when they put it on the analyzer or b the name you know the analyzer will send it across as irrespective of whatever your techs call it In the Actual Level scroll box select the name and level of the control I Update Alias x Alias Actual Level CTRL1 NEWQC N1 z Cancel Add Alias UAABN x tian at Note As noted above each control level on the Actual Level list is shown several times once as defined and with several control level subsets with an integer appended The first set of the control has a 1 appended the second set has a 2 and so on Only lots that are defined as Active or Test status not Closed will be listed These subsets exist so that the Alias information can interact with the control level lot number status Let s say that you are working with a rather smart analyzer You tell this analyzer that the fir
13. Diagnose Problems The Diagnose Problems feature is used to help determine any number of problems you may be having with your computer s your instrument s or a system error that sometimes pops up 1 Select F8 Tools 2 Select Diagnose Problems SchuyLab displays the Diagnose System Problems box 342 Diagnose System Problems x To diagnose system problems select one ofthe options below Test Instrument Interfaces Validate Database CHKDB Be e eG Print Configuration Update Registration Test Instrument Interfaces SchuyLab consists of two separate programs SchuyLab and Connect Manger Connect Manager is the program that enables your computer to talk to your instruments your bar code printer or the modem for auto faxing It monitors the data streams between SchuyLab and the instruments and records the last messages transmitted and received Connect Manager or Connect is always on the station to which the instruments are physically attached Let s pretend that you get a call from a doctor wondering why he has not received any faxes from you today or perhaps when you go to F4 Devises there are no results although you just ran a CBC 1 Select the icon labeled Test Instrument Interfaces If the first box that pops up looks like this Connect is not running JE Would you like to start it 343 344 you may have forgotten to start or re start Connect manager Nin
14. Do notrun on primary tubes Flags Automatically order if performed Delete cance ox This is the name of the test as it is sent over from the instrument This is the name of test as it appears in the SchuyLab test list It may match or be different i e CREA and CREAT or WBC and WBC With some instruments the results sent over may be different than you wish reported For example in some UA instruments they will send over and you may want it to print out as 4 E Update Value Device Text EREET Delete x Cancel Select the Values button and click on the Add button In the above example you would add in the Device Text section and 4 under the Value section Continuing adding all the values you need for that specific test These would be flags that the instrument sends over with a result You can set up these flags with the appropriate message or to be ignored The user s manual for your instrument can tell you what these flags mean There are two places to set the flags As in the above WBC box these flags would be test specific Do not run on primary tubes Automatically order if performed E Add Flag Device Flag Remark M Ignore this flag The result is probably Invalid X Cancel y OK Or if you select the flag button on the first box of the test translation table these are flags common to all of the tests done by this instrument E C
15. M Restricted MV Flag Values T Automatically Order M Resultwhen ordered I Billing Only Result unaffected by dilution X Cancel In the Type field select ISOLATE From the check boxes select the box labeled Microbiology and put a check mark there When complete select OK To define space for your test results select the Values button SchuyLab displays the Values for Test box which defines non numeric test results for this test E Yalues for ISOLATE x Value Also Allow M Numeric 442 In the field labeled Text type in the number of characters maximum of 32 you wish to allot for your results This includes letters numbers and the spaces between words Since this space is going to be filled with the name of the organism you ve isolated we recommend using the full 32 characters When done select OK When the Isolate test is set up satisfactorily select OK again Other Tests The Isolate panel can consist of up to four tests Quantity Gram Stain Oxidas and Catalas These tests also require some special setups before they can be used As they are all setup the same way after they are created let s look at one of them Quantity Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Test Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Tests list box Select New Assuming you don t already have the Quantity test defined SchuyLab displays the Update Test box
16. There are situations however where this sequence is not accurate An add on test is drawn and received before it is ordered for example and an order placed through an EMR or HIS is received by the LIS then a phlebotomist is sent to draw it How do you then use any of these criteria to mark the starting point of your TAT That s where Available comes in Available means that the specimen has been ordered and drawn and received in the lab In other words all of the criteria have been met that are prerequisites for actually running the test If you are using the TAT to measure the analytical phase of laboratory work then Available marks the beginning of that phase The Default TAT field is a good field to use initially if you don t know what your TAT s are and are trying to establish a reasonable TAT for your tests It allows you to put one time into SchuyLab without having to enter change the times in of the individual tests Obviously this field will be the dominant field in the TAT for a reference laboratory where their promotional literature states something to the effect that We guarantee that 80 of our tests will be reported within 24 hrs of their receipt in our lab In that case there is no real need to distinguish among the various tests they just need to be done in one day The entry in this field must be in minutes This field is used for calculation only if there is no entry placed in the TAT field on an individua
17. x Width A Code gt T CAPS The Width window determines how many characters long this field will be For Test Name the Width is set to 16 by default this is the length permitted when the test was defined The next two buttons determine whether the data in this field will be left justified or right justified that is whether the sixteen characters would read WBC or WBC If you wish the text to be entirely in capital letters select the CAPS check box Finally there may be further choices in the definition of field For instance when defining a test name SchuyLab requires a test code 8 characters as well as a test name 16 characters the part that s printed on the patient s report It also permits a full description which is intended for internal use For the Test Name field we have our choice of these three items If we select the pull down list at the upper right of the Test Name box we get a list of these choices 392 x width 16 MP i Code T CAPS Enter field text We select the form we want then select OK SchuyLab returns to the Define Result box listing the field we ve just inserted E Update DELIM Result 1 16 L Test Name Add Field Re arrange Fields Delete X Cancel 7 ox On the line displaying the field the first number is the space in the line where the field begins in this case since it s the first field it starts in space 1
18. 150 more tests than could be configured normally However this option is really only necessary if the worksheet requires more than 300 tests on it Also in an Allergy testing lab this also makes constructing your Worksheet Masters much easier than the alternative of selecting the 1 000 tests that need to appear on the worklist Chose from Checklist Worklist Test List Packed List Load List Line by Test Spreadsheet or Line by Accession Has two criteria you can use to limit how many specimens appear on your worksheets e Spec limits the total number of specimens at a time and now because of the improved memory capabilities of Windows can be set as high as 9999 An entry of 0 implies no limit e Tests limit the worksheet size by the number of ordered tests that appear on it This is handy on instruments like the Tosoh AIA series that requires a place on the specimen chain for a reagent cup for each test to be performed If a specimen has enough tests that it exceed this limit it will be placed on the next worksheet rather than breaking it across two Standard The accession number that you are using for your lab This could be a date based number i e 050125002 or a straight number i e 002 Daily Number Special purpose do not use Specimen This is to make use of sub numbers of the main accession specimen number where you may have 2 3 samples of the same specimen as in some Microbiology Shows t
19. C Manager C Doctor X Cancel wv OK Select OK and you re done Instrument Set Up Since instruments are attached to an individual station by setting the Facility on the station you control which instruments are visible at a particular facility The F4 460 Devices screen at each facility will therefore reflect only those instruments physically present at that location Each instrument on the database must still have a unique name You cannot have a device called T360 at the LAB facility and another instrument called the T360 at the EFM facility You ll have to call them oh T360 L and T360 E or something equally imaginative Worksheet Set Up Each facility can set up Master Worksheets that are specific to that facility The Worksheet Master knows which facility set it up and will only look at Accessions that belong to its own facility unless the All Facilities checkbox is selected E Update Worksheet Master Worksheet Title Device Head Test Foot rrF DIFFERENTIAL MANUAL M va T Allow all tests for the device Format MaxVVorksheet bog Load List M Spec Tests Description poan MANUAL DIFF Accession IDs 200 o SEG NEUTROPHIL Standard s LYMPHOCYTES ont MONOCYTES Ja Prior Rosle C Stats first EOSINOPHILS BLASTONYCOSIS Lot Number ATYPICAL LYMPH I Sign off Process IMMATURE GRAN T Routine C Independent Sequence Test s Panel s By Accession Standards Cumulative Controls Only for ordere
20. Click here to delete this entire line of text Add Column This creates your header information that you will type in and SchuyLab will fill in automatically As it sometimes happens the name of your lab has changed so you need to change it on the results forms In the Update Line box click on the line that has the name of your lab in it in this case the second block or column xl width E M E u crs color Biack gt F Truncate column ta width Enter column text FAMILY PRACTICE Delete X Cancel Simply highlight the text in the text box and type in the new name Select OK when you are done Adding a new line or column There may come a time when you need to add another line of laboratory information To add a line in the Update form name box select Add Line This opens the 215 Define Line box If this line of information is for only the first page remove the check marks from the Middle and Last boxes Select Add Column and the Column Type box appears Skip Text Patient Accession Doctor Client Primary Dr Current Date Current time Page Number Report Status Duplicate 216 Adds spaces between columns or at the beginning of the line The amount of space depends on the number of spaces you call for This is a free text area You can type up to approximately 80 characters in a line without skips This includes all patient information you may w
21. GTT3 GTT 3 HOUR gt Sortby Code Name Print New Each panel has a code up to eight characters long which appears on the buttons in the Order Tests screen and a panel name to be printed on your lab s internal reports By default the Update Panels box sorts the panels by code in alphabetical order if you wish to sort panels by their names select the Name button at the bottom of the Update Panels box Select New SchuyLab displays the Define New Panel box Complete the fields in the box following the guidelines below Press Tab to advance through the fields or use the mouse to move the cursor E Define New Panel p Code Name Procedure Full Description x Code Name az Full Description Tests Procedure i Amount 0 00 Billing Sequence 4 Oo P T k 8 i Add Test s Add Panel s The panel code appears on the button in the Order Tests screen Type up to eight characters for the panel code use only letters numbers and the underline character You may not duplicate another test code or panel code The panel name is printed on reports Type up to 16 characters for the panel name You may use both letters and numbers Try to avoid using a test name as the name of your panel Type in a unique billing number e g the CPT code to enable the Billing module to charge for this panel as a procedure optional Type the complete panel name T
22. Location Other ID Bill Type Patient Type Doctor Client SchuyLab will enter the age for you after you have entered the DOB U Unknown M Male F Female optional This box can be used to further identify where the patient is Do they come from another draw station or in the case of hospitals from the ER optional If your lab is generating its own medical records this can be the patient s social security number or another ID number optional Whether you use the SchuyLab billing or not you can make the type of payment for the patient You can set it up for cash insurance Medicare etc optional This box is usually used in vet labs but can be adapted if a patient s permanent condition affects tests results This would be the patient s primary doctor which may not be the doctor ordering this set of tests The client is the person or group that is responsible for paying for the tests This can be the doctor or the medical group clinic he works with Note Your SchuyLab system may be configured to automatically generate patient ID numbers If so skip over the Patient ID field To override this function or if your system doesn t auto generate patient IDs type a number in this field When you ve completed the fields select OK If you are auto generating a patient ID SchuyLab displays the number and highlights the field Select OK again to approve the number SchuyLab displays th
23. Messages TGRIFFIN a Fe MSTR 15 23 4033 EA ice 4 12 2006 e zle E9 Cancel F10 Done Accession Tools unread gt From ji gl Date amp Time MSTR 4712 2004 12 15 Testing Devices MSTR 4712 2004 12 16 It has come to my attention Worksheet Ble Print fle Features This is the same screen that was displayed when we reviewed our messages back when we logged onto SchuyLab But now we re sending a new message so we select the New Msg button SchuyLab displays the Write Message box 426 E Write Message J x Cancel I Priority I Log message Al amp aa From MSTR 4 12 2004 15 24 E To Subject The first field labeled To is the message s address in this case the SchuyLab user ID of the recipient If you know the user ID of the person you re messaging go ahead and type it in this field Or select the To button to see the Address List which is a list of all users on your SchuyLab system x ALL All system operators LAB Laboratory operators BAM Miller Bruce CLRK JAF FLATTEM JACQUE JLC Chennault Janet L JMF FARRIS JEANNE JRB Bakken Joleen R MS MSTR MASTER PASSWORD X Cancel y You may select one of the users on the Address List or more than one as many as you wish The message would then be sent to all of them at once Simply click the mouse on each intended recipient There s also the opti
24. NOTE 1 SchuyLab can keep up to 999 separate Note Codes which can be combined in any permutation into a seamless note for annotating test results A bit more thought as to format may be needed to use Note Codes to their fullest potential Typical examples of Note Codes might be A header for a Cytology report with other Note Codes representing paragraph long results This test was performed at with other Note Codes representing different send out labs To Access Note Code Functions Select F8 Tools Select Note Codes SchuyLab displays the Update Note Codes box 306 E Update Note Codes x Code Text 001 Here is a note on the ALB result for spe 002 This C02 value is amazingly low 003 This test was performed at Add Code Pit To Create a New Note Code 1 Select Add Code SchuyLab displays the Input Note Code box E Input Note Cod x Code P A 2 Inthe Code field type in the number of this Note Code between and 999 that has not been used by another Note Code 3 Select the Note icon the yellow square SchuyLab displays the Input Note box 307 A Input Note xl Written by MSTR 11 24 2003 15 20 M Miew only Do Not Print Prior Add Jpdate M Lab Confidential J Priority ver omen see NOTE Many of these buttons are NOT used for the creation of a canned note but for updating or adding a note to results or tests Icons in upper right hand cor
25. Select the arrow to choose from among the contents of the list box or type directly into the field 371 The Middle Section Patient Name Birth Date Age Client Gender CO a This is important The information you enter in this section is what the computer uses to establish the identity of the patient Jn this section enter all of the information that you are sure of do not enter any information you are not sure of Let me give you an example If you have a patient Peter Wachowski and you aren t really sure of his birth date but you think it says 12 26 52 and you put in both of those pieces of information the computer will search for a patient that matches both criteria If it fails to find an exact match it will assume that this is a new patient If you just put in the name Wachowski Peter then it will search for all of the people by that name Maybe it will find a Peter Wachowski who was born 12 26 57 Then you use ancillary information in Patient Demographics to confirm that this is indeed the same person Age Birth Date SchuyLab calculates the age from the date of birth Enter the age only if the date of birth is not available The middle section also contains a Client field Enter the name or the number of the facility that sent the specimen Remember the contents of this field will be part of what is used to establish the identity of the patient If you have a Peter Wachowski from Southwest Clinic
26. We have a number of HIS types available To choose one click on the arrow to the right of the box below Peer System Type 395 x T Update asTm1238 Format E Name Description aST M1238 astm 1238 Peer System Type Tests C Fixed Length ASCII Iess Layout C Delimited ASCII Delete X Cancel v OK C DBASE lV format To finish any setup select the Layout button SchuyLab will display the Layout Data box E Layout data 3 J xj Send Name or ID Security password I Send Address T End of Line CCR CRLF St Result Sequence Report C Order Send Telephone ooo FERE s Send Characteristics r f F T Receiver ID Comment or special instructions X cone SS vx You will need to contact the software people for the Peer System you are using to complete the information needed in this box 396 When the record is satisfactory select OK SchuyLab returns to the Create Export Format box Select OK again to return to the Export Format List box with the new format present Select Done to return to the Export Patient box We are now ready to export data to a diskette HL7 HL7 is a generated generic output that can be used as a default program with or without a specified Peer System Type E Create Format Name Description HL HL Peer System Type HEOC Series Logician Medical Manager ls xj Tests HL7 C Fixed Length ASCII Eoyao C Deli
27. dashes a single line or a double line Will print only the abnormals must also check Statistics As is says summary only This will not list the header patients or the results just totals This can be used alone It will print out the patient and the results This will print a separate page for each patient If a patient has more than one accession it will be combines so that patient is only printed once To ensure that all the accession for one patient is listed under Sequence for Reporting choose Patient Name or Patient ID All the results will then be printed under the patient s name This will keep all accession together much like Keep groups together in the result form Layout Test By There are two ways of handling the tests You can lay them out or print them by test name default or by a sequence number If you choose sequence the column box will have 1 2 3 etc instead of the test names This may be necessary for restricted tests such as HIV or HEPATITIS Also and more importantly it will pack the tests present for a given accession so that 3 is the third test in list sequence that is actually present If you use this it will put the empty boxes at the back of the list Turn Around Time Report The Turn Around Time TAT is an interval between two designated points in the processing of a test It is used in a clinical setting to measure the efficiency of the laboratory The actu
28. if there are any any result flags that were transmitted by the instrument a yellow note icon for adding free text notes and four Result Code fields Add or remove the check mark on the check box to accept or refuse the test result If there is a previous test result checking the box will replace the previous result with the new result When all the information in the box is acceptable select OK Some of the test results may appear in blue or red or be followed by letters and symbols These colors and symbols are defined below Color Symbol Red CH Critical High Blue CL There is an instrument message for this test 66 When you have completed your review select Accept to accept the results and display the next set of results SchuyLab accepts the checked test results and sorts them with any notations into the patient s file 1 Push F4 2 Select the appropriate instrument icon 3 Examine the information acce ptable you want to view acce ptable Review the Modify the specimen Select Delete results number patient ID or SchuyLab displays Remove the patient name to link the results for the next check mark from correct patient to the patient any individual data test s you do not want to accept OR Select Accept SchuyLab 2 Select Prior or Next to displays results display different results for the next patient Worksheet Entry Certain instruments and bench tests which are not online to SchuyL
29. printing the report in house select the queue for the fax number for which the report is intended Then select Yes SchuyLab will send the report to the chosen fax queue which in turn will begin the faxing process 499 Monitoring SchuyFax To track which faxes have been sent and when select the SchuyFax icon SchuyLab displays the Automatic Faxing box showing the fax numbers currently defined on the system CET x M Suspend All Fax Transmissions Print Log Show sites All Pending Setup Faxing Sorby Name Number Defined fax stations 5818 782 0097 SchuyLab Business Office Sent 1 reports 8573 499 4983 SchuyLab Tech Support Print Sites This screen here displays a lot of information that you can use to track your faxing status First Suspend All Fax Transmissions will stop faxing to every site This option is used in the rare event that you need to disable faxing immediately to all of your clients The Show sites options allow you to quickly view all of your fax machines or which of your faxing locations still have reports that are waiting to print Sort by allows changing the order your faxing locations are listed for you to more easily find the specific site you are looking for The Defined fax stations box holds most of the pertinent information you need to review the status of your reports Here every one of your Fax machines are listed Next to each site is a small dot Each color represe
30. results Each result can be annotated using the Result Codes or Notes buttons in the usual manner When all has been satisfactorily entered select F10 Done The accepted results will be written into the patient s file Microbiology Annotation Result Codes Yov ll probably want to define some pre recorded comments for use with Microbiology notes such as gt 100 000 cfu ml or typical mixed flora noted These are defined through the Result Codes as described quite thoroughly in Sec 8 Managerial Functions One pertinent point regarding Microbiology needs to be addressed here though Result Codes are defined through F8 Tools Remark Codes When they re being defined SchuyLab displays the Input Result Code box This box shows several check boxes like so 454 E Input Result Code i x Code M Result affected M Microbiology I Print on Patient Repon I Priority l Print as a Footnote Comment Delete X Cancel Z OK One of the check boxes is labeled Microbiology When this box is checked the Remark Code is designated a Microbiology Result Code When a test has been defined as a Microbiology test through the Report button in the Test Definition screen as described above and its test results are being annotated only the Microbiology Result Codes will show on the list of Result Codes That makes it less likely that yov ll select an inappropriate Result Code for your culture results 455 Ap
31. t use an alias because QC results aren t accepted through an online interface or if you store QC results in the non specific file for that control that is the control name without a number appended skip this section 1 Select Alias SchuyLab displays the Update Control Alias List box Select the alias for the previous lot from the list SchuyLab displays the Update Alias box The Alias field will contain the instrument s name for that control level and if nothing has been changed on the device should be left as is In the Actual Level scroll box pull down the list of control levels 186 x Alias Actual Level CTRL1 NEWQC N1 Cancel Add Alias UAABN gt aes Ped awa 9 Only Active and Test control sets will be displayed in the Actual Level list Select the name and level of the new control lot in the example above the old lot has a 1 appended and the new lot will have a 2 appended select the new lot Select OK to return to the Quality Control Setup menu screen Parallel Testing Parallel Testing a New Lot Number of a Control already in SchuyLab Parallel testing is a special case of introducing a new lot of a control It allows you to accumulate data for the new lot while still accepting QC results for the current lot The procedure is exactly the same as Adding a New Lot Number described above Select New Lot Select New Lot SchuyLab displays the Select Control box Select List SchuyLab di
32. testing tables that the SL system has defined on it The Standard Table is the default 115 E Update Reflex Tables Code Description Standard Standard Table Sorby Code C Description Print New Done Click on the Standard Table and you will see it only has a Glycohemoglobin test in its list E Update Reflex Table Name Description Test Condition GLYCOHGB GLUFAST gt 140 OR GLUCO Add Sequence Delete X Cancel 116 Click on the entry and SL shows you the list of reflex tests that have been defined Select Add to make a new entry to the table or click on one of the existing lines to modify it In this table we have a Glycohemoglobin test E Update Reflex Test fx e TesyPane _ AND oR Value Remark Gender Age coa evrconce 1 Conditionfs GLUFAST gt 140 OR GLUCOSE gt 200 Sequence Delete X Cancel y ok The test you select in the pull down box is the test that will be reflexively ordered when the conditions you set have been met In this example Glycohemoglobin GLYCOHGB is automatically ordered by SL when the fasting glucose GLUFAST test result is equal to or over 140 or the random glucose GLUCOSE test result is over 200 To Set Up a New Reflex Test Goto F8 Tools Set Up Test amp Panel Definition RefleX Standard Table Select Add and select the test you want to be reflexively ordered to be visible in the pull down box 117 E Create
33. 1 19 2006 E9 Cancel F10 Done SchuyLab Batch Requisitions Accession _ Remarks Labels Draw Date Time By 000165 start fo fo j 1 19 2006 16 21 msTR Other Accession ID Specimen Received Recv Date Time By SERUM 1719 2006 16 21 MSTR Patient Name Birth Date Age Client Gender Let s go over the sections individually The Top Section Accession Remarks Labels Draw Date Time 000163 start fo fo f1 119 2006 15 22 Fore Other Accession ID Specimen Received Eee Time 1719 2006 15 22 d Accession It shows the number which will be given to the specimen you are currently entering The number in this field will automatically advance to the next specimen number until you reach the end of the batch of numbers you are entering STAT Select the STAT button if the specimen you are entering is a 370 Note Remarks Labels Draw Date Time By Recv Date Time By Other Accession ID Specimen Received STAT This will move this specimen to the top of any worksheet it may be on and print STAT in bold on a bar code label The Note icon in this section of the screen is used to write comments on this particular specimen Are frequently used canned comments that should refer to this specimen Each code consists of a message which is associated with a number If your lab has a label or bar code printer there will be a field
34. AY Print To view the report select screen in the Queue and your graphic report looks like 251 PATIENT Test Patient DOCTOR Doctor 15 LOCATION MED RECORD 000153 SEX F AGE 53 DOB 5 03 1952 OTHERID 12345678 ACCN 000158 DRAWN 5 03 05 1421 RECV D 5 03 05 1421 PRINTED 1 16 06 11 51 FINAL CARDIAC 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 CHOL Normal Range 0 To lt 200 HDL Normal Range 30 To 75 HDL H HDL 7 29 99 15 21 190 45 000125 1 04 05 10 42 175 80H 000144 5 03 05 14 21 200H 35 000153 Result Summary Report This is a Patient Demographics style report that is created in Reports like the other user designed Demographics Reports Its purpose is to print a strictly formatted report containing only a subset of the tests available at your lab If you want a report containing only the Sodiums or just the A1C and Glucose results this is the report to use Like similar reports once it is designed and created in the Report utility which has a high security clearance it is routinely generated in F6 Print Miscellaneous Reports Unlike the other reports the Result Summary will require more setting up The new Result Summary report is set up under F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Reports New Report Name the report fill in the description and under Type select RESULT SUMMARY 252 E Create New Report X GLU GLY Glucose amp Alc Result Summar E This report derives from the
35. BASIC METABOLIC LIPID LIPID PANEL Worksheet ge Features E gt FE Tools This screen has a few buttons for frequently ordered tests and panels but its main use is through the text windows the rectangular window on the right which shows what s already been ordered on this specimen and the long text window at the top If you have an Order Tests screen configured this way type the codes for the tests or panels you wish to order in the long window separated by commas as shown in the example Then press the Enter key The tests will disappear from the long text 47 window and appear in the tests ordered window on the right The disadvantage of this format is that it requires the user to memorize all the codes for the tests Most people prefer the more graphical interface To undo a selection Type the code for the test you wish to cancel preceded by a minus sign That is if you d ordered Albumin and now wished to cancel the order type ALB in the long text window and press Enter That test will disappear from the tests ordered window the test will have been un ordered The rest of the tests in the window remain unaffected To complete Order Test processing When you have selected all the tests required select F10 Done The system accepts the orders and returns to the Patient Processing menu To cancel Order Test processing Let s say you ve chosen a dozen panels canceled
36. Bill Type through the Change Demographics function in the Patient Processing screen 1 From the System Parameters menu screen select Billtype SchuyLab displays the Update Bill Types box 298 E Update Bill Types x CASH Cash Patients INSURE Commercial Insurance MEDICAID MEDICAID MEDICARE Medicare MEDIMEDI Medicare Medical NOCHARGE No Charge PATIENT Patient PHYSICN Bill Client Bill Doctor default X Cancel New Type y Ok To update a Bill Type that s already defined select it from the list To create a new Bill Type select New Type Either way SchuyLab displays the Add Bill Type box E Add Bill Type j x Code Id Fee Schedule ame V Medical Necessity Payors for this Billtype M Medicare M Medicaid I Insurance l Patient M Client X Cance If your SchuyLab system does not include the Billing Module you only need to fill the Code and Name entry fields In the Code field type the code up to eight characters for the new Bill Type In the Name field type a more complete description for your lab s internal use If your SchuyLab system does include the Billing Module more extensive entry will be needed This is described in detail in the SchuyLab Billing Manual We needn t go into it here 299 4 When completed select OK Optional Processing U VFI Hort There are system options that are considered global to the SchuyLab system that is how these opti
37. CENTER 210 E Configure Accession Report Queue Font Pending PATIENT Roman PEND Form Microbiology WHTCLIF Standard Heading Spacing 6LPI 8LPI Results Print list of orders Abnormal Specific Group Formats Add Groups Notes X Cancel vx When you have the form name you can cancel out of these screens until you are back in Report Setup Select F8 Tools Select Setup Select Report Setup Select Forms E Report Form List LAPROMPT L A PROMPT SCOTTSDALE vet Centered Form newFom o Select your form in this case we will be using WHTCLIF1 211 This form is made of three main parts Header Body and Footer The Header contains your lab s name address etc and any other information concerning your lab i e lab director s name Also included in the header is the patient information name record Doctor s name etc and accession information specimen draw date print date etc The Body of your form contains the test name the results and other information concerning the results We will cover the body in more detail later in this section The Footer can contain such information as a place for the tech to sign the signature of who reviews the results page number and an End of Report message Select your form and you see the Update form name box We suggest that you rename this form If for what ever reason this new form
38. CHEMISTRY Phone 000026 Sequence Check 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K 000043 Abston Jane 000044 King Annabel 000049 Smith John 000052 Smith William 000053 Nuts I M 000054 Nuts U R 000059 Drinkwater Jill 000062 Nixon Richard M 000063 Andersen Thomas The Test List prints the accession number patient s name and lists the tests that have been ordered 158 Panorama City Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street CA 91402 4922 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 GENERAL CHEMISTRY CHEM 0421 3 4 21 2005 13 19 CHOL TRIG SGOT LDH CPK T_BILI CHOL SGOT TRIG SGPT URIC_ACD ALB TP ALKPHOS CA LDH GGTP ALB SGOT LDH BUN T_BILI CHOL SGOT TRIG SGPT URIC_ACD ALB TP ALKPHOS CA GGTP BUN CREA LDH CREA SGOT LDH CPK BUN CREA BUN CREA SGOT LDH CPK Line by Test CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL CHEMISTRY Test Accession GLUFAST 000070 GLUFAST 97063026 BUN 000052 000053 000059 000062 000116 000118 000123 000124 000127 nnni29 Name Source Age Received Result Prior 1 Prior 2 Fox B SERUM Drink John Smith William SERUM Dr Head Kenneth P Nuts I M SERUM Dr Sabourin Thomas J Drinkwater Jill SERUM Nixon Richard M SERUM Dr Thom Lark Clarance SERUM Lopez Josephine SERUM Dr Sandhu Tejinder Shipley William J SERUM Dr Who Shipley William SERUM Drinkwater Mortemer K SERUM Dr Smith
39. Enter Results or Alter Results screens When the entry field window is activated for a trigger test select the button labeled Expand This brings up the Expand Test Name box with the appropriate follow up tests How does the Expand button know which follow up tests to display in the Expanded box you may ask Well as part of the Test Definition for this particular trigger test we attach the test RBCMORPH to a panel which we ve imaginatively called RBCMOR The panel RBCMOR contains the follow up tests we wish to see in the Expanded RBCMORPH box The panel can be edited as we wish including the order in which the tests are displayed This is explained in greater detail in the section on Panel Definition found in Section 4 Tests and Panels Follow up results are entered in the Expand Test Name box in exactly the same manner as on the Enter Results screen Only the follow up results that have been actually entered will be retained in the patient s file afterwards tests with no results entered will not be retained The Expanded screen is then closed by selecting the OK button the retained results will appear on the screen beneath the trigger test The trigger test s entry field will still be active be sure that a result e g SeeBelow is entered and accepted for the trigger test itself Entering Microbiology Results Microbiology results are entered for culture tests that is any tests for which Culture has been sel
40. LAB MI MASTER PASSWORD Telephone e Delete X Cancel y ok Two of the possible security permissions are very powerful and deserve a mention on their own The Facility all and rmte appear in small case type at the bottom of the list 462 By setting the user s Facility to all they re given the security clearance to sign on at any of the facilities on your SchuyLab system if the user is physically present at that site By setting the user s Facility to rmte they re given the security clearance to sign on to any of the facilities on your SchuyLab system regardless of whether they re physically present at that site This is a much more powerful permission Let s take an example If user JLC is given all as a Facility on her security clearance JLC can go to any of the labs that are a part of that system sign on and perform the level of work permitted by her security Class If JLC is given rmte as her Facility however then she can sit in the main lab and virtually sign on to any of the other facilities Once JLC has virtually signed on the station at which she works is considered part of the other facility Any work done on that station is recorded as if the user had gotten into her car driven to that facility and was sitting there in that lab Obviously rmte is a very powerful clearance It would for instance allow you to sign on to another facility accept the results from their
41. Messages cccccceccesceeeeereeeeeeeeee MesSagessiv cs Nii ae ae e aii a EG delete message Deleting sh sia ae e eas Forwards neriesi New Msg Update Address nes Update Mail Boxes cceeeeeesereeeeee 431 MICTODIOLO BY ives vives vece wees en eee nestes eae a entering results 55 isolate OFGAaNISMS ec eeeeeeeeeteeteeeeeeee 57 SENSIIVITICS see eeeseeceeeneeseeeeeeeeeeeeesaes 59 LEAD i D PPE A E EEEE 97 Microbiology ai iinei Entering Results 448 Microbiology Setup MOUSE a etii u a e e ie Multi Facility eeeeeeeeeeeeereeeesrsreeerrerrrsreses 456 N New patient arrea ee ES 39 New Patient Report 241 300 New Patient Report niachie nas Automatically Print Report 243 Manually Print Report cece 243 Sef Upra ne nebak ss rt nan rae tentea 241 New Patients setene entus isnesismsns 319 NEW SpeECiMEN s ssesesseeererereetsrerrersrreseree 41 43 new test non printing teSt eee eset eetteeeteeees 96 normal ranges sentensia eae behebs Create nerpeiperier i r inert Print a List as footnotes Notes button number of labels cc ceceeeseseeeeeeeeneeeees O On Line AnalySis ccccccceeeseeeeeereees 192 197 ONIING CMU 3 tists cascode neste R sending loadlist cee eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeee 169 OETA akini inon irion ee sso ESEE Eei 274 Operators UD 124 28 2 222 eea AASE 276 Optional Pro
42. Patients Demographics and a variety of other reports you may have made The Patients Demographics report deals with a single patient and lists the accession number what was ordered and the results of the tests Any other reports you create will be found in this area E Patient Demographics x Patient Name ID Must Specify Accession Range Queue First Last PRINTER Setup Date Range From To X cocoi Let us look at a demographics report and see how we can make it fit our needs Remember depending on your computer skills you have the option to use the default setups we have or you can change the heading and body of the report Select F6 Print Select Demographics Report 236 Select Setup SchuyLab displays the Demographics setup box Queue Font Selection PRINTER gt Draft gt fan a Sequence for reporting detail entries Accessi on M Separator B ank Line M Print Options T Summary Only I List of Results Patient ID Address I List of Charges l Other ID Client I Workload M Drawn Received Printed M Order Charge statistics l Diagnosis Code Line Separate Pages l List of Orders T Exclude Undrawn Heading Body Xx Cancel Queue You can choose to always print at your default printer in this case our default printer is called PRINTER to another printer in the network if you have a network printer connected or
43. Printer coma Favatiasies id cow cout Faatiasien id To correct this click on come the COM4 button SchuyLab displays the Setup Port number screen Click on the pull down Device list and select MODEM E Setup Port 4 i x Device MODEM Modem Baud 57600 l Separate testtranslation table for this device Setup X Cancel Y ok Parity Bits Stop Flow Trace hene zilezi E 491 Click on the Setup button SchuyLab displays the Setup device screen E Setup MODEM x Modem Type Mal ti tech 56K Dialing Access Prefix Suffix 1 m Speaker Volume C Off C Low Med C High M Remote Printing M Auto Faxing M Dial in Results l Hosttransmissions Remote Station ADS Printing X Cancel yY ok Select the right numbers for your particular modem from the pull down screen Once done click Remote Printing Then select OK The SchuyLab Communications Setup screen should have MODEM Modem in COM4 Other Problems Other modem problems could stem from the internal buffers filling up If this happens just get out of SchuyLab and turn the computer off for about 10 seconds Then go back in Static and other bad noise on a modem line especially a low quality one can be checked by unplugging the modem line and plugging in a phone If there is static on the phone line call the phone company Other things that can
44. Quick List To set or change the patient ID number 1 Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the Tools menu 2 Select Set Up SchuyLab displays the Set up menu 3 Select Parameter ID Definition SchuyLab displays the Parameter ID menu 4 Select Patient The Specimen ID number Each specimen in a laboratory environment must be uniquely identified by its accession number also called the specimen ID number Additionally each specimen must be linked to a patient identifier date and time of draw and the identity of person who drew the specimen But the accession number is assigned to that specimen and that specimen only SchuyLab is capable of generating its own specimen ID number or of letting you manually enter the specimen ID number when you enter the specimen into the system The following protocol tells you how to set the type of number you wish i e Year and date and number Julian date and number straight numeric the number of digits it has and the starting point of the sequence 1 From the System Parameters menu screen select Accession SchuyLab displays the Specimen ID Definition box 293 E Accession ID Definition Auto Generate Prior Number Yes No Format n je C MMDDn C MM DD n C YYJJJn W HEE C JJJn C JJJen Cc Yn Cc YY n YYMMn C YA MM n C YYMMDDn C YMMDDn X cance ox 2 Fill in the various fields as follows Auto Generate Tells SchuyLab whether or not to
45. Reflex Test SERUMHCG _ Remark Gender Age ICD9 Sequence In this case let s have a Serum HCG automatically ordered if the Urine HCG is positive Next select Value and under Test select the Urine HCG Add Comparison Value Test Jurca Delete X Cancel OK In the Value field type Pos and click OK Now select Gender then select F emale E Update Gender Condition x Patient s Gender is ulm fe Delete X Cancel v ox 118 When you click OK you have now have defined a set of conditions under which the Serum HCG is automatically ordered If the patient is a Female and the results of her urine pregnancy test are positive SchuyLab will automatically order a confirmatory serum pregnancy test E Update Reflex Test A amr po AND OR Value SERUMHCG Remark Gender Age ICD9 Conditionfs UR_HCG Pos Female Sequence Delete X Cancel y ok Let us add some more complexity to this Suppose we also want to do a serum HCG if the urine test is negative and the doctor suspects an ectopic pregnancy Select Value again but this time say that the value is negative E Update Comparison Test Value fue fr ev Delete X Cancel Yr OK Then select the AND button 119 E Update Reflex Test Test Panel arr AND OR Value Remark Gender Age ICD9 Conditions UR_HCG Pos Female UR_HCG Neg AND Sequence
46. Report Order box Select Done to return to the Define Tests menu screen and from there you can simply click on the next icon and get to work Panel Specific Print Groups Remember in the beginning of this section where we said that print groups are not related in any way to the tests and panels you ve set up Well we lied sort of Panel Specific Print Groups are panels that can be attached to a specific Printing Group The Printing Group prints only if that panel has been ordered So if to take an example the Lipids Printing Group has the Lipid Panel to trigger it then if you order the Lipid Panel that group prints and if you order each individual test that belongs to that panel it won t The tests print elsewhere presumably in Chemistry We say presumably because to guarantee that every test prints every 145 time any test in a Panel Triggered Printing Group is duplicated in the default printing group To set up the trigger panel print group go to the Update Report Order F8 Tools Setup Test amp Panel Definition Report Order We will use the LIPID panel as our example so choose the LIPID STUDIES group and you will see a box under Panel Click on the arrow and scroll down until you locate LIPID click on it and it fills in the panel box 1 Update Group LIPID x Code Name LIPID LIPID STUDIES Requires separate page Panel I Requires full width of report LIPID gt M Do not print duplicated tes
47. SODIUM 155H mmol L 136 145 Result verified by repeat analysis POTASSIUM 3 0CL mmol L I5 CHLORIDE 104 mmol L 98 109 co2 2 mmol L 22 31 ANION GAP 17 0 4 17 The results are listed in the same order as on printed reports with the same headings Abnormal values are flagged annotated results are displayed after the test and its information To see the full information on a result select that value SchuyLab displays the Name of Test box 68 x Normal Range 3 5 5 0 Critical Range 2 Inst Linearity Prior values mEq L 12 15 98 12 06 5 CONTINUE The current test value is shown in the blue bar at the top of the box next to the name of the test In this example the test is Potassium and the value is 5 2 Results from previous specimens on this patient if any are shown in the area labeled Prior values The Normal Range Critical Range and the range of instrument linearity if defined are all shown When you ve seen all you need select Continue SchuyLab returns to the View Results screen When you re finished viewing the results select either F9 Cancel or F10 Done Either one will return you to the Patient Processing menu screen since nothing can be changed in the View Results screen there s no danger of accidentally saving an erroneous entry or deleting a valid one Printing Reports There are several ways of printing a patient s report Reports may be printed with some o
48. Select the name of your printer model i e HP DeskJet 970Cxi by clinking on it with your curser E Update Windows Printer x Selected Printer HP DeskJet 970Cxi Current Queue Printer Driver use Windows Driver M Suspend further print Waiting X Cancel The selected model name appears in the Update Windows Printer box Select the correct print queue for the station the printer is attached to such as Printer and select OK This is now the default printer for this SchuyLab station and a green dot will appear next to the printer name To Change the Current Queue If yours is a single station this queue should be set to PRINTER If your system is on a network you may have as many printers and printing queues as you have workstations to support them Each printer is given its own queue each printer is driven by its own workstation The most common setup involves two printing queues PATIENT for patient reports often on pre printed forms and 269 PRINTER for all the other print jobs e g worksheets logs and other internal reports On the workstation attached to the printer used for patient reports the queue in the Update Windows Printer box should be set to PATIENT On the workstation attached to the printer used for other print jobs the queue in the Update Windows Printer box should be set to PRINTER When the current station is set to the appropriate queue select OK Waiting To see a
49. Setup menu screen e car Select New Lot 1 Select New Lot SchuyLab displays the Select Control Box 2 Select List SchuyLab displays the Control box Select the appropriate control SchuyLab displays the Define Set box A control set consists of a single lot of each level of a control 178 E Define Set xi Control Set Status p rest Beg Date End Date 9 29 2003 i Lot Exp N Lot Exp 3 In the Status scroll box select the status of this particular control set as follows Select Active if you are setting up a currently active lot which you ll do if you re setting up QC for the first time Select Test if you are doing parallel testing on a set of controls or putting in a lot number you ll begin using at a later date The two other Status levels Closed and Archive are not used in defining a New Lot A lot should be set to Closed if you ve finished that lot of controls and are activating a new one i e when you ve just finished parallel testing You could do this yourself but SchuyLab will do it for you automatically whenever you have an Active control lot and a new Active lot is defined SchuyLab automatically closes the first Active lot and assigns the current date as the End Date Because SchuyLab will NOT delete any of the QC you ve entered you can end up with a long list of closed QC lots If you set the status from Closed to Archive SchuyLab will remove these f
50. THERAPY THERAPUTIC DRUGS IMMUNO IMMUNOLOGY HORMONE HORMONAL STUDIES X Cancel Done Select the printing group you want to move SchuyLab will highlight it in dark grey then move the cursor to the spot on the list you want it to be and click the mouse Repeat as desired When you re satisfied with the order select Done To Establish a New Printing Group From the Update Report Order box select New SchuyLab displays the Define New Group box 142 E Define New Group x Code Name E Requires separate page Panel J Requires full width of report M Do not print duplicated tests ke Beginning M Use Microbiology format End Tests 4 Delete Sequence Cancel Add Tests Tests Complete the fields in the box as described below Code Name Panel Type up to eight characters for the code name for this group This code will appear in lists and scroll boxes You should use only letters numbers and the underline _ character This is the heading that will print out on the report itself Your lab may wish to have a panel s test results print under the header of that panel s name if the doctors expect the results that way By selecting a panel in this field you tie this printing group to that panel the group will be used whenever the panel is ordered 143 Add Tests Select the button Add Tests to display the Add Tests s to Group box containing a list of all the tests co
51. Tests Screens Here follow some examples of the screen formats which are selected by number in the Input Test Screen box 132 Format 1 SchuyLab Define Test Screens Accession g Devices E Worksheet F9 Cancel E10 Done MAIN HEMO MICR MM Sau ee LYTES CHEM_ CHEM_18 COMP re mae _ O k a avoa CA Selectto place a Testhere Format 2 E SchuyLab Define Test Screens E 24 151 xi Fe Patient Zle Accession g Devices Ge Worksheet ws Print Be Features E9 Cancel F10 Done MAIN CHEM COAG SPCH MICR IMM SEND cmr msc Cok ores e wee Free CBC BANDS BASO IMM_GRAN BLASTS MPLTs RBCMORPH ESR_ SCKLESCN RETIC NRBC GLU2HR GLU3HR GLUFAST Selectto place a Test here 133 Format 3 Format 4 134 Format 5 1 SchuyLab Define Test Screens Uzi la xi Ble Worksheet wile Print fle Features E9 Cancel E10 Done E MAIN CHEM HEMO SPCH MICR seo ort ast ork cae fm woe PT_PANEL PARE Selectto place a Test here Format 6 SchuyLab Define Test Screens 2 lol x E Patient ral zle E9 Cancel F10 Done Accession MAIN CHEM HEMO MICR g g e0 cmr msc onk ces EE MIC m Devices Code Name Es PT_PANEL COAG Worksheet PTT PTCTRL KE ae aay COAGULATION 135 Format 7 Note t
52. The second button Override will skip the Medical Necessity alert and allow you to proceed However a box will pop up and prompt you to print out an Advanced Beneficiary Notice ABN It is suggested that you then print out this form and have the patient sign it Print ABN x To print an ABN report Amount Queue select OK 0 00 PRINTER gt CPT Problem Description Amount K 80061 NOT ALLOWED LIPID PANEL 0 00 K 80048 NOT ALLOWED BASIC METABOLIC 0 00 683036 NOT ALLOWED HEMOGLOBIN Alc x 0 00 English Spanish Setup X Gancel v x 415 Be warned however that there is a good chance that some insurance payors will refuse to pay for the test if it is not medically necessary Override will be grayed out unless you have Override Necessity security clearance If you are unable to find a match in the ICD 9 list or the list of tests requested by the doctor Schuyler House recommends calling the doctor for the correct information Medical Necessity Setup At the heart of the Medical Necessity module is a series of links between the CPT codes of your lab s tests and the ICD 9 codes of your lab When ordering a test if no link is found between the test being ordered and the ICD 9 codes that the doctor has sent you a medical necessity alert will appear You must create these links before Medical Necessity will function properly Also you can setup special conditions for links where age and gender have an
53. a 5 W Labels in each row l Existing Accessions Only M Undischarged Patients Only Rows on each page s0 Sort Patient ID gt Top Margin 1 720 inch 240 Type point size 120 Left Margin characters Copies of each label 5 Width of each label Length of each label Label Design X Cancel W ox Queue If you are printing labels you will need to set the printer you want to print to Font You can set the font to use on these labels either default or what is already set for your reports or change the fonts to Courier Sans Serif Roman and more Click on the arrow and 364 Accession Patient Existing Accessions Only Undischarged Patients Only Sort Type Point Size Copies of each label Format Labels in each row Rows on each page Top Margin scroll down to choose the font to use If you want to print an accession range click this box When you do you open the Existing Accessions Only option it is no longer grayed out If you want to use the patient ID as the range click on this box When you do you open the Sort option it is no longer grayed out If you are printing by Patient ID please note that the accession number will NOT print on the label This will enable you to print labels for ALL open accessions That is any accession that has tests ordered on it This way you can enter a wide range of numbers and SchuyLab will ignore any accession number in
54. a Note on your patient or result 224 you can now select between your two default types of Notes Notes marked with the Priority flag will print according to the priority format Logs SchuyLab is a wonderful program but it s neither omniscient nor telepathic Errors will crop up occasionally despite everything Most will be data entry errors pure and simple a CBC was ordered on a urine sample or a patient s name was misspelled Some will be caused by changes made elsewhere in the system for instance a test may be ordered on a specimen but never done because it didn t appear on the worksheet because yesterday that test was edited out of the worksheet master Finally there may be system glitches such as a device that runs a test but somehow fails to transmit the result to SchuyLab For all these reasons it s useful to spend some time every day in data management There are four reports in particular that make it easy to check on whether the database includes everything it should the Accepted Log the Data Log the Order Log and the Outstanding Orders report Accepted Log The Accepted Log is meant to be printed on a daily basis This function prints out all the patient test results that have been accepted since the Zast time you printed an Accepted Log or you can specify a date It s still important not to let the results accumulate too long make it a habit to print the Accepted Log every day To print the
55. a test here or there reordered and suddenly decide to start over To cancel all the changes made in Order Tests select F9 Cancel SchuyLab returns to the Patient Processing menu screen without accepting any of the orders Order Tests Quick List To select a specimen and order To order tests for a selected specimen tests Select Order Tests Select Order Tests Select an existing specimen Select the first department or section button number or enter a new one Select tests or panels Select the first department or Select the next department button section button Select tests or panels Select tests or panels When you have selected all the required tests Select the next department push F10 button Select tests or panels When you have selected all the required tests push F10 Entering Results Once you ve ordered all the required tests your attention will turn to the physical samples themselves and the laboratory instruments When you ve run the tests you can enter the results in SchuyLab There are three ways to enter test results into SchuyLab Manual entry Online entry and Worksheet entry 48 Manual Entry To manually enter a patient s test results in SchuyLab display the Patient Processing menu screen See the procedure 1 What to Do First On the Patient Processing menu screen select Enter Results If you have not selected a specimen number SchuyLab displays the Enter Results screen listi
56. aa EZ AMPI B I CLINDA M CRYLEU I DIFF Features T ANA CARBEN CLUE M CRY_PHOS M DIG I ANION I CARDIAC M C02 M CRY SULF I DILANTIN Jle I ANISO BEE I COAG M CRY_TYRO TF DBU E9 Cancel F10 Done MAIN CHEM HEMO COAG UA SPCH MICR IMM SEND ox s FR mce FREE I CHEM_18 Code Name J COMP M ARTH r T ALB I AMYLASE J BUN Tl CA I CREA l SGOT M TIBC m m m a ts os a C U U G U U U u G H 137 Alias Definition If humans were perfect all the tests and panels for your lab would have been perfectly defined from the very start and never need to be changed Humans sad to say aren t perfect For any of a number of reasons clarity or esthetics or to avoid conflict the code assigned to a test or panel might need to be changed But SchuyLab uses those codes to keep track of what s been ordered on a specimen Changing a test code when that test has been ordered for a patient might result in the test never being performed with all the administrative tangle that would ensue To correct this SchuyLab permits aliases to be defined for each test and panel If you make changes to a test code through the Test Definition icon SchuyLab will automatically ask you if you want to save the old test code as an alias Do you wantto keep ALKPHOS as an my alias for ALK_P If you ve used your SchuyLab system for any length of time at all select Yes Otherwise any
57. an enigmatic field we ll refer to as the renbcf field since that makes no sense whatsoever Each of these letters controls one attribute of the result In order to determine the outcome of any particular set of letters however it is necessary to also take into account the default of each position Below is a listing of each position and the meanings ascribed thereto It should be noted that these are global commands that control the printing of reports and in that context override the individual test definitions Even if the test has been set to Flag Abnormals any abnormals that print on a report generated with the sixth bit set to F will not have any abnormal results flagged If that same report is re generated on a different format of patient report the abnormals will then flag Please note that these can be simultaneously true The Home report does not flag abnormals at the same time that the Specimen report does The test definition settings are what will show on the SL screens however 220 Position 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit General Meaning Specific Designations Overrides red type r both red and blue abnormals color R only red abnormals no blue Critical flags c flags all abnormal results inc critical C flags only critical results Presence of Notes n no notes on results N notes can be present Bold font style b suppresses bold font B allows bold result
58. are applicable to any of the record types Select the Layout button from the Update Format box SchuyLab displays the Define Result box E Define DBASE Result F xj Add Field Re arrange Fields Delete x Cancel OK Remember that each record is made up of fields We must define the fields that we want included in this record To do this select Add Field SchuyLab displays the Field Type box 399 fieldType xj Accession Ord Doctor Different types of records will be able to access different fields i e different information but the fields for the Result record are typical Skip Text Patient Accession Test Result Doctor Client Current Inserts a blank field Inserts a line of text Length of the line and its contents are defined by the user Inserts information from the patient file patient name patient ID date of birth etc Inserts information from the specimen record type of specimen draw date amp time received date amp time etc Inserts information about the tests ordered on the specimen test code full test name normal range etc Inserts information about the results of the tests ordered on the specimen Inserts information about the patient s doctor name ID etc Inserts information about the patient s client which may be the doctor his clinic or other name ID etc Inserts information about the record you are ex
59. be considered Abnormal by SchuyLab and be reported as such If the normal is a word i e Negative it can be placed in either box and most other words used would be considered abnormal Also known as Panic Values 85 Linear Type the low and high values given by the instrument manufacturer Range for the linear range of the test methodology and particular instrument If you switch to a different methodology even on the same instrument you must update this range This range also appears in the information box on the Enter Results screens as some instruments send out results beyond their linear range it does not appear on the patient report Absurd This represents a range beyond which the likelihood of entry error Range is high For example a K of 5 0 is Normal a K of 6 0 is Critical a K of 16 0 is above Linearity and a K of 50 0 is Absurd the tech probably meant to type 5 0 not 50 Ranges Select Ranges to set detailed ranges for ranges that differiate with gender age and patient type or Critical Ranges Interpretive ranges SchuyLab displays the Ranges for Test name box The Ranges Box x Normal Critical Interpretive l Plot To add a new normal value range Normal ranges can be different between men and women as in the RBC test or even between ages as in child versus adult In these tests you can set the parameters that SchuyLab will then report out 1 Select the Normal tab 2 Sel
60. be left on default or set for your lab s needs 258 The Selection dropdown list enables you to look at just a subset of this report For instance you could run the TAT report for the accessions drawn by a particular phlebotomist or for only the ER location or just for Dr Brown s patients The Sequence for detail entries dropdown box allows you some fine tuning as to whether the entries under your primary sort criteria are listed in accession order by patient ID or alphabetically by patient name The Separator option allows some graphic formatting for how your report appears The heart of the TAT report are the fields that are marked Start when End when and Default TAT min There are many points at which you could begin measuring a turn around time only some of which are available to SchuyLab Most of the entries in the Start and End drop down lists are self explanatory Select an entry for each of these fields to define the limits of your TAT report There is one entry labeled Available in the Start when list that is not self explanatory There is no explicit time value in SchuyLab or in medical literature per se that defines the Available time this is a concept unique to SchuyLab but one that you may find useful If you have calculated turn around times in the past you are aware that the normal workflow of the laboratory is ordered gt drawn gt received gt processed gt resulted
61. be set This is simply telling the computer how long to wait before deleting the completed worksheets orders amp c To Set the Cleanup Database Parameters 1 From the System Parameter menu screen select Clean Up SchuyLab displays the Clean up Definition box 295 E Clean up Definition J x Delete Worksheets after z days Delete system events after 7 days Deactivate specimens after lo days Delete Device Logs after z days Compress patient reports after 30 days X cone 2 Complete the fields in the Clean up Definition box as follows Delete worksheets after __ days Delete system events after __ days Delete specimens after _ days Delete Device Logs after __ days Compress patient reports after ___ days Enter two digits in the box to determine the number of days that will elapse before completed worksheets are purged from the system If you are uncertain Schuyler House recommends 3 as an initial setting Enter two digits in the box to determine the number of days that will elapse before system events are purged from the system If you are uncertain Schuyler House recommends 3 as an initial setting Leaving this setting at 0 means that specimen ID numbers are never deleted Schuyler House earnestly recommends this setting The one exception is for specimen ID formats that re use numbers e g a month day system with no year recorded in that case we recommend 350 fo
62. blank selection the date and time will always default to a blank date and time with each new accession You will need to enter the date and time for each accession If the lab manager has chosen the Prior selection the date and time will always default to the date and time of the accession you just finished with The other fields are SpecimenID This field may be configured to automatically generate a specimen number If your system is set up to auto generate specimen numbers skip over this field To override the auto generated number or if your system isn t set up for auto 44 Patient ID Other ID Labels Specimen Received STAT Remark Codes NOTE Ordering Doctor Diagnosis ICD 9 Draw Required generation type a number in the field The can be auto generated by SchuyLab or assigned by the lab For more information see Sec 8 Managerial Functions This box would be pertaining to the specimen you have IF the doctor s office or the other facility that sent you this specimen has an ID number for the specimen you may want to reference it here If you are using a barcode printer you can specify the number of labels you need to print or you can use the default number in this case we are only printing out 1 This field defaults to SERUM or whatever had been defined as default as part of Default Accession in Setup and it can be overwritten You can select another specimen type from th
63. blocks to customize your system To define a new test Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the System Tools menu Select Set Up SchuyLab displays the Setup menu Select Test amp Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Define Tests menu Select Test Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Tests box listing the existing tests Peet 81 E Update Tests x Code Name ABO ABO GROUP ABSCREEN ANTIBODY SCREEN ACPHOS ACID PHOSPHATASE AG_LRATIO A G RATIO ALB ALBUMIN ALKPHOS ALK PHOSPHATASE AMIK AMIKACIN AMOK AMOXICILLIN AMPI AMPICILLIN AMYLASE AMYLASE gt Sortby Code Name Print New Done n L_Done_ Each test has a test code up to eight characters long which appears on the buttons in the Order Tests screen and a test name to be printed on the patient s report By default the Update Tests box sorts the tests by code in alphabetical order if you wish to sort tests by their names select the Name button at the bottom of the Update Tests box 82 5 Select New SchuyLab displays the Define New Test box Define New Test Name Dept ro z Description j jo m jg Dec Units Sample Suffix Procedure Amount 0 EN f oo Billing Normal Range Ranges es and Fl RE _Yalues Effective Date TAT Linear Range RO Options 7 Ss o Absurd Range RO O Panels Workload 10 0 Same Ranges as Test Delta Check o or lo Interval lo gt are Der
64. different information but the fields for the Result record are typical Skip Text Patient Accession Test Result Doctor Client Current Inserts a blank field Inserts a line of text Length of the line and its contents are defined by the user Inserts information from the patient file patient name patient ID date of birth etc Inserts information from the specimen record type of specimen draw date amp time received date amp time etc Inserts information about the tests ordered on the specimen test code full test name normal range etc Inserts information about the results of the tests ordered on the specimen Inserts information about the patient s doctor name ID etc Inserts information about the patient s client which may be the doctor his clinic or other name ID etc Inserts information about the record you are exporting date time etc Let s say for the sake of our example that we re exporting test results for data analysis in a spreadsheet So one of our fields should be the name of the tests We select the line Test from the Field Type box SchuyLab displays the Test box listing the fields that are associated with test definition 391 Test Department Test Instrument x Cancel We select the Test Name line from the Test box SchuyLab displays the Test Name box which defines the parameters of this field
65. does not work you will have the old form to fall back on i e WHTCLIF is the original form new form is WHTCLIF1 To rename simply highlight the name and type in the new one SchuyLab will save the old one and the new one as long as they have different names Update WHTCLIF Form Name Description WHTCLIF1 Centered Form Overlay Record Types _ Heade V Patient V Doctor Footer V Accession Iv Client Delete Top Margin at 300 Units Print Break body of report at 7100 Units X Cancel Begin footer at 7200 Units OK Name This is the name of your form in eight characters Description This is a description of your form It can be the complete name of your lab Whitecliffe Labs or a description of the form i e centered pre printed etc Overlay If you have Autofaxing and plan to use a fax overlay this is where you type in the path or place the fax is stored on your computer Record Types These four boxes should always be checked 212 Header Footer Delete Print Top Margin at Break Body at Begin footer at This button takes you to where you create or change the header of your report This button takes you to where you create or change the footer of your report This will delete the form This feature is not finished This will set the beginning of your form from the top of your paper It is measured in units where 720 units equals 1 inch This will determine how far do
66. down the Alt key and press the underlined letter to access the field or function or perform the command Mixing it Up These different methods of using SchuyLab are not either or options You may select a menu by its special use key choose one of its functions by its hot key and then use the mouse to manipulate data We encourage you to experiment with all three methods and use them in combination as you find them most convenient Taking Your Bearings Schuyler House s graphic interface is proprietary and unique As a Windows based program it shares many features with the Windows graphic interface if you re familiar with Windows you should have little problem with SchuyLab There are a few items worthy of note however The Active Box The SchuyLab graphic interface starts with a display of the main screen of the system the Main Menu The icons along the left side of the Main Menu summon the other menus Patient Selection Specimen Selection Device Access Worksheet Functions Report Printing Special Features and System Tools Each of these menus have icons of their own When an icon on a menu is selected one of two things will happen either the entire active screen changes to a new screen or a smaller sub screen will appear overlying part of the background This is called a box Most boxes come with 18 buttons when you use the mouse to click on a button you accomplish some function Very oft
67. enter a patient ee ceeeeeeeseeneeeeeteeeeeeeee 38 enter results eiaiiaiiwisdeieeiesdaetdacistts manually zsve sevveasvestesvessesiseres 124 49 worksheet ccccccssceeseeeseeeeees 67 166 enter results through worksheet 0 29 Entering Results cceeeeseeseeeneeeeeeeeee 448 Tror LOB aeee E ad E deste USING s set cressscrsenegegvertgetudieeseeds 404 F Faxing Setup e seeeeseeeseesesesssesseersessrereesss 497 features 3 Feats eint nenpt rieri Tt Terria Auto Faxing is a Mgt id bastset bed lees 350 IBA COdG rrara 205 cares Te EAEN 352 Batch Requisitions 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 352 BINNE Anhana 351 CHOLO a awe dha 353 1E4010 u REAREA E E E 351 import patient demographics 352 Import records 352 Medical Necessity ccceeseeseeteeeeeeee 353 Microbiology Quality Control Remote Printing znoino teini SchuyLab Text Messaging SchuyN ti sic aiawerc eis ey G gender age specific ranges Graph Width Height Graphic Report 2 s ssaisacahisesd esentieeve Hospital Lab Hospital Lab Admit Date Dischg Date eee Location Patient sci rs ciesecnevteecuacnetseaeney salespeople DONO Gs ert ahem ners crater trea ed 506 Import Clremts s isos codes cetes wees erna Instrument Flags INStrUMENS ee eee configuring the interface ONIINE 3 vid tects estuctees termed sa psn dada
68. fields enter the first and last numbers of the ICD 9 range linking to the CPT code If you only wish to link one ICD 9 number to a certain code leave the second field blank Some tests that require certain conditions to be met before they apply to a patients diagnosis Any existing conditions will be listed in the menu marked Special Conditions select one to update it Each line in the menu is a single set of conditions if all the conditions of a single set are met the test will be acceptable To add gender age or time based conditions select Add Condition SchuyLab will display the Add Condition Box 80000 333 Add Condition x Gender a m Years miam May only be used once every 100 days X Cancel Delete Select Male Female or Unmarked if there are any gender restrictions with the test To enter a range of ages enter the numbers to begin and end the range You can select years months or days to measure the age of your patient To signify that the exception applies to people at or below a certain age leave the first box blank If the exception applies to people at or above a certain age leave the second box blank If there is no reason to run a test more than a certain frequency enter a number into the field marked May be used only once every _ days The test will cause a medical necessity alert when it has not been the required amount of time since the test was last ordered for this patient Press
69. for peak and trough drug tests assign the A suffix to the peak test and the B suffix to the trough test When you ve chosen the correct Sample type select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Tests box Adding the suffixed tests to Device Setup All the tests with Sample and Suffix fields must be added to the Test Translation index in Device Setup This way no matter which version of the test is ordered in SchuyLab the analyzer will receive the test order it expects Go to F8 Tools gt Set Up gt Device Setup SchuyLab displays the Update Device Tests list box Select the analyzer name from the list of analyzers 106 E Update ACE Test List Flags SGOT AST CHOLESTEROL CPK GGTP GLUCOSE FASTING GLUCOSE GLUCOSE 1HR GLUCOSE 2HR GLUCOSE 3HR HDL CHOLESTEROL MAGNES TUM PHOSPHORUS TOTAL PROTEIN TRIGLYCERIDES Add Sequence X Cancel Yo Using the Add button add the suffixed tests to the list translating them to the analyzer s code for that test In the above example the ACE analyzer runs all Glucose Tolerances under one test code GLU So we must make sure that not only random Glucose such as used in the Basic Metabolic Panel but Fasting Glucose 1 hr Glucose amp c are all on the Test List and all are matched to the ACE s test code GLU schuyLab When using suffixed tests and barcodes it s not necessary to Sequence the tests on the Test List They can be in any sequence you wish
70. for your entire system If your laboratory selects Format 24 then all stations print out barcodes in Format 24 Barcodes are printed at the time an accession number is created unless the barcode format selected is one that has the tests listed on it In that case SchuyLab waits until you have ordered the tests and pressed F10 Done then it prints the labels So far we have been describing barcodes that print when a new Accession is entered SchuyLab also has the ability to print our Patient based barcodes which is to say barcodes that reflect the Patient ID number rather than the Accession number These barcodes can only be printed through the Print Labels icon in F6 Print Select the Patient option using the radio button and the range of Patient ID s The print output can be limited to Undischarged Patients by selecting that checkbox The sequence 359 360 in which the labels print can be modified by the Sort list Patient ID Name Sex Name Print Labels Number Range Queue INTERMEC V Barcode printer Copies p C Accession Patient ja M Undischarged Patients Only Sort Patient ID McCancet Y oK Barcode Formats Checksum Format 0 41231074 12 31 ILZ H VAN Test Patient 1 ID 000022318 F94 LOCATION root new Client Format 4 41231074 12 31 ILZ H ANCA Test Patient 1 ID 000022318 F94 LOCATION root new Client Non Checksum Format 1 no barcode list o
71. has been defined it cannot be deleted from the system It can however be made inactive More on that in a minute 2 Select Add SchuyLab displays the Add Type box fE add Tyne eS Code Description F Inactive code no new entries 297 3 In the Code field type the code name up to eight characters for this patient type In the Description field type a more complete description for your lab s internal use 4 When completed select OK To make a patient type inactive 1 From the System Parameters menu screen select Patient Type SchuyLab displays the Update Patient Type List box 2 Select the patient type to be made inactive SchuyLab displays the Update Patient Type box 3 Puta check in the check box labeled Inactive code no new entries 4 Select OK Defining or Updating Bill Types Bill Types represent how your lab s different payors pay for which bills and in what order If your SchuyLab system includes the Billing Module Bill Types are an indispensable part of your fee schedule definition However even if your SchuyLab system doesn t include the Billing Module Bill Types is still a valuable method of generating administrative reports separated by category in this case by type of payor It might for instance be important for you to know what fraction of your patients are Medicare patients Once all the Bill Types are defined each new patient can then be assigned a given
72. in the system and you enter another Peter Wachowski but from Daily Health Clinic the entry will be treated as a new patient When you push the Search button SchuyLab searches its memory for an exact match to that patient If SchuyLab finds a matching patient it will fill in the nameplate at the top of the screen There is more information visible in the nameplate than you have put in the middle section of the batch entry screen Use this information to confirm the identity of the patient If you need more information use the Patient Demographics icon in the bottom section to look further What do you do if you decide that the patient SchuyLab finds isn t the one on the requisition Push the Cancel button on the bottom section This will clear the screen of what you have typed in without advancing the specimen number Now you can type in a new set of patient information and Search again If you aren t certain that the patient that SchuyLab finds is the same as the one on the requisition form in front of you make a new patient Get it If you are sure use the patient the system finds If you aren t sure make a new patient Enter as many fields as you are certain of depending on the procedures set down by your lab When you have entered all of the appropriate fields push the button labeled Search SchuyLab will look through all of the patients in its database for a 372 match At this point the middle section will grey o
73. individuals It s not e mail it only works within the SchuyLab system on SchuyLab stations within your lab but it works similarly to e mail 353 354 Appendices Appendix Barcodes and Labels Positive patient identification is necessary if the results obtained by the laboratory are relevant to a patient s prognosis Each time a sample is relabeled aliquoted or manually identified there is a chance for error Primary tube analysis of bar coded samples provides the best system for achieving an unbroken linkage between the test results and the patient who actually provided the specimen In addition to patient care using barcodes in a laboratory can save personnel time measured in FTE s Also many instruments of modern design do not function well without bar coded tubes laborious work arounds are necessary if technologist attempt to run these instruments without barcodes What is a Barcode The standard UPC barcode that you are accustomed to seeing pasted to the apple you are buying at the grocery store is made up of black and white parallel lines These lines encode digits in blocks of seven units adjacent lines and white spaces of the same color merge to form 4 different widths of line or space thickness These lines of varying width comprise the barcode that you routinely see There are other barcode systems using dots and concentric circles but the discussion of these is beyond our scope here All that is cont
74. instruments annotate their QC and print their reports all of this with SchuyLab considering you present at that other facility Test Order Screens Multi Facility sites have the ability to have a separate screen definition capability The Update Facilities box has a check box Order Screens that appears for facilities other than Facility 0 Obviously Facility 0 the home facility already has its SchuyLab screens set up When you check that box SchuyLab generates a set of blank screens that can be set up with tests for the subsidiary facility to use Each facility that has that box checked gets its own set of screens 463 E SchuyLab Define Test Screens JANSLAPT MSTR SHL 15 29 552 2 02 2007 FS Cancel F10 Done Daily Processing Once the Multi Facility module has been loaded and your station is properly assigned to its site SchuyLab recognizes the existence of the facility as part of its usual processing 464 E Input Accession Accessionld Patient Id Other ID Labels Facility 0508040004 000049 EAE Time Specimen Received LaB pr 8 04 2005 8 04 2005 f15 08 Recv Date Time P os 2008 fas oa meta srar jlo 0 Patient Name Test Patient Ordering Doctor Doctor Test Ordering Client test Dlagnosis ICD 9 l Draw List required L A X oe Every accession that is entered into SchuyLab now has a Facility that owns that particular acces
75. instruments whose test results are simple numbers 5 0 10 32 amp c Some test results are not simple numbers however but words or phrases for instance Yellow 1 or 10 20 Alternatively you may want SchuyLab to translate the test result from the format the instrument uses to the format you use say when the instrument says but you want the result to be 3 or Moderate In either case a few more steps with the Device Setup icon are necessary Let s take the case of a urinalysis instrument Before the alias list is built in Device Setup the test results sent from the instrument would look something like this E SchuyLab Bayer Clinitek Results CLINITEK Q lez MSTR a 16 26 4016 ae Patient 12 02 2003 a B F9 Cancel F10 Done Accession 0 023 7705 15 39 Ctrl IS g E4 ID 137648 Diluted Color Yellow 1 1 peee Clarity Clear El p GLU 100 f BIL LARGE Worksheet KET 15 Delete SG 1 010 wl BLO MODERATE Order Print pH 5 0 Rae PRO gt 300 fle URO 0 2 Reassign Features NIT NEGATIVE nex LEU TRACE Jle Prior Tools As in our example above with the CBC analyzer the test codes are unrecognized by SchuyLab and thus have question marks appended Now we go to F8 Tools Set Up and Device Setup to update the instrument test list When we re done the Update Instrument Test List box looks som
76. is to define the sensitivities appropriate to your lab Sensitivities are set up as panels in which you place the antibiotic tests this is done through Panel Definition You will certainly want separate sensitivities for Gram Positive and Gram Negative organisms you may also want to set up a separate sensitivity for Urine and other special cases To set up sensitivity panels Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Panels list box 444 If your sensitivity panels are already defined select one of them If you need to create your sensitivity panels select New SchuyLab displays the Update Panel Panel name box E Update Panel SENSGN x Code Name SENSGN G N SENSITIVITY Full Description Tests Procedure AMIKACIN AMP I AMPICILLIN Amount CARBEN CARBENICILLIN CEFOTAX CEFOTAXIME 0 00 CEPHAL CEPHALOTHIN Br CIPRO CIPROFLOXACIN CLINDA CLINDAMYCIN E ERYTHROMYCIN es FD FURDANTOIN _ Sequence g GENTA GENTAMICIN Sane KA KANAMYCIN _ Dete METH METHICILLIN Cancel NAL NALODIXIC ACID Add Testis Add Panel s OK Billing In the Code field type the code for the sensitivity panel you re defining SchuyLab is programmed to recognize any panel beginning with the letters SENS as a sensitivity panel so be sure your codes start that way In the Name field enter a brief description of this sensitivity p
77. level in case you have several means of inputting those QC values 6 When you ve finished select Done SchuyLab returns to the Quality Control Setup menu screen Adding a New Lot Number to a Control Once the SchuyLab system has been accepting QC results for a while the time will come when your original lot expires and a new lot will have to be defined The procedures are exactly the same as described above except of course that you don t have to re define the control itself or connect it to a device Defining a new lot begins appropriately enough with the New Lot icon Select New Lot 1 Select New Lot SchuyLab displays the Select Control Box 184 2 Select List SchuyLab displays the Control box Select the appropriate control SchuyLab displays the Define Set box E Update Set k x Control Set Status frest z Beg Date End Date 1270172003 a Lot N xmo01 E 12 31 2006 Values ZEEE A XMOO2 ae VUEN Values Dese X ome K Notice how the Set field automatically advances if the previous set had been 1 this one will be 2 In the Status scroll box select the status of this particular control set Select Active if you are immediately using this lot in production Test if you are doing parallel testing on a set of controls or entering a lot number you ll begin using at a later date Note If you already have an Active lot of the control and you define a
78. marked Labels in the first section of the screen The number in that space indicates the number of labels that the label bar code printer will produce for this specimen The labels are printed either when the OK button is pushed on the Batch Entry screen or when F10 Done is pushed after the tests are ordered on the specimen depending on the configuration of your system Will contain the current date time and user initials when you enter the Batch Entry screen for the first time From that point on it will remember the data you entered in those fields from the previous specimen If you override the contents of the fields SchuyLab will remember the new information and so on contain the current date time and user initials when you enter the Batch Entry screen for the first time From then on they remember prior entries If you clock in a batch of specimens just before midnight these fields will continue to show the date from the day the specimens were actually received in the lab rather than automatically changing the date when midnight rolls around They continue to show the remembered date until either you change it or you exit the Batch Entry feature Not all labs make use of the Other Specimen ID field Use this space to record the number given to a specimen by its source facility It s OK to leave this field blank The box marked Specimen Rec d is both a list box and an entry field
79. might be followed with a Patient record then a Result record Also note that the Patient and Accession records will be separate from any other records That being the case they will also repeat as often as necessary Remember SchuyLab Export will search through its database in order grabbing first the patient information then the specimen information then the tests The software application 389 that s intended to read the Export file must be able to parse the file correctly if it s not capable of distinguishing separate lines of information you may want to only use the Result record type It can be configured to include patient and accession information Let s take a typical example and have the Export function generate a Result type record The procedures described here are applicable to any of the record types Select the Result button from the Layout Records box SchuyLab displays the Define Result box E Update DELIM Result Add Field AddFieid Re arrangeFields Fields Dees X e W Remember that each record is made up of fields in our example above the line of data had each field in quotes We must define the fields that we want included in this record To do this select Add Field SchuyLab displays the Field Type box E Field Type x Accession Ord Doctor Test Result Current gt 390 Different types of records will be able to access different fields i e
80. my report SchuyLab has three places where tests are arranged into groups Sometimes you re thinking of one place but actually looking at a different section Remember Panels cf Panel Definition control how you order tests Worksheets cf Define Master set up how you run tests Printing Groups cf Report Order determine what your reports look like How you set things up in Panels and Worksheets has no effect whatever on what appears on your reports So go into Report Order Check and see if you have Lipid Panel defined as a Printing Group If it s not there create it If it is there check the tests that print out under that heading If your lipid tests are listed under that heading and everything seems in order turn off the Do not print duplicate reports checkbox Create a dummy patient who has only lipid tests ordered and print out the report Your Lipid Panel should print See Section 4 I can t accept my controls into SchuyLab any more They used to work What went wrong 338 The name that identifies the control when it comes across the interface has probably changed The two most common reasons for this are 1 a change in lot number or 2 an operator who is putting in a different name for the control at the instrument end of the interface Some instruments don t give you a choice in what they send to SchuyLab as a QC designation Hematology instruments seem particularly incl
81. normal and abnormal ranges reference ranges etc Let s look at the Body Go to F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Patient Report Accession Report Setup Results 218 E Update Report Results x Add Column Re arrange Columns Delete X Cancel Y ok L Skip 21 L Test Name Name 12 R Result Normal rcNBet 12 R Result Abnormal rcNBcF 2 J Skip 8 L Test Units 22 C Test Range No Comment This box also looks very much like the header boxes You can add a column re arrange the lines delete this setup etc Text Test Result Same as the Report Text see Pg 9 You can choose one of five ways to have the test name printed out CODE Using the test code i e IGE NAME Using the test name i e IMMUNOGLOBILIN DESCRIPTION Using the full name or description of the test i e IMMUNOGLOBILIN E IgE RANGES DO NOT USE As this says Do Not Use NUMBER Uses the test number instead of name Results can be reported out in many ways VALUE All the results will be printed in a single column whether the result are normal or not NORMAL Many report forms have two or three columns In this column you would print the normal results of the test ABNORMAL In a two column report this column would print the abnormal both high and low HIGH If your report form has three columns you would print just the high results in this column LOW If your report form has three columns you would print just the
82. notes to fit your specific note format Line returns may be inserted using the character or they may be typed using the Enter key as with normal word processors For that reason the Input Note box is the only part of SchuyLab where the Enter key is not the same as Save or Done It s also possible to compose a note using Note Codes Like Result Codes Note Codes are pre recorded texts defined by you for annotating your lab s tests Unlike Result Codes Note Codes can be combined into a single comment with additional words inserted between or after them To enter a Note Code as part of your note type the number sign followed by the code number The number sign must be the first character in the note if you plan to use Note Codes Treat the Note Code just as though it were a phrase of text For example let s say that Note Code 10 was defined to be the phrase This specimen was unspun on arrival We type 10 Please resubmit on the note and select Save The note will interpret the Note Code and the resulting text will say This specimen was unspun on arrival Please resubmit Other text characters even line returns will be treated just as they are on a hand typed note Several Note Codes can be combined in a single note This is one of the advantages of Note Codes Thus you might type 10 Also note 21 3 as soon as possible When you select Save the note will read something like Thi
83. number for all the tests on all the devices that use that control Now you enter the actual test ranges for the control set You can choose one of three formats for entering the ranges High amp Low values Mean amp SD or Mean When you enter the ranges themselves SchuyLab displays the numbers in columns on the left side of the screen The data for the ongoing analysis of your accumulated results are displayed in the columns on the right side of the screen When a control set is newly defined of course those columns are blank but each time QC results are entered into the system they re added to the columns Those accumulated results can if you wish be used as the new test ranges at a later time using the Baseline 173 function This is valuable for parallel testing for very long term statistical bases and several other uses Ideally you want the QC from your online instrumentation to sort itself neatly into the appropriate files even if you have several control sets going at the same time Unfortunately the analyzer sometimes has an unalterable on board name for QC For that reason we ve created Aliases An alias allows you to make a one to one correspondence between the name an analyzer sends over and the name you call a control in SchuyLab Unlike adding the instrument names to SchuyLab this prevents confusion if you run the control on more than one device each of which has its own name for a control The QC Func
84. of tests sent to that reference lab has to be high enough to make it financially worthwhile for them to go to the trouble of interfacing with you If to take an example a specialty lab performed some exotic test which you ordered very occasionally it might not be to that lab s advantage or to yours to buy the interfaces necessary for an electronic connection Such a small workload could easily be handled manually and you d still have the Refer Tests module to track your orders But you d still want an interface to the Mega Reference Lab that gets the bulk of your send out business Whether your lab uses paper manifests or electronic transmission the Refer Tests module can still help you manage your send outs If you elect to use electronic transmission then you will need the Refer Tests module as a basis for handling reference lab tests and a separate interface for each of the specific reference labs Each Reference Lab to which your lab is connected electronically requires a separate interface a different Test Compendium a specific manifest and potentially a slightly different SOP 469 A lab that uses just the paper manifests needs only the basic Refer Tests module A test compendium and manifest format can still be Imported for a particular reference lab for use with paper manifests Loading the Electronic Interface Install the Refer Tests Module using the standard SchuyLab utility F8 Tools gt Set Up gt Feature Ins
85. of the results you bypass which remain in the Instrument Results screen to be approved or deleted later If the test results are reasonable Check the patient ID and patient name on the screen against the information in the nameplate If the specimen number is incorrect these fields will not match If the specimen information and patient nameplate are correct Review the results If the specimen information and patient nameplate do not match or there is no patient nameplate The specimen number may be incorrect or invalid Type 64 over the incorrect number with the correct number and select Reassign SchuyLab displays the nameplate for the matching patient Now you can review the results If there is no specimen number but there is a patient ID and or patient name Select Reassign SchuyLab displays the nameplate for the matching patient and the Select Specimen box Highlight the correct specimen number and press the spacebar Now you can review the results If there is no specimen information type the specimen number in the first window and select Reassign SchuyLab displays the nameplate for the matching patient Now you can review the results Reviewing Test Results The Instrument Results screen displays a check box and test name for each test the instrument performed on the specimen Tests ordered in SchuyLab have checks in the boxes If a test was not ordered in SchuyLab but was performed by the instrument the test na
86. of them to 449 be appended to this test result A typical comment here might be the growth medium used for the culture When you re ready to enter the name of the organism you ve isolated select Isolate SchuyLab displays the Update Isolate Results box E Update Isolate Results ISOLATE Result Codes Sensitivity lo fo fo fo List aH Input QUANTITY _ OxIDAS CATALAS Delete X Cancel y OK In the Isolate field enter the code for the organism you ve isolated Recall that you defined these codes through the Setup Microbiology icon in F7 Features If you don t remember the correct code click on the arrow next to the Organism field SchuyLab displays the Which Organism box listing all the organisms currently defined in your system 450 Which Organism ACINETO Acinetobacter spp ACTINO Actinomyces spp EGOEI Escola S_AUREUS Staph aureus x Cancel From this list you may select the organism you ve isolated in this sample Selecting an organism from the list removes the Which Organism box SchuyLab displays the Update Isolate Results box again with the Organism field filled E Update Isolate Results ISOLATE E coli Result Codes Sensitivity o fo fo Jo u sensan input QUANTITY P GRAM OXIDAS CATALAS Delete X Cancel yY ok Note that the Sensitivity field is already filled as well This is the sensitivity panel that was linke
87. off the alert Select F8 Tools Select Setup Select Parameter ID Definition Select Bill Type 421 Cash Patients Commercial Insurance MEDICAID Medicare Medi care Medical No Charge Patient Bill Client Bill Doctor Select CASH in this list x Id Fee Schedule standard Name Cash Patients I Medical Necessity Payors for this Billtype Medicare Write Off M Medicaid 0 00 Insurance l Patient Reguired Client Delete X Cancel v OK If you wish to turn the Medical Necessity Alert off make sure the Medical Necessity box is NOT checked You can do this for any of the bill types 422 Appendix Messages pe SchuyLab Text Messaging allows the users on a SchuyLab system to send messages to one another Messages can be sent to all users or to specific individuals It s not e mail it only works within the SchuyLab system on SchuyLab stations within your lab but it works similarly to e mail Reading Mail When you first log on to SchuyLab Text Messaging tells you if there are any messages waiting for you You have 2 unread messages yey Read them now If you select No the dialog box will simply disappear and you can continue using SchuyLab as you normally would The unread messages will be saved until the next time you log onto SchuyLab or until you go into the MessaGes function and read them through there If you select Yes however SchuyLa
88. omitted if multiple results for the same patient are present The RESULT block is similar to the Results block under Patient Results Form but has a new feature Index You will see a similar box when you set up any of the RESULTS High Normal etc in this report How this works is you can match the Glycohemoglobin test for example to the Glycohemoglobin result by specifying which result go to which test You will still need to specify the test add but the result printed will be linked to that test E Result Value x width 11 B Z foer B z u cas Color Black gt MV Truncate column to width Index fauc Enter column teri 255 Select Result Select Add Line Select Add Column Select Test and then Test Name The Index box should contain the name or code of the first test you want printed Select OK Select Add Column Select Result and then Result Value The Index box should contain the name or code of the first test you want printed Repeat the above for as many tests you want the summary to print Two final areas we need to look at Print Options and Layout Test By Print Options This will customize your report yet further what is printed how it is printed Size Separator Abnormal Results only Summary Only Statistics Separate Pages Combine Patients Keep Accessions Together 256 You can print at either 10 or 12pt You can separate the patients with a blank line
89. on the Draw List Report etc In this instance they still need to be processed in SchuyLab This is very important as leaving large quantities of unresulted specimens in your system will dramatically slow down building your Worksheets and other standard SchuyLab functions There are several ways you can handle this The easiest method is to simply delete that specimen out of your system To do this you will need to look up the sample as described above and you must have the security clearance From the Patient Processing screen you then click Delete Specimen The message Specimen 00000006 has tests Delete it anyway will appear Click Yes and the sample will be deleted 267 However this option can cause potential problems when the Doctor calls the next day to find out what happened with George Harris results and the lab no longer has any record of the tests having been ordered Another option that would amend this issue would be to keep the specimen number in your system delete the ordered tests and attach a note stating Unable to collect sample No results to be reported or something similar Note Codes or Remark Codes can be configured to make this very easy See Sec 8 Managerial Functions to find out how to set these up Once the sample is annotated click Ok You will want to remove the orders from this specimen this is the most important part of processing the Accessions you were unable to collect You can do th
90. or highlight the correct specimen number and press the spacebar If the appropriate specimen is not on the list select New Specimen SchuyLab displays the Input Specimen box If there are no specimens on file for the patient SchuyLab displays the Input Specimen box automatically 43 E Input Accession Accession ld Patient ld Other ID Labels 000163 00031 p Draw Date Time By Specimen Received Recv Date Time Remark Codes per sarj go fo Patient Name Test Patient Ordering Doctor Sabour in Thomas J eae ICD 9 fea O WO gO go XxX Cancel gy Complete the fields in the box One item to note When you first bring up this box the initials of the person who drew and received the specimen will default to the operator initials who has signed on the SchuyLab station when the specimen is entered as above The Draw and Receive date and time can then be entered as any other date 01 02 06 or 010206 or can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future i e 2 means two days ago 2 means two days from now 0 or 0 will translate to today Depending on how the SOP for your lab has been set up Sec 8 Managerial Functions the next new specimen will display the date and time in one of three ways If the lab manager has chosen the Current selection the date and time will always default to the present date and time with each new accession If the lab manager has chosen the
91. pae ctive Date TAT Linear Range gt gt iit Options mz om Absurd Range 2 2 Panels Workload Same Ranges as Test S Refer Processing DettaCheck fo or jo meva fo 00s Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests LOINC Print Delete X Cancel Yoox 475 Ordering Send Out Tests via Refer Tests Module There are three ways to order tests using SchuyLab s Refer Tests module In each case SchuyLab knows that the test ordered belongs to a particular reference lab facility makes it available for printing on that facility s manifest and makes it qualify for electronic transmission How these three ways differ will depend on the knowledge of the ordering tech and how SchuyLab handles the results of that test 1 Ad hoc reference lab test ordering 2 Explicitly linked tests 3 Conditionally linked tests dependent on contract with payer All three ways of ordering are potentially available to the users of the Refer Tests module but only the first item ad hoc ordering requires no or almost no setup Ad hoc Ordering The ad hoc test ordering mechanism is intended to be used with tests that are rarely ordered Let s face it you ve just loaded a test compendium containing 3000 tests into your Refer Tests module There are a handful of these tests that you use all of the time some you use once in a while and some you order once a year The ad hoc method of ordering is designed for
92. reason e Specimen rejected or not processed specify reason e Specimen processed and examined but unsatisfactory for evaluation of epithelial abnormalities specify reason General categorization optional e Negative for intraepithelial lesion or malignancy e Epithelial cell abnormality e Other Interpretation result e Negative for intraepithelial lesion or cancer malignancy e Epithelial cell abnormalities 1 Squamous cell e Atypical squamous cells ASC e ASC of undetermined significance ASC US e ASC that cannot exclude high grade squamous intraepithelial lesion ASIL ASC H e Low grade squamous intraepithelial lesions LSIL e High grade squamous intraepithelial lesions HSIL 2 Glandular cell abnormalities e Atypical glandular cells ACG e Endocervical adenocarcinoma in situ AIS e Adenocarcinoma Next make a new panel called Pap Smear PAPSMEAR that contains these above tests To set up the test INTERPRETATION in SchuyLab Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the System Tools menu Select Set Up SchuyLab displays the Setup menu Select Test amp Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Define Tests menu Select Test Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Tests box listing the existing tests 5 If INTERPRETATION is not a listed test then you will need to create it see Sec 4 Tests and Panels Peto 376 x Code Name Dept Inst INTERPRT INTERPRETATION cvTo MANUAL Full Description FaF
93. report Push F6 1 Push F6 Push F6 Select a report 2 Select Batch Report 2 Select Reprint SchuyLab icon 3 Select Print All to displays list of reports Enter a AcceSsion print all the accepted Enter the date of the number range or test results since the report you want to reprint name if necessary last batch report Select the report you wish SchuyLab prints to print out a report in that format Enhanced Functions for Hospital Labs or Large Medical Groups Many of the additions to SchuyLab were designed for these groups including capabilities for interfacing to HIS or OIS software We now have a working and adaptable HL7 interface a growing standard in the field of Electronic Medical Records However in addition to these Information System developments many new features allow for more Demographics information and a more comprehensive Draw List Report The following changes are only available to Labs with the Hospital Lab configuration To update your configuration follow the following steps Goto F8 Tools 77 Set Up PArameter ID Definition Optional Processing x Language Dates English gt Mmvoovvvy New Patient Report a Setup M Use test Numbers M Use Clients Veterinary Lab lv Hospital Lab M Undrawn Accessions X Cancel Y oK Place a check in the Hospital Lab option If you would like to make use of the Draw List Report described in Sec 7 Reports and Printing you mus
94. result to a doctor instead of setting him up as a Client you add the queue name fax here and add the fax number for this doctor On more information on SchuyFax see Appendix SchuyFax This field allows a nurse or intern to order tests and receive the resulting report under the supervision of a doctor Enter the RN or Intern as if he were a doctor but in the Supervising Physician field put the name of the appropriate MD The doctor in the Supervising Physician field must already exist as a doctor in SchuyLab The doctor s name and PIN will appear on the HCFA form in the Billing module but not on the Patient Report When this box is checked any restricted test results 1 e HIV Hepatitis will be allowed to be faxed When this box is checked an extra copy of the results will be printed 313 Provider Optional License These fields may be filled with the information you wish to keep UPIN SSAN on this doctor if you have it If your system uses the Billing Module these are no longer optional they become mandatory NPI National Providers Identification Delete This button will delete the record Cancel Clicking onto this button will cancel the record you were entering OK This will save your record 4 Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Update Doctors list box ay Repeat for the next doctor When all the doctors are entered select OK SchuyLab returns to the Doctor Records menu screen To Update a Doctor Re
95. results which have not yet been printed The type of report preliminary or final is noted alongside each individual report entry as is what kind of report it is result or graphic 12 To batch print reports There are three ways to print your reports One way is to highlight one or more reports and select Print to print the selected reports or select Print All to print all the test results on the list from the first screen Secondly you may wish to print only a certain range of reports or otherwise qualify the selection without individually highlighting the reports you want In that case select Select SchuyLab displays the Select Reports box E Select Reports i x Accession Range First Last I Preliminary V Final Reports Date Range From ne Client ns x Cancel vy OK Enter the search criteria which may be any combination of the following e select a range of Accession numbers or a range of dates All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today e select Preliminary or Final Reports at least one or both select a specific client whose patients you want reported Then select OK SchuyLab returns to the Print Patient Reports box with the specified reports highlighted Select Print to print or Cancel to cancel The third way is to select the Print All button on the first screen This will selec
96. screen formats displayed in the Format section of the box Consider the contents of the screen how many tests and panels do you want and in what proportion 1 This format has room for up to 10 panels and up to 40 tests 2 This format has room for up to 7 panels and up to 44 tests 3 This format has room for no panels and up to 15 tests 4 This format has room for no panels and up to 55 tests 5 This format has room for up to 20 panels and up to 25 tests 6 This format has room for up to 15 panels and up to 25 tests and also permits freeform entry for orders 7 This format has room for up to 30 panels and up to 10 tests 8 This format is used on systems with numbered tests and panels It has room for up to 10 panels and up to 4 tests and also permits freeform entry for orders 9 This format allows for 33 check boxes instead of buttons and free form text 10 This format allows for 66 check boxes that can be used for either tests or panels 6 Select OK SchuyLab displays a screen of blank buttons in the selected format 7 To fill in the panels select one of the large panel buttons SchuyLab displays the Select a Panel scroll box Scroll down the list of panels until you see the panel you wish Select that panel SchuyLab now displays the Code for that panel on the button Select the next panel button and continue as above To remove the panel from a button simply select that button again and the code will be remov
97. select your report form If this box is left blank SchuyLab will then go to the report heading under F8 Tools Setup Reports Headings You can choose between 6 LPI Lines per inch or 8LPI If you leave this number at 0 SchuyLab will include as many points as possible Of course this also means that if you have a patient that has been coming in for many years you can have many points to look at If you want to set the number to a more reasonable let s say 20 SchuyLab will then only graph the last 20 times this or these test s was performed While you can change the width and height of the graph many parts of the graph is hard coded or unchangeable If you do make changes your graph may not look correct This is how you add the tests for your graph There is a limit of 6 tests maximum You can further customize the graph by specifying which test values are shown where As you can see in the picture below we have set this graph up with the Cholesterol ranges to print on the left side the HDL ranges on the right 247 248 CARDIAC Chol 150 100 50 0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 CHOL Normal Range O To lt 200 HDL Normal Range 30 To 75 HDL 12 15 98 12 06 100 75 000090 7 29 99 15 21 100 80 H 000125 1 04 05 10 42 50 75 000144 9 11 05 16 16 50 100 H 000154 HDL 120 110 100 2004 2005 2006 HDL We can also custom the axis s E Update CARDIAC Left Axis Axis
98. send this message I ve written messages like that click the mouse on Cancel SchuyLab then returns to the Messages screen Setup and Tools There is only one place outside the MessaGes icon in F7 Features that needs to be set properly for SchuyLab Text Messaging to work fully And that is the settings for Lab Staff and the permission to send messages The security levels user ID password operator classes for your SchuyLab system are defined in F8 Tools gt Security Levels To remind you each user is assigned to a particular class these classes are defined using the Class icon in Security Levels Each class of user can be defined at that point as lab staff or not This is the first check box of the first column 428 E Update Class q ixi Name TECH List Operators E M Lab Staff M Order Tests I Billing M Modify Setup M View Results I Billing Setup l Modify Security Enter Results Il Billing Reports M Access OC I Accept Results M Override Necessity M Modify QC M Modify Results MV Send Messages J Restricted Results I Delete Merge Delete X Cancel y OK In addition each class of user must be given or denied permission to send messages This is the fifth check box of the third column Only users belonging to a class with this box checked can send new mail through SchuyLab Messaging When you open your SchuyLab message you may notice a bar called Tools This is to help organize your mailbox
99. separate programs both of which need to be running when you use the system The first obviously is the SchuyLab program itself The other is called the Connection Manager or simply Connect This is the special software that connects SchuyLab to its device interfaces the analyzers any modems or barcode printers you may have etc This program helps the instruments Cx7 IMx barcode printer auto faxing etc talk or send information to SchuyLab The Connect icon will be on any stations that have instruments attached that have a fax modem for those systems that have the Fax feature or that in some way is interfaced with other systems When you first turn on the power to your computer the Windows operating system will start After it s completely on there will be icons on the Windows desktop We re interested in two of them the SchuyLab icon and the Connect icon They ll look pretty much like this iE 5 2 3 CONNECT Before you open SchuyLab double click on the Connect icon Once it s running you can minimize it that is reduce it in size to the task bar on the bottom of the screen by clicking on the Minimize button on the blue task bar That s the little square with an underline in the upper right corner of the Connect box You can find more on the Connection Manager in Section 9 Maintenance Now double click on the SchuyLab icon to start SchuyLab Depending on how your computer was set up simply by dou
100. test results are accessed displayed and printed SchuyLab displays the Options for Test Name box 95 96 Options for ALB Type Report Only standard standard a Notes inline Footnotes Non printing test Microbiology Do not print if Blank Restricted Flag Values Result when ordered Billing Only Result unaffected by dilution Not directly orderable X Cancel vw OK In the scroll bar labeled Type select standard unless the test is for Microbiology Cytology or Allergens In those cases select Culture Isolate etc as appropriate r 5 In the scroll box labeled Report select standard To be able to report out test results using both the graphic and the standard report format leave the checkbox labeled Only unchecked If you wish to use just one kind of report select that type of report and check the Only checkbox Footnotes causes notes on this test to print as footnotes at the bottom of the printing group in Specimen format reports Notes print by default immediately after the test results they annotate Notes will always print as footnotes on Cumulative reports Non printing test configures this test as one which does not print out on any report such as part of a calculation or for billing purposes only Microbiology denotes this test as a Microbiology test accessing Microbiology result codes Speci
101. test results to the SchuyLab system Either way the test results are received directly from the instrument reducing possible human error in data entry SchuyLab stores the data it receives from an instrument in an instrument log The results are not automatically accepted into the patient s file Think of the Device Interface as a holding area for the instrument s test results nothing happens to those results until you the user take some action You can accept reject alter or annotate results individually or en masse in a set of data you receive on a specimen SchuyLab also tells you if you ve already accepted results for these tests so that you can decide whether to keep the old results or accept the new Accessing the Device Interface To access the interface for a particular instrument Select F4 Devices SchuyLab displays the Device Access menu screen with icons for each of your online instruments 62 The Device Access Menu Screen E SchuyLab Device Access LJ Ea Patient IS 3 TGRIFFIN MSTR 16 44 4033 7 26 2004 E9 Cancel Accession cae CLINITER HzIz ap ra cD3000 CLINITEK Arr717 Devices Jle Worksheet The instrument icons appearing in the illustration were chosen as typical Your Device Access screen will show the icons for your instruments SchuyLab will BOLD the name of a device that has results waiting for you to accept or delete them Select
102. the Shift key and press Tab to move the cursor backwards to the previous field or icon Arrow Keys Press the arrow keys to move the cursor in the The four keys with arrows only direction that the arrow is pointing These keys no numbers on them do not operate in all circumstances Press Enter to activate the current default selection The default selection has an extra heavy line around the edge of the button Space Bar Press the Space Bar to activate the current highlighted selection If this is the same as the current default selection either the Space Bar or Enter will work Press F1 to access the Online User s Manual the electronic version of the book you re now reading Press F2 to access Patient Selection Press F3 to access Specimen Selection menu 17 Press F4 to display the Device Access menu F9 Cancel Press F9 to cancel the current function without saving your work and return to the previous step F10 Done Press F10 to save your work and close the current function Esc Will close the current open box usually NOT saving any changes you have made This key is sometimes the only way to close a box such as Remark Codes in Enter or Alter Results Hot Keys In addition to the special use keys mentioned above you will notice that there are letters which are underlined and capitalized on buttons icon names and field names such as List active or Patient Name These are the Hot Keys Hold
103. the list of orders and any charges We can go with the minimum and add more details later if you find you want more information E Demographics Setup q Queue Selection Font defaut default M Doctor Sequence for reporting detail entries Accessi on Separator B1 ank Line Print Options M Summary Only List of Results V Patient ID Address I List of Charges M Other ID Client l Workload Drawn Received Printed P Order Charge statistics l Diagnosis Code Line Separate Pages Iv List of Orders T Exclude Undrawn Heading Body X Cancel 239 Very important note under Selection select Doctor as this is a doctor s report Otherwise SchuyLab will not know what kind a report you want Some of the other selections we can choose from are Client Bill Type Salesrep Drawn By Location Single Patient Or any combination of the above A Client Demographics will print out any information you need by Client s name You can print for an individual client or for all of them This demographic report is already set up for you A Billing Demographics report will print out your patients by how they are billed This demographic report is already set up for you This report will print out a report by the sales rep ID in the Client Record This report will print out a report by who s ID is in the Drawn By box of each accession This report will print out a report by the Loc
104. this line This line consists of two columns of information Skip and Text E Update LINE x Printon pages M First Middle P Last Point size 100 Advance 120 Units after printing Add Column Re arrange Columns Delete X Cancel W ox 1L Skip 1 2 69C Text FAMILY PRACTICE Each line has the following settings Print on pages Point size 214 This line of text is presently set to be printed only on the first page of the result form should you need a second or third page If you wish it to be printed on every page check the boxes Middle and Last also You have two choices of point size or size of your letters 100 which is equal to 12 characters per inch 120 which is equal to 10 characters per inch or if you use 0 it will use the point size from the previous line Advance __ The height of your lines is determined by the number of Units units per line We recommend 120 units to a line 720 units equals 1 inch Fewer will move the lines closer together with less white space between lines more will increase the space Re arrange Lets say that your present report has the patient s name Columns medical ID and telephone number all on the same line You want to change the order so it s the medical ID patient name and then telephone number Clicking on the button allows you to do that for each line This works in the same way as sequencing the tests in a panel Delete
105. this list so long as it s listed before the test yov re defining and all the Range fields and the Ranges button will be grayed out All ranges Normal Critical Linear Interpretative etc for this test will be taken from that selected test Configuring Allergy Tests There are two steps in configuring Allergy tests setting up the Reference Range test and setting up the Allergen tests The Reference Range test will never be ordered or printed out on a report however it will be used by the Allergen tests to define all their Ranges Also if the need comes to update the Interpretative Ranges or such this change can be made in one place without having to change the settings on 1 000 different Allergen tests 126 The Reference Range test is setup like any other test define a Code a Name number of Decimal places Units Normal Range Values Interpretative Ranges etc For the Reference Range test to work this test must be listed before all the Allergen tests that reference it We therefore recommend using the Shift 3 or Shift 8 characters at the beginning of the Test Code to make sure it appears at the top of your Test List If you ever need to update the Reference Range test you will need to exit out of SchuyLab and log back in before the changes will be applied to all the Allergen tests x Code Name 1GE IMMUNOGLOBILIN E rae J S Full Description IMMUNOGLOBILIN E IgE RANGES Dec Un
106. this will determine the maximum characters you print on each line of the label NOTE SchuyLab will NOT give you an error message if the amount of information you want on that line is too much for your label size i e if you have set 25 characters as the width but your doctor s name is 30 characters the doctor s name will run over into the next label If you choose to design your own labels this will determine the maximum lines you print on each label The scale for the length of each label is 720 1 inch NOTE SchuyLab will NOT give you an error message if the amount of lines you want is too much for your label size so if you have 360 in this box that gives you a label about inch long which would be about 3 lines of information Any more than that and you will print on the next label below Depending on whether you want patient information on the label or just print a series of accession numbers for the day you can determine what is printed and where When you click on Label Design button you may see a familiar screen Update Define Label 120 ALL PtId 120 ALL PtNm 120 ALL AcId 120 ALL AcDdt Add Line Re arrange Lines Ds R owa j a You can then set up your labels much like setting up a result form See Sec 7 Reports and Printing for more information Your limitations are the size of the labels you are using After you have set everything up it s very simple to print out the labels
107. to 200 tests per worksheet and Report Order Printing Large Numbers of Tests Because in allergy testing the Printing Groups can also be very large a new feature has been added to Printing Groups If two groups in a row have exactly the same name and both print the groups will be merged together The second iteration of the Group name will be omitted Obviously if either group prints by itself it will keep its own Group name This allows very large groups to be built out of separate sub groups 128 E Update Report Order g FOOD ALLERGENS by IgE FOOD2 FOOD ALLERGENS by IgE HEMA HEMATOLOGY COAG COAGULATION LIPID LIPID STUDIES cc CREATININE CLEARANCE CHEM CHEMISTRY CARDIAC CARDIAC STUDIES GTT GLUCOSE TOLERANCE TESTING Print IMMUNE IMMUNOLOGY THYROID THYROID STUDIES New THERAPY THERAPEUTIC DRUGS x HORMONE HORMONAL STUDIES Sequence CYTO CYTOLOGY SEMEN SEMEN ANALYSIS gt Done In the example given above FOOD1 and FOOD2 would merge The report would show a single Printing Group with the heading FOOD ALLERGENS by IgE Screen Definition Once tests and panels are defined they must be made available for users to order them This is done through the Screen Definition function It configures the Order Tests screens to meet your lab s needs and requirements To Configure a New Order Tests Screen 1 2 3 4 Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the System Tools menu Sele
108. tool we can for the management of a laboratory a tool that you can use however you prefer That idea is an integral part of Schuyler House s approach to computer management of laboratory resources While SchuyLab can be used in a variety of ways the mouse trackball point and click method is the best way to move through the system If you ve used Windows or a Macintosh computer you really don t need to read any further you already know how SchuyLab works If you ve never used a graphic interface read on What do you mean by a mouse A mouse is a palm sized hand held object which is moved around in contact with a desktop or pad As you move the mouse the mouse pointer an arrow or an I bar moves around on the computer screen in a corresponding fashion When you are pointing at the button you want to push or the field you want to type in push the first leftmost button on the mouse and the action or field will be activated The cursor a blinking vertical line appears in the active field There are other devices that accomplish the same purpose as a mouse These include the trackball where you move a roller ball with your thumb to move the pointer and the touchpad where you drag your fingertip across a touch sensitive surface to move the pointer These devices and others are available at computer stores The Graphic Interface Many Laboratory Information Systems require you to move line by line through a ser
109. up compile print or do anything you need to that pertains to worksheets Nez va Ses F6 Print This is the icon to choose to print anything out particularly daily logs demographic reports amp c It s also where you can print out patient reports in formats other than the default format chosen by your lab E F7 Features The other icons deal with functions that are a part of the standard SchuyLab configuration The Features menu contains options that are individually loaded onto your lab s system according to your personal needs F8 Tools This icon summons the functions that build set up or maintain the basic SchuyLab operations Test Definitions Doctor Records Clean up Database etc 23 The Patient Processing Screen E SchuyLab Patient Processing SS E Test Patient Tr ID 001066 Dr Doctor Example TGRIFFIN MSTR 13 09 4033 Patient Example Medical Group GERI 7 26 2004 DOB 6 24 1923 81 Other ID fle Accn 00000007 3 28 2003 14 13 F9 Cancel F10 Done Accession Ss J S p E4 Order Enter Print View Alter 5 Tests Results Results Results Results Devices acai FS F ICU Pi Y Rl Change Change Merge Delete Delete Worksheet Demographics AcceSsion Patient Patient Accession oo e gj E E 12 Print Cumulative Send Home Historical Reassign Graphic Report Report Results Accession Report Features SE Fa Tools Separately installable features Thi
110. very minimum it should be done as often as the smallest interval set in the Cleanup parameters that is if the smallest interval is 5 days use Cleanup Database at least once every 5 days If your lab has a heavy use of worksheets or is a high volume lab you may consider using Cleanup Database more often To activate cleanup 330 Select F8 Tools Select the Clean up Database icon SchuyLab performs cleanup SchuyLab will display a dialog box like the one below inquiring whether you want an individual cleanup Select Yes or just to clean up all items completed worksheets data logs whatever Select All Perform Cleanup functions Ss Choose Yes for individual cleanups All forall This process my ake wo at ver _ or seconds minutes depending on how often you run Cleanup and how large your database is Patient Files As noted several times SchuyLab is not the computer on Star Trek We re good but we re not that good There will be times when you ll need to correct data entry mistakes A large category of such mistakes involve the patients files names dates of birth gender amp c They may also involve mistakes in assigning specimens to specific patients Any corrections to patient files may be done through the icons in the Patient Processing Screen accessed through F2 Patient or F3 Specimen There is also the Match Patients database search engine available through F8 Tools Many of thes
111. want to use Patient Name ID address Accession ID Doctor Name etc IF you use the Body area it will override the default headings Some additional parameters have been added to our Reports both the pre defined reports in F6 Print and the user defined formats that are created in Setup Report Setup and Reports e Selection now includes the new item Location e Exclude Undrawn is a stated option that limits the report to only those accessions that have actually been collected Accessions marked Draw Required will not be included Creating a Customized Demographics Report So SchuyLab has provided you with four wonderful and informative reports but as the manager you want to see what each doctor is passing your way So what do you do OK let s create a new demographics report Just a note to get into the Setup area of SchuyLab you MUST have security clearance If the Setup button is grayed out you do not have proper clearance Go to F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Reports New Report 238 xi Name Description DOCTORS Doctors Type fi col accession Setup 1 col accession 2 2 col accession Demographic N Print X conce As you can see we have named our new report DOCTORS and under Type we have chosen Demographic This tells SchuyLab what kind of report we are creating Select Setup This is where we configure our report What do we want printed Do you want the patient s name
112. we want all the tests ordered on a single accession so the results can be on one report They must therefore be defined as separate tests in SchuyLab but somehow run as the same test on the analyzer with the test results accepted in their proper places Until now the only solution was to manually enter the results With the new changes to Test Definition it s possible to run barcoded samples on the analyzer and have the results be properly sorted in SchuyLab When the tests are now ordered if the sample type or a specific suffix are part of the Test Definition a letter is appended to the Accession ID for that test only Barcodes 103 are then generated for each of the suffixed Accession IDs in addition to the base Accession ID Thus if John Smith had an Accession ID of 12345 and we ordered a CBC Lytes Fasting Glucose and 2 hr Post Prandial Glucose then the CBC Lytes and Fasting Glucose would be attached to 12345 but the 2 hr PP Glucose would be attached to 12345A When printed the barcodes would include any suffixes On the analyzer the barcodes are scanned and a query sent to SchuyLab Because of the suffix to the Accession ID the analyzer will assume we have two separate accessions Thus it will run the Lytes and Fasting Glucose on 12345 but not the 2 hr PP Glucose and it will run the 2 hr PP Glucose on 12345A but nothing else When the analyzer sends the results to SchuyLab SchuyLab ignores the suffixes and rec
113. wish to delete the queue entirely select Delete Otherwise Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Report Queue List box To update another location repeat the above steps When you are finished select Done 273 Sec 8 6Managerial Functions Security in SchuyLab More and more today it is important to know who has ordered what tests for a patient who resulted and accepted the test results and who may have deleted or changed a test that was ordered It is even more important that only those authorized to see patient information can access it especially through your computer and through SchuyLab SchuyLab is designed so that classes can be setup to only perform certain jobs access only certain information or make changes in the setup of SchuyLab These classes are then tied to the lab technician doctor nurse or other individual that may use SchuyLab by their log on information Set Up Select F8 Tools Select Security Levels You then have two choices Operator and El Class Let s look at the class setup first The first box that pops up is Select Class In the box under Class Name you can type in the class name i e MANAGER NURSE TECH ETC then select Ok or Select Class x Class Name yo List X Cancel select the list button to show the list of classes that are already in your list 274 BILLING CLERICAL MANAGER NURSE SCHUYLER TECH X Cancel By clicking on one of the
114. wish to export Patient IDs Enter the ID number of the patient s whose record s you wish to export 405 Changed Since D T Enter the date and time and you will export any changes that have been made since that date 7 Select OK SchuyLab exports the specified patient records into the file named in the Select Path field Panel Test Translation In some case the program you are exporting information to may use test codes that are different from what you are using in SchuyLab By setting up this translation table SchuyLab will translate the correct tests Select the Update button E Create Request Translation j Name EXPORT x M Match Test by C Code Name Description M No Match use Input Translate results as well as requests SchuyLab Print Add a Sequence Delet wm X Cancel vw OK i Match Test by No Match Use Input Translate results as well as request 406 Code Use test code Name Use test name Description Use test description If the exported test name doesn t match the one we expect it brings it in without translation Otherwise no export takes place In some cases you will need to send back the test number instead of the code or name This box will need to be checked for that to work properly Just like the Test Translation Table in F8 Tools Device Setup you need to put in the test code or name as it comes across I e 001 0
115. you have a calculation which had been doing just fine then suddenly doesn t work anymore you might check whether any test codes have been changed recently Another potential problem with calculations occurs when the test code includes characters other than letters numbers and the underline This rarely causes problems unless that code is used in a calculation In which case a dash will be read as a minus sign a slash as a divide sign amp c If you have used a space instead of an underline in the test code the calculation will stop when it reaches that space Should that happen change your test codes aliasing as appropriate then re enter the calculation See Section 4 The wrong normal range is printing out by my Triglyceride results I ve checked in the Test definition and the range is correct there There are two places to look in such an instance Go into Test Definition and select Triglycerides On the Triglycerides test screen select the button labeled Ranges 337 Specific ranges for age gender and patient type are listed under the tabs marked Normal Critical or Interpretive Is there a specific range set up which could be conflicting with what you expect these ranges to be SchuyLab will override a general range with one that is more specific If there s a range set up for 20 40 year old female patients that could be the range that you spotted when you expected the standard normal range Modify or delete your
116. you of potential problems before the Medicare claim returns denied Microbiology SchuyLab s Microbiology feature has been enhanced for smoother operation and increased entry of results It permits the user to define the organisms that may be entered for any bacteriological sample Sensitivities are now custom tailored to each organism Results are entered for the culture the organism and the antibiotics and fully annotated in each instance Finally we have removed the upper limit on the number of organisms that may be identified and reported on a single specimen w or CytoloGy The Cytology Module offers a demographics style report with the ability for entering the interpretative ranges based on the Bethesda System for reporting cervical cytology It offers a report that will monitor and provide statistics for those aspects of Pap Smear testing which need to be monitored for legal and technical purposes Sa SchuyNet Control The Internet is the contemporary way to speed laboratory results to your doctors SchuyNet allows your doctors to access their patients laboratory reports as soon as the lab has released the results Wherever your physician client is he can log onto a secure connection on any PC and review his most recent lab data or look up prior information p MessaGes SchuyLab Text Messaging allows the users on a SchuyLab system to send messages to one another Messages can be sent to all users or to specific
117. 0 repeatedly until the Please Sign On box reappears Then you can leave SchuyLab will still be running but this forces the next user to sign on 21 The Main Menu Screen A SchuyLab ia ee m Zj gt SchuyLab Copyright 1994 2004 TGRIFFIN Schuyler House All rights reserved MSTR 13 04 4033 Patient Version 2 3 1 7 26 2004 fle SchuyLab Laboratory Information System F93 Cancel F10 Done Accession E Devices fe Worksheet Ks Features a Tools F6 FR This will be the starting point screen you see after you sign in This could be considered the brain of the SchuyLab system From here you can access patients create print worksheets and take care of any other lab business Following is a brief description of each of the icons e F2 Patient Select this icon to enter a new patient into SchuyLab or to access a patient who is already in the system Z F3 Specimen Select this icon to enter a new specimen into SchuyLab access a specimen already in the system or to enter a new patient via the specimen number entry route p F4 Devices All your instruments that are interfaced to SchuyLab are visible as icons when you select this option Consider each separate instrument as an in box for the data that 22 has been transmitted from that device this is the icon you select to access that information F5 Worksheet Select this icon to set
118. 00 N 8 1 ATED 7 30 11 55 Y1 x4 2D2 S0 0 QOBO 38 0 28 0MI1L2 CR ATEO 7 30 11 55 Y1 X4 amp D2 0 0 Q0BO 38 0 26 0M1L2 CR CR LF OK CR LF Serial COM x Shows the Com port the instrument is connected to and gives the baud rate parity bits and stop bit settings on the SchuyLab port for this instrument CTS Determines whether the Control To Send is on or off Input Output Gives the date time and length of the most recent messages sent to and from the instrument and SchuyLab Error If an error in transmission occurred gives the date and time Close this box by clicking on the X in the upper right hand corner and MINIMIZE Connection Manager by clicking on the box in the upper right hand corner 3 When done select Ok 345 4 Select Done to return to the System Tools menu screen K Validate Database The SchuyLab program is made up of many databases all working and linked to each other Occasionally something many happen to one of the records perhaps a lightning storm in the area or a bad electrical connection in which case SchuyLab can not connect a patient with an accession When you select Validate Database SchuyLab runs a special program to fix this problem This should not be done without calling SchuyLab Technical Support first Print Configuration If you have more than 1 station or if you have recently added another workstation you may have trouble with each station talk
119. 003 14 13 Accession a EA Order Enter Print Tests Results Results Devices I a Bi Pi od LJ F5 R ICU Change Change Merge Worksheet Demographics AcceSsion Patient on se Gje Print Cumulative Send Home Historical Reassign Gr Report Report Results Accession Report S p Features Separately installable features The functions on this menu screen apply only to the patient whose name appears in the nameplate at the top of the screen If you select Order Tests you will order tests on that patient if you select Print Results you will print results for that patient 42 Ordering Tests Once you ve entered or selected a patient and displayed the Patient Processing menu screen the next step is to order tests for the patient Select the Order Tests icon on the menu screen If you have NOT already selected a specimen number SchuyLab displays a list of specimens for the patient unless this is the patient s first time E Which Accession 000176 1 08 2004 3 57 PAPSMEAR 53 CBC LYTES RBCMOR PAPSMEAR PAP_RSLT PAPSMEAR 250 CYTES Cac 000146 4 21 2003 14 02 CULTURE ISOLATE 000145 4 10 2003 12 10 LYTES 000090 12715719938 12 06 CBC LYTES RBCMOR x Cancel New Accession The Which Accession box lists all the specimens for that patient giving the specimen ID date and time for each and the tests and panels ordered on that specimen To choose a specimen from the list point and click with your mouse
120. 05 000105 5 23 95 11 40 100 As you can see the previous 2 results are displayed If this is something that the doctor should be notify of you can add a note or remark code on this test While we are in this screen let s look at the other buttons that are on the right hand side of the screen Remark Code To add a Remark Code Select Remark Codes SchuyLab displays the Remark Codes box for the test Remark Codes 0 lo lo lo List You are able to type in the numbers for up to four Remark Codes Each code number designates a pre recorded comment the sort of annotation that would occur frequently in your lab they are defined by you for your purposes There are three different sets of Remark Codes for patients QC and billing SchuyLab keeps track of which set of Remark Codes is appropriate for the type of entry you re annotating To see a list of the patient Remark Codes select the List button in the Remark Codes box SchuyLab displays a scroll box listing all the currently available Remark Codes you can select the one you want and its number will automatically appear in the first available entry field in the Remark Codes box Once the numbers of the desired Remark Codes are typed into their entry fields press Enter SchuyLab removes the Remark Codes box and displays the numbers of the codes you ve selected to the right of the test result The full text of the Remark 51 Codes does not appear in the Enter Results s
121. 10 etc Under the SchuyLab side match which test this will translate to i e 001 K 010 NA E Add Request x EXPORT SchuyLab es z X Cancel UY ok Doctor Translation In some case the program you are exporting information to may use codes for each doctor By setting up this translation table SchuyLab will translate these codes for you When you select the New button EE a E OEL i Name M Systems use the Same IDs l T Automatically Build Table Automatically Change Names F Automatically Add Doctors I Automatically Assign IDs Ix EXPORT SchuyLab Systems use the IDs match between both systems Same IDs 407 Automatically Automatically build a translation table Build Table Automatically If the doctor s name changes trust that the other system Change Name has the correct name Automatically Add If the other system sends over a new doctor add them to Doctors the list Automatically If you choose to automatically add doctors the system will Assign IDs auto automatically assign ID numbers If the doctor you enter is not in SchuyLab the Add Doctor box will open x Doctor s Name Id Update EXPORT X Cancel v ok Insurance Translation In some case the program you are exporting information to may use codes for each insurance carrier By setting up this translation table SchuyLab will translate these codes for you 408 E Create Insurance Translation J 9
122. 2 Prints a report of how many of each test or panel has been ordered within a given specimen or date range This can also be sorted by department Na sce ee Test Values Prints out by specimen or date range a report containing all results within a range of values of a single test Both the test and the range of values are selected by the user and can be further sorted by the gender and age of the patients Q Demographics Report Prints a configurable report of all patients and their demographics date of birth doctor s name amp c The report can be limited to a given date range or specimen range Sk STAT Client Demographics Prints a configurable report of all patients and their demographics sorted by the names of their client group The report can be limited to a given date range or specimen range Billing Demographics Prints a configurable report of all patients and their demographics sorted by Bill Type That is all the Medicare patients for instance The report can be limited to a given date range or specimen range 33 The Special Features Screen SchuyLab Special Features Accession Devices Uy e Worksheet Tools Unlike the other screens the Special Features screen will vary from system to Some of these icons such as Billing represent options that must be purchased for your system Others such as Batch Requisitions may be added for labs whose workloads may require them I
123. 2 54 amp T3U MASLOW 11 15 04 MASNORM 11 12 04 MASHIGH 11 15 04 ESTRADL MASLOI 12 29 04 MASNORM 12 28 04 MASHIGH 12 29 04 FT4 MASLO 12 27 04 MASNORM 12 22 04 MASHIGH 12 27 04 TSH Quick scan of QC for problems This light reflects the least favorable result of all the levels notice the light next to the instruments name In this case the light is Orange If you have fifty tests that you run on this instrument and all of them are in control except one which is gt 3SD the instrument light would be red Red is also used for expired controls The orange light means that your QC has not been run within the Frequency time period you entered if you entered a frequency The control will also be marked TO Timed Out to indicate the type of error notice the T4 test A yellow light indicates the control is out of limits by gt 2SD and a green light means things are good Update QC Update Qc or Lot Edit You can alter results attach notes or remarks in either spot So what s the difference In Lot Edit you choose the QC you re interested in by scrolling thru a long list In Update QC it is a little easier to find the lot you need 1 Select Update QC SchuyLab displays an Alter QC Results box 202 Alter QC Results Device amp Control Level Run Date amp Time cELLDYN coeo0 1 11 2705 12 01 X cancel 2 In the first scroll box select the instrument control pair you wish to alte
124. 3 F9 Cancel Accession OOo rc On i e Devices Els mA Worksheet D ts SchuyLab s bi directional interfaces are usually denoted by a worksheet icon on the right side of the screen just above the Delete button This icon transmits the worksheet loadlist to the instrument Select the worksheet icon SchuyLab displays the Select Loadlist box 169 E Select Loadlist x Worksheet Select TrawCup p Worksheet Type loot Dynamic C Static Edit Print X Cancel y ok Select the Select button to summon a list of worksheets SchuyLab displays the Available Worksheets box zl New Select the worksheet you ve just compiled for today s run SchuyLab returns to the Select Loadlist box The name of the worksheet you ve just selected will be in the field labeled Worksheet If you need to edit or print the worksheet before transmitting it to the instrument follow the instructions in the section below In the field labeled Cup type the number of the cup you wish to correspond to the first specimen on the worksheet Generally speaking the first specimen will be in the first cup but your lab procedures may vary Some instruments identify cups using 170 trays or sectors if so enter the tray and cup number together for instance 2 01 to start with tray 2 cup 1 When all is ready select OK SchuyLab will send the worksheet over imme
125. 456 BAL as Accn 022484 8 11 2005 14 57 F9Cancel F10 I Control 5 6 17 MONO 5 10 Ps en Naa 18 V GRAN 62 70 03 ft 35 RBC 4 26 p HGB RES HCT 39 7 MOV 93 2 Order MCH 31 7 MCHC 34 0 RDW 13 40 Reassign Features Lar 160 a4 Next MPV SE re LYMPH 32 20 Tools Delete Accept The tests that have been entered through Device Setup no longer have question marks appended Instead they have the check boxes that characterize normal operation Those tests could now be accepted When all the tests performed by a given instrument have aliases defined through the Device Setup icon the instrument interface has been configured You can also add to the list without running any specimens or QC by selecting the Add button SchuyLab will display the Add Test box 284 In the Instrument field type in the test code exactly as it s sent from the instrument If you don t remember what that is go back to the F4 Devices screen and select the appropriate instrument icon SchuyLab will show the test code used by the device with a question mark added Be sure not to include the question mark when typing the test code into the Add Test box In the SchuyLab field pull down the list of SchuyLab tests and select the correct test code or type IGNORE if you don t want the test to show If the SchuyLab test code is identical to the entry in the Device field you can omit this step SchuyLab will fill in the field
126. 6 Select OK SchuyLab prints out the Data Log Order Log The Order Log prints out all the tests that have been ordered exactly as they were ordered Individually ordered tests are listed individually panels are listed as panels That is if you ordered a CBC on Mr Tsepesh the Order Log would show that a CBC panel had been ordered not that a WBC RBC amp c had been ordered The Order Log lets you compare the orders received from physicians and clients with what was actually ordered in the SchuyLab system It should be run after any batch of specimens has been entered for ready comparison Note that for any given range of specimens the combined entries in the Outstanding Tests log and the Accepted Log should exactly match the Order Log Once ordered and therefore in the Order Log each test should either have been run and accepted which would put it in the Accepted Log or else still be pending which would put it in the Outstanding Tests log This provides a useful cross check of the system To print the Order Log 1 Select F6 Print SchuyLab displays the Print menu screen 2 Select Order Log SchuyLab displays the Order Log box 229 OR 230 E Order Log x De a Queue al PRINTER gt Accession A First Last Date Range From isk You MUST specify a range Sortby Accession Name This will printthe Order Log for all tests in the specified range or just forthe spec
127. 6 Troubleshooting Ake testers a pa a aE A aaRS 339 BackUp siise a a a a a smu a ea 346 Restoring De iat Hace eva Sade e E a 349 Sec 10 7Feat reS ra a rea aaa ra aipa an atena ana aaa Ea aa a eaaa 350 Reporting the R sultSi seei a e A 350 How to Bill with SCHUY Lab iii scechenctee te vcore asda ashe aktaten eae 351 Exporting Medical Information ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 351 Other FS Ate Sess cc caticte choveeeorMiienins beetadi e e A E EN 352 Appendices spse apea raare a Saarai 354 Appendix Barcodes and Labels eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 355 What is a Barcode ccccccccssssscensceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 355 General information on using Barcodes eeeeeeeeeeeeee teen ere 356 SchuyLab s use of Barcodes cccceeeeeesesedeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeeneenenes 358 Barcode Formats ne tenerne a e a 361 KE 015 e A E E E eee eee en ere ee ee ee 363 Appendix Batch Requisitions eceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 370 WANS TOD Sections stee Sacuacatwaiea a a a at a 370 Phe Middle SC CUON sic etesceaceescecerastecensexse eccoeevtecsenewetncacaesbamoused 372 The BOOM SOCOM cu cyl cia eed cael ees eat iadelds 373 Match to Patient ID ive cccs caress dunieebse ot te Ge eateae lent ssicaeshesscuaipuasents 374 Appendix Cytology ccti ccnunieiiiccnit ch eee wien 375 SC LU acs nemnecscee hats aa e a a a aa e an 375 The Cytology REDO
128. 782 0097 HDL HDL O321 1 3 21 2003 7 26 000026 Sequence Check 000067 Robertson Robin 000080 Gevers Johann 000116 Lopez Josephine 000124 Drinkwater Mortemer K 152 CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 000026 3 25 97 11 06 GLUFAST BUN T_BILI CHOL SGOT TRIG SGPT URIC_ACD ALB TP Checklist E CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 1 28 99 11 49 Sequence Check Drinkwater Mort Abston Jane King Annabel Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 GENERAL CHEMISTRY CHEM 0421 3 4 21 2005 13 19 000042 000043 000044 5 22 94 12 12 5 22 94 12 15 000049 6 21 94 2 29 Smith John 000026 Sequence Check 000043 Abston Jane 000044 King Annabel 000049 Smith John 000052 Smith William 000053 Nuts I M 000054 Nuts U R Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 GENERAL CHEMISTRY CHEN 0421 3 4 21 2005 13 19 IGIBITICIS T S UlAITIPIAITICILICIG Al MIC ILIUI_I IGIRIGIRILIPIHILIR AIDIRIGIMIGIP IUINIBIOIOIIIP I B OIKIO HIEITI YI IF IIILITIGITICI ISIPIN IAIPI Al ILI CRL EFE wa 15 19 Poul od T Pte Pole a l fki ITI IISI p l 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K 153 The checklist prints the accession number patient s name and lists the tests across the top of the page The line under the test s means that
129. 90 Now the value for U_GLU shows no question mark and is in the format defined in SchuyLab It can be accepted in the usual manner Parameter ID Numbers SchuyLab has a number of automatic functions that work more or less in the background you should seldom notice they re even there But each one is configurable by your lab in case you need to change one as your workload changes The configuration of these system functions is done through the Parameter ID Definition icon To Change the Parameter Settings for the System Functions Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Parameter ID Definition SchuyLab displays the System Parameters menu screen E SchuyLab System Parameters JE mi Ea SchuyLab Oo R F2 MSTR o 12 21 65 o Patient 11 24 2003 o F3 F9 Cancel 10 Done Accession gr N D 3 7 A Eee 9 g F4 Patient Accession Clean Up Patient Billtype Type Devices oo uwm pa O oPT en p H 5 z ua Optional OP Worksheet Processing Define Cleanup Parameters Patient ID Numbers Each patient in a laboratory environment must be uniquely identified As there s nothing to prevent two people from having the same name the uniqueness of each 291 patient is guaranteed by associating a number with that individual This is the patient ID number The number may be the patient s Social Security Number hospital file number or a number generated specifically for your lab SchuyLab is capable of g
130. Accepted Log 1 Select F6 Print SchuyLab displays the Print menu screen 2 Select Accepted Log SchuyLab displays a dialog box asking if you want to print all accepted orders since the last Accepted Log was printed or you can set the date You also have the choice of printing by Accession number or by Patient name select Sort By 225 E Accepted Log x Since Date Queue 170972004 PRINTER Sorby Accession Name This will printthe Accepted Log for all tests since the last time it was printed Or optionally a different date Setup X Cancel z ox 3 Select OK SchuyLab prints the Accepted Log and returns to the Print menu screen 4 If you need to change the printing parameters for the Accepted Log select Setup SchuyLab displays Configure Report box E Configure Report d x Queue Font PRINTER Draft Print size C10 C12 15 CPI M Dashes as Separators V Print client number Exclude Undrawn Accessions Show Date Received C Drawn Indent jo characters on the left X Cancel vY OK Queue In the pull down box select the printer queue to be used Font In the pull down box select the font for the report Draft is the default and is normally used Select the desired print size of 10 12 or 15 CPI Characters per Inch Dashes as Check this box if you want a dashed line between entries on the Separators report Print client Check this if you want the clien
131. Alias field type in the alias for instance the old code for that test When done select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Test Alias Box To alter an alias that s already been defined select it from the Update Test Alias List SchuyLab displays the Update Alias box which is identical to the Add Alias box except that its fields are already filled Make the appropriate changes and select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Test Alias Box When you re done with the Update Test Alias Box select OK SchuyLab returns to the Test Definition menu screen 139 Report Order printing groups The test panel and screen definitions already discussed establish the internal configuration of the SchuyLab system you use everyday in your lab However their arrangement has nothing to do with the format and look of your patient reports For that you use the Report Order icon This icon controls the arrangement and order of printing groups which are printed on the report It may be useful at this point to emphasize what printing groups are not They aren t related in any way to the panels and screens you ve thus far set up they aren t related in any way to your worksheets they aren t related in any way to how you order process or bill tests Their sole purpose is to arrange the format of the patient reports As a concrete example if you have a panel personalized for Dr Green which you have imaginatively named DR_GRN you
132. BC RBC Hemoglobin amp c along with any accepted results Order Log This is a log by Accession range of the tests ordered on each patient in the arrangement that the doctor ordered them That is if a CBC was ordered on Accession 10001 the Order Log will show that Accession with a CBC not the individual tests therein Accepted Log This is a log in condensed format of all patients tests and results that have been entered into the system since you last selected this option Because no Accession range may be specified the Accepted Log must be printed regularly preferably daily 76 Outstanding Tests This is a log by Accession range of the tests whose results are pending For any given period the Outstanding Tests log plus the Accepted Log should equal the Order Log or the Data Log The procedures for printing these reports are detailed in Section 8 Reports and Printing Again we emphasize that in an ideal laboratory these reports will be printed every day Additionally there is a report you may need to print on a daily basis depending on the type of work your lab performs This is the Restricted Log Fo Restricted Log This is a log of all tests whose results are marked as restricted These tests do not print out on the other logs Only users with the proper security clearance can access this function Print Reports Quick List To print a report To print a batch To reprint a report g genera
133. C INFLAMMATION EYELID NOS INFLAM LACRIM PASSGE NOS INFLUENZA INFLUENZA WITH PNEUMONIA x Cancel y Ok The buttons are Cancel This button clears the screen of all the information on it OK This button accepts the patient and tests advances the specimen number and displays an empty screen for you to enter the next specimen Match to Patient ID In the Patient Name field you can enter the patient s name or if known the patient s ID number When you select SEARCH SchuyLab will look up the patient ID and fill in the fields with the unique patient data 374 Appendix Cytology w _ Cytology Module The Cytology Module offers a demographics style report with interpretative ranges based off of the Bethesda System for reporting cervical cytology It offers a report that will monitor and provide statistics for those aspects of Pap Smear testing which need to be monitored for legal and technical purposes Unlike most of the reports and utilities in SchuyLab the Cytology module must be set up and used exactly as described in order for it to work There is a slight amount of variation possible but the manner in which it is used must be expressly as described below While it is theoretically possible to set up the SchuyLab Cytology module for use with systems other than the Bethesda system the effective use of another system with SchuyLab Cytology involves aspects that are inherent in the Bethesda system such
134. City st Zip Glendale ca 91208 cn ax id Responsible Physician NPI Delete Seq X Cancel Add vy ok V Print New Patient Reports Special Panels Graphic Reports Graphics reports aren t just for PSAs anymore In fact any test that can be resulted using numeric results only can now be graphed This means that a patient who is diabetic can have a graph of their Glucose results over the last month year or even multi years A patient undergoing Chemo or Radiation therapy can have the white or red blood cell results graphed There are two forms of the graphic report The simplest is the single test graph which you can print from the F6 Print menu When you click on the Graphic Report icon SchuyLab asks you to enter the patient you are interested in OR you can go to the patient s file F2 Patient and click on the Graphic Report icon there 244 Either way SchuyLab will open the Graphic Report box Under Report Test choose the test you want to graph E Graphic Report To graph patient results E selectthe report selection range and press Enter ReportTest Queue CARDIAC PRINTER gt End Date Maximum 3 points o 2 Range XN cancel ee Print SchuyLab will then print out a graphic report for that test for that patient The second form of graphic reports is the multi test graph In many cases the doctor may want to see both the PSA and the PAP report in graphic form for his m
135. Claims screen Selecting a CPT code from the list will take you to a second menu showing the current links for the code E 80051 Not used in Tests Pan x Codes same as tor CI M 5 204 C 204 204 204 204 5 204 204 204 204 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 206 206 The current ICD 9 code links between the selected CPT code and your lab s diagnosis database are displayed Each link is color coded green dots show ranges where the test applies to the diagnosis and can be ordered without trouble while yellow dots show ranges that can be ordered when special conditions are met Many of the CPT codes that you will use in your lab s operation have the same set of linkages Instead of typing in all the same links you can select a CPT code you wish to duplicate from the pull down box at the top of the menu Note You may not select a CPT code if there are any linkages currently entered on the current code you will have to delete them all Also you will be unable to add new linkages to the list without adding them to the main CPT code 417 SchuyLab now proceeds to the Add Linkage box 418 E 80000 Add Linkage ES CPT s0000 ICDS 333 thru Special Conditions If you are creating the first linkage for a CPT code you will have to type the code in yourself If you used an existing code the CPT field will be filled in and grayed out In the two ICD 9
136. Code Name a Facility ALB ALBUMIN x reso 1650 M MEGA Full Description Rmk ALBUMIN SERUM F 0 E ALB Referral Labs Dec Units 3 Lab Code g aL MEGA M1234 Normal Range Add lab Critical Range X Cancel Linear Range A OK Absurd Range Workload jo o Same Ranges as Test M Refer Processing E Days Delta Check o or fo Interval fo Penh 1 Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests LOINC Print Delete X Cancel 12 18 2006 This is now an explicitly linked test Irrespective of what a patient s insurance is regardless of whatever contracts have been established no matter what This Albumin is ALWAYS run at Mega Reference Lab Conditionally linked tests The most common scenario that a laboratory faces is that a test is potentially ordered at different facilities depending on the paying arrangements that have been made For example you may be a rural hospital that typically runs all of you A1C s in house except that you have a contract with Mega Reference Lab to act as a drawing station for them in your area When a doctor who uses Mega Reference Lab to perform his tests sends a patient to you to be drawn that AIC has to be ordered at Mega Reference Lab even though you perform A1C s in house It gets worse Your contract with Mega Reference Labs says that there are exceptions to this rule if the test drawn is marked STAT Ifthe A1C is marked STAT th
137. Complete the fields in the box 6 Select OK To update a test Press F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Test Definition Select a test from the Update Tests box Alter values as required 6 Select OK hl ace Panel Definition After you ve defined your tests they can be arranged to form panels SchuyLab permits you to define your panels to suit your lab s need including personalized panels for individual doctors Panels can be assembled from tests as already defined and once a few building block panels are created they can be assembled into other panels The CBC and Complete Metabolic panels are good examples of these For many billing purposes it is an absolute requirement that if a panel can be defined as a smaller panel plus added tests it must be done that way There is no limit to the number of panels you can use or to the number of tests and panels in a given panel To Create a New Panel Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the System Tools menu Select Set Up SchuyLab displays the Setup menu Select Test amp Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Define Tests menu Select Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Panels box listing the existing panels PO i 109 110 E Define Panels x Code Name ARTHRITIS PANEL S CARDIAC CARDIAC STUDIES CHEM_ CHEM 7 COAG COAGULATION COMP COMP HEALTH SCRN DIFF MANUAL DIFF GTT GLUCOSE TOLERNCE
138. D1600 CbD3200 cxg Ecs2010 Accession Dle Worksheet Gle Print Features F4 Devices is the screen that you will use to accept the majority of your results This screen displays the instruments that are interfaced to SchuyLab See Section 3 Daily Operations on how to accept results through F4 Devices 27 The Worksheet Functions Screen SchuyLab Worksheet Functions TGRIFFIN SS Fe MSTR 13 12 4033 Patient 7 26 2004 Z les Accession B Ti amp p E4 Define Select Print Master Worksheet Worksheet Worksheet Devices Pa HED aoe FS A g N JPC Delete View Edit ALter ROutine Worksheet Worksheet Worksheet Worksheet Results Print Gh E Print Manual gt Worksheet e Features S a Tools In this screen you can create change print your worksheets and accept the results Define Master Select this icon to set up a new worksheet master or to alter a worksheet master already in existence You only have to do this one time once the worksheet has been defined go to Select Worksheet to create a new copy of the Master Worksheet for daily use Select Worksheet This icon lets you do two things You can have SchuyLab draw up a new worksheet with today s tests Or you can select a worksheet that was already compiled last week say for viewing data entry or printing we Print Worksheet Once you ve selected a worksheet new o
139. Delete X Cancel Y OK Select the ICD9 button and put in a range of ICD9 codes that reflect the diagnosis of an ectopic pregnancy E Update ICD9 Condition 3 ICD9 E thru 633 9 Delete X Cancel y OK Now the full picture for the reflex ordering of the serum pregnancy test is revealed to be that the patient is Female and either the urine test is positive or the urine pregnancy test is negative and the diagnosis codes that accompany it reflect the probability of an ectopic pregnancy 120 E Update Reflex Test mr r AND OR Value sea Remark Gender Age ICD9 Condition s UR_HCG Pos Female UR_HCG Neg AND IcD9 633 0 633 9 Sequence Delete X Cancel y Ook If you want the reflex test to appear as a result of a Remark code then list the code that triggers the test in Remark Add Remark Condition Test Remark Code any test gt fo List X Cancel wv OK You can specify that the Remark must be placed on a specific test or allow it to be put on any test The Remark cannot be placed on an Accession or on a Patient and acts as a trigger for a reflex test The test upon which the Remark is placed must be Accepted before the reflex test will be triggered Another example of a situation where you would want a reflex action is if the MCV is lt 70 and you suspect that your instrument is reading microcytic RBC s as platelets you want to generate a manual platelet count Yes you cou
140. EST HIGH Print 2 From the Device amp Control scroll box select the device control pair you wish to print 3 From the Set scroll box select the control s set number you wish to print The currently Active set is shown by default 4 Input the date range the detail report is to cover 5 In the box labeled Levels select the level or levels of the control to be printed If none of the levels are selected nothing will print This is the most common mistake made when printing this report 6 To specify the queue and font for this QC report select Setup SchuyLab displays the Configure Report box In the scroll boxes select the appropriate queue that is printer and font If you have only one printer the choice is easy This option becomes more important when you grow to a networked system with several printers Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Print QC Detail box 206 When you have configured the report to your satisfaction select Print to print the report Summary Report One of the things that many of our clients have asked us for was a way to print out the Accumulated Baseline Values for their QC Lots SchuyLab now has a report that will do exactly that If we go to F7 Features QC we will see an icon called amp Summary Report This report prints out the Baseline values for the QC lots in conjunction with an accumulated range Typically these ranges would be 1 the range for this mon
141. ICAL LYMPH BLASTS Sequence IMMATURE GRAN _ Sequence q MYELOCYTES METAMYEOLCYTES g Add Test s Add Panel s a Delete Cancel OK As you can see we have set up a panel called DIFF and it lists the tests included in the panel Now we need a test that we can use to call for this panel Let s call it MANDIFF 124 E Update Test MANDIFF Code Name MANDIFF MANUAL DIFF m gt cE gt Full Description MANUAL DIFFERENTIAL with RBC MORPHOLOGY Dec Units a Procedure fo o fo 85007 o o0 Normal Range E Ranges came DIFF Critical Range Malues Linear Range Options aj ARC O Same Ranges as Test M Panels Workld 0 0 Delta Check 0 or o Interval lo i Perk Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel vy ok The only difference in this test and any other is in the Expand box We enter the name of the panel DIFF that it is tied to Under Values the results are Normal or See Below The Manual Diff is just one of the tests that are setup for you already in SchuyLab The others are U_CASTS Urine Casts and U_CRYST Urine Crystals but you can set up many of your own Allergy Tests In the course of installing SchuyLab in laboratories that performed Allergy testing we implemented several changes that were necessary to handle some of their specialized needs The main difficulty that we discovered was that Allergy testing oft
142. Its most commonly checked for Microbiology and for Hormone Studies which have a large number of notes and specialized ranges e Do not print duplicated tests We ve already dealt with this option to some extent in the overview of this section so you ll have to put up with some repetition Here are the printing rules 1 A test will print out in the first group to which it s assigned 2 If the test is assigned to more than one group it will print out in all of them by default 3 Ifthe Do not print duplicated tests check box is checked the test will not print out in that group if it s also in another group further down on the page 4 If several groups contain that test and they all have the Do not print duplicated tests check box checked the test will print out in the bottommost group 5 If several groups contain that test and all except one has the Do not print duplicated tests check box checked the test will print out in that one group no matter where it is located on the page 6 What causes a group to come into being and be printed on the patient report is the presence of a test which is proprietary to that group e Use Microbiology format This format is used on cultures and places an blank line between the test name and the isolate s found on the Patient result form For more information see Appendix Microbiology When all is arranged satisfactorily select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update
143. LLDYNMED 2200 HIGH CELLDYNHIGH 2200 LOW CELLDYNLOW 2200 NORM CELLDYNMED ACEQC1 ACEQCI gt Add Alias Done 2 Select Add Alias SchuyLab displays the Add Alias box x Alias Actual Level Cancel 3 Inthe Alias field type the heading that comes across the interface In the Actual Level scroll box select the name and level of the control 183 Note Each control level on the Actual Level list is shown twice once as you ve defined it control name level name and again with a number appended The entry without the number is the generic QC file for that control with no other restrictions the entry with the number is the specific QC file for that control set The first set of that control which we ve just defined is set 1 thus in the example we see NEWQC AI for that specific subset abnormal level and NEWQC A for the full control of the same level If your lab uses standard control procedure with only a single lot number in use at a time select the entry without the number appended If you have several specific lots accepting QC results e g you re doing parallel testing with an Active and a Test lot or if your lab keeps only lot specific QC results select the entry with the number appended 4 Select OK to return to the Update Control Alias list box 5 Repeat the above steps for all levels of each control You can also establish multiple aliases for a given control
144. M Undrawn Accessions X Cancel Yo oK Now your SchuyLab is set up to accept numbers as a test or panel code Next go to the Update Test Box and you can see the box in which to enter the test number 102 E Update Test ALKPHOS Code Name pect ALKPHOS ALK PHOSPHATASE T s Full Description SERUM ALKALINE PHOSPHATASE Dec anrs Sample Suffix Procedure Amount 1 iu x fi 84075 0 0 B Billing Normal Range 34 112 Ranges Critical Range Values Rmk TAT Linear Range 1 200 Options o 0 Same Ranges as Test Panels Workload 0 0 Delta Check 0 or fo Interval lo x PER Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel Y ok Using Samples and Suffixes Chemistry analyzers will usually permit a given test to be defined once Thus for instance the test for Creatinine can only be defined once on a given analyzer In reality there are several tests for Creatinine Serum Creatinine Urine Creatinine 24 hour Urine Creatinine all of which have their own units and normal ranges and all of which are defined as separate tests in SchuyLab But the analyzer knows only a single test Creatinine it can only be ordered once on a given specimen Other examples might be the multiple Glucose tests for a Glucose Tolerance panel morning and evening Cortisol levels peak and trough Vancomycin levels and so forth In each case
145. N sek ssccocnscclsetiesleddeee ett ana eatiaee eee sail beatae 380 Appendix Ex POM cscecaccacscaciscotacseced sce ain rane k ar adres a inao NALAN aiaa Kidia keg 384 To Set up the SchuyLab Export Function eeeeeeeeee 384 ASCII Fixed Length and Delimited eccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 388 PSUMAZS Od 1394ta Otte ae Ae Rechts Satta teeta 395 PUL ti ere ete teh EA ae ae oR 8 ie tare aha aa as Race teak 397 Vat es ges eta E E E ten ete Leueet octet rec ET 398 To Use the SchuyLab Export Function 404 SSE NS societies cee aaa aati TE 410 Appendix SchuyLab Medical Necessity ccccessseeeeeeeeeeee 411 Medical Necessity Alerts cccccccccccsceeecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 411 Medical Necessity Setup cccccccccccccccccccccccceeceeeeeeceeeseeeeeseeseeeess 416 Create a New Link isti2 older ccna ciel iet 416 Import a Medical Necessity Database ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 419 Update a Medical Necessity Link eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeees 419 Delete a Medical Necessity Link ccccccccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 421 Other Sections of Medical Necessity ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 421 Appendix ME6SSAG OSes ca ssssccicsscevdcesssczcnevesernesebesiodtscntvarsseneasteivbeteceeies 423 Reading Mails resres e a dau hc EE es 423 Sending new mail sespe reee ee aara E REEE 425 Set p and TOMS reinen e a a a EE E 428 Saving and Deleting MeSSaGE6S
146. Name EXPORT x M Systems use the Same IDs M Automatically Build Table Automatically Change Name Address T Automatically Add Companies F Automatically Assign IDs SchuyLab Print Add I Sequence Delet ga X Cancel y oK i Systems use the Same IDs Automatically Build Tables Automatically Change Name Address Automatically Add Companies Automatically Assign IDs IDs match between the systems Automatically build a translation table If the company name or address changes update the SchuyLab list If the other system sends over a new company add it to the SchuyLab list Assign IDs to any new company 409 If the company name you enter is not in SchuyLab the Add Company box will open E Add Company i x Company Name Address Test List E Export Patients x Patients Test List ID Format re x New Select Path Setup x Cancel y Export of Test List The Export feature now has a test export tab as well as a patient export This is currently only able to export some specific formats More will be added 410 Appendix SchuyLab Medical Necessity Medical Necessity Everyone makes mistakes Mistakes are inevitable but one can avoid having to deal with the consequences of a particularly messy one by catching it before it does damage One particularly painful error deals with Medicare and the payors of your lab s tests Medicare
147. OK to return to the New ICD9 Code box 5 Select OK when done SchuyLab returns to the ICD 9 selection menu Pressing OK a second time will return you to Medical Necessity Setup Repeat steps 2 6 for all new links Import a Medical Necessity Database When you purchase the Medical necessity module you have the option of supplying your own database of ICD9 codes or we can load a database for you If you should decide to use your own or purchase a database of codes from another source you can easily import that database into SchuyLab It is suggested that you contact SchuyLab Technical Support for assistance in this 1 Select F7 Features SchuyLab displays the Special Features screen 2 Select Medical Necessity SchuyLab displays Medical Necessity Setup i x To impor your necessity NRA IcD9 B gt specify the path and press enter Select Path Ow EO X Cancel Browse Iv o 3 Select Import SchuyLab displays a box prompting you for the location of the database file 4 Enter the path of the database file and select OK The database will be automatically loaded into your system Alternatively if you do not know exactly where to find the database selecting Browse will allow you to search your machine for databases E Import Necessity Crosswalks Update a Medical Necessity Link Medicare is constantly changing and adding codes as it sees fit And there are many publications that will publish those changes on
148. Refer Tests Module Sending out a specimen to a reference laboratory is a three step process The first step is the order itself getting the patient data the specimen data and the test order to the reference lab The order might be telephoned it might be carried on a piece of paper it might be e mailed or even sent to the reference lab s website on the Internet Currently most reference lab customers either use the lab s Internet facility to place the order or are sending a piece of paper almost always a pre printed form with the order written thereon The second step is the sample getting the sample vials of blood bags of stool whatever to the reference lab Whatever method is used to place the order at some point in time a container full of guck has to be physically transported from one location to another Usually this container is accompanied by a piece of paper that either conveys the order as discussed above or confirms an order already placed The third step is the result getting the results of the tests back from the reference lab to the customer i e you The result might be telephoned printed and mailed printed over a phone line using a remote printer provided by the reference lab faxed or e mailed or made available using an Internet utility How does SchuyLab s Refer Tests module affect these three steps Step one If your lab has an electronic connection to the reference lab SchuyLab can transmit
149. Robert H Carlann Sharan SERIM U 11 24 1997 uU 3 08 2000 11 18 1997 11 18 1997 11 21 1997 m 11 21 1997 _ 11 20 1998 es 33F 1 09 1996 i 52M 2 08 1996 U 7 20 1999 pa 52M 7 27 1999 U 8 17 1999 75F RZ11 2002 The Line by Test prints the test name the accession number patient s name age the source of the specimen received date and up to two prior results if the master worksheet is specified for that It also prints the patient s doctor and any comments for this specimen As you can see SchuyLab prints out all of one test before it prints the next 159 Line by Accession CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL CHEMISTRY Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 GENERAL CHEMISTRY CHEM 0421 3 4 21 2005 13 19 Accession Name Source Age Received Result Prior 1 Prior 2 000026 Sequence Check BLOOD U 3 25 1997 000026 Sequence Check BLOOD U 3 25 1997 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K BLOOD 52M 1 28 1999 Dr Osterkamp John A 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K BLOOD 52M 1 28 1999 Dr Osterkamp John A 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K BLOOD 52M 1 28 1999 Dr Osterkamp John A 000043 bston Jane SERUM 48F 5 22 1994 _ Dr Smith Robert 000043 Abston Jane 5 22 1994 Dr Smith Robert 000043 Abston Jane 5 22 1994 o Dr Smith Robert 000043 bston Jane 5 22 1994 Dr Smith Robert The Line by Accession pri
150. SMEAR INTERPRETAT ION RESULT Dec Units TAT Procedure Amount jo Ap 0 00 Billing Normal Range I Ranges pe Critical Range I f Values Linear Range f Options aj aRcfo Same Ranges as Test M Panels Workld 0 0 Delta Check fo or lo Interval 0 F abe Derivation lt this resultis derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel Yy OK Under Options button pull down the Type list and select the new test type PAP RSLT Select OK This is the crucial step as it allows SchuyLab s Cytology Report to differentiate this test from all of the other tests in your database Only set the PAP RSLT option on the Interpretation Result Diagnosis category Let me say that again There should be Only One Test in your entire database that has the PAP RSLT type in Options and that is the Interpretation test or whatever you are naming the diagnostic result of the Pap smear This directive can be modified under some exceptional circumstances Don t do this without asking Tech Support personnel about it 377 Options for INTERPRT ed Type Report Only PAP RSLT standard J F Notes inline Footnotes M Non printing test Microbiology l Do not print if Blank Restricted Mv Flag Values M Resultwhen ordered I Billing Only Result unaffected by dilution X Cancel Y ok Under Ranges select the Interpretive and input your Bethesda system nomenclature results F
151. SchuyLab User s Manual Schuyler House 26027 Huntington Lane Unit F Valencia CA 91355 Sales 800 706 0266 phone 661 702 1824 Fax Technical Support 888 724 8952 Web http www schuylerhouse com This page left blank Acknowledgments This book was compiled from years of experience and materials gathered from members of Schuyler House both past and present and from many of our customers who suggested and helped us develop many of the features available Any and all names are fictitious and bear no resemblance to any persons places clinics or hospitals Karen A Allen Janet L Chennault Bruce Miller Therese Griffin This page left blank Table of Contents Sec 0 OVO MV IC Were erano e eaae as ea EEE a AEE Eiai 11 Laboratory Information System eeseseeeeeeeeeeseeerrrrrreserrrrrerr erenn 11 Life with Your LIS 020 ae aiae ee a a E AE i a a 12 Care and Feeding of an LIS 2 c ceccece eee eenseseeeeceeeeeeenenenneececeeees 12 Sec 2 Navigating in SChUyLab cccsseeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 15 Navigating the Graphic S S eee eeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 The Graphic MIMO a Ces cies ze liss suexcese ends dualeped tia eaaetedesiaants asaat anousecomaneds 15 Navigation Methods sererken Fopesa dd eiceedensetiasy a elortoeade 15 Taking Your Bearings esteira a oa Uae aise 18 La dmaik Sneins n e a e oe EE E A EE 19 Signing onto the System coe h
152. SchuyLab displays the Select Patient to Merge box 332 E Select Patient to Merge x Enter the Patient s Name Last First Or the ID Date of Birth Patient s Client Enter the name or patient ID of the patient for whom the file will be merged that is the file you don t want to keep Select OK SchuyLab will ask if you want to keep the old patient name as an alternate Say Yes or No according to your lab s protocols SchuyLab merges the two files into one Delete Specimen There may even come a time when you are forced to delete a specimen from the system entirely a specimen that never should have been entered This is done through the Delete Specimen icon Once a specimen is deleted it cannot be undeleted you must reconstruct the specimen record as though it were a new specimen R To delete a specimen from the system 1 Select F3 Specimen Enter the specimen ID number to be deleted and select OK SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing Screen Select Delete Specimen SchuyLab displays a dialog box informing you that the specimen may have tests and asking if you really want to delete it Accession 000176 has tests Delete it Q anyway 333 4 Select Yes 5 SchuyLab deletes the specimen from the SchuyLab database Delete Patient Finally the patient file itself can be deleted This is the most radical change that can be made to the SchuyLab database It requires that you delete all the spe
153. SchuyLab displays the Update Doctor Record box with the medical group s name already entered fill in or update the remaining fields accordingly If there are several doctors associated with the client SchuyLab displays the Which Doctor box showing all the doctors associated with that client 320 Which Doctor x 0002 Head Kenneth FP 0011 Oak 0003 Osterkamp John A 0001 Sabourin Thomas J X oa 4 At this point you can select one of the doctors on the list to update the system Or you can select New Doctor to add another doctor to the list Either way SchuyLab displays the Update Doctor box with the medical group entry area already filled in Complete the information in this box and select OK Import Clients You may be one of the many labs that have added the SchuyLab system to your existing lab If so you already have a large client list that needs to be entered into the SchuyLab database This can easily be done by a Schuyler House employee through Import Clients The first step is for you to send us the database of client information in a comma delimited file or an HL7 file in the following format id name addrl addr2 city state zip phonel phone2 fax provider note We will then convert it for you and install it onto your system when we first setup your computer This is NOT a function that can be used over and over again on your SchuyLab system but only once when we first set up your computer
154. Select Add to add a new mail box x Mailbox Name X Cancel Wy ok Type in the name for the new mailbox and then select OK Continue adding mailboxes as you want them When you have added all you want select OK Print Logged When a new message is marked as a logged message Messages alerting the staff of a problem you may want to prove later that the message was sent to the entire staff Here you can print a log file of those messages sent showing date and time sent and to whom they were sent A logged message will also ask the recipient s to answer back that they have received and read the message There is one bit of setup that must be done before you can print the logged messages When you select Print Logged Messages go into Setup 432 E Print Message Logbook x To printthe logged messages E specify a date range and press OK Date Range Queue PRINTER Setup Cancel You then can set the default settings Even if you don t make any changes press the OK button This will only need to be done one time If you receive an error message you forgot to setup this logbook E Configure Report Defaults x Queue Font PRINTER defant X Cancel Saving and Deleting Messages So the boss has sent out a message to the entire lab and you want to save it in a folder or mailbox just for these kinds of memos You ve made a new mailbox see above and now what First br
155. Specimen Suffix ceceseescesceteeeeteeeeeeee Suffix field SUMMALY eee Supervising Physician c cccccceseeeeeee 313 T TAT cctcetiteeheclisetadistieeiaack 101 257 509 TESE COMES hei sin n arae eaea na 83 translating from online instruments 280 test definition ccc eecccessececeesessssteeeeeeees 81 test INnfOrmatiON cccccsseeesseeeeessteeeeeeeees 52 Test Instrument Interfaces ccceees 343 Test listimit eteo 150 158 Test NUMbEISS cccceceseccceeeeessseees 102 301 Test NUMDETS cccceeseesceseeeseeeseceeeeeeesenaeeees Use test numbet S ccecceeeesseeeteeeeeeee 102 LES TEP OM noi e ERE Ee ss 107 test set up Billing Only eee eeeeeeseeereeeneeeeneeees 97 Calculations ccccceceesceeteeesseeeeeeneeeeees 100 do not print if blank flag teslis neioii ine 97 PraphiC 02 0i5anietsaiasiatdedaten Restricted Result when ordered cceesseeeeeteeees 97 special report tyPe eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeee 96 test tally test VAlUES cceccsceessceeseeeeeeeeeteee 33 92 288 ESSER R ees see ieee eee EE deleting results cece eeeeeeenteeeneeee 64 time anid ates oirnn e ens aces es 36 COUCH PAG 27 on otis ote ee MUSE o eae trackball trigger tests trigger tests Expand Button troubleshooting MIS TepoOrt sey etna eels Print Configuration Update Registration Va
156. Test Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Tests list box Select New I m assuming you don t already have an Isolate test defined SchuyLab displays the Update Test box 440 Update Test ISOLATE Code Name Facility ISOLATE ISOLATE TEA AJA A H Full Description Dec Units Suffix EE A 0 z E fo oo D Normal Range 7 Ranges recor Critical Range i i Malues Rmk TAT Linear Range 2 Options o 0 Same Ranges as Test Panels Workload 0 0 Delta Check o or lio Interval lo aaa Derivation If this resultis derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel y OK In the Code and Name fields enter the appropriate code and name for the isolate test I recommend using ISOLATE as the Code and either Isolate or Organism for the Name Remember the Name is what prints on the patient s report Two further steps are necessary to complete the Isolate test First it has to be identified as the Isolate test Second we need to define how much space you want for your test results on this test To identify this test as the Isolate select the Options button SchuyLab displays the Options for Test box which defines how this particular test is reported 441 E Options for ISOLATE x Type Report Only isocate standard C M Notes inline Footnotes M Non printing test M Microbiology M Do not print if Blank
157. Test Name field we have our choice of these three items If we select the pull down list at the upper right of the Test Name box we get a list of these choices x width fie fed T CAPS Enferteld ter We select the form we want then select OK SchuyLab returns to the Define Result box listing the field we ve just inserted x 1 16 L Test Name Add Field Re arrange Fields X canei On the line displaying the field the first number is the space in the line where the field begins in this case since it s the first field it starts in space 1 The next number is the length of the field in this case 16 spaces The next character is L or R showing whether the field is left justified or right justified then comes the field type Test Name and the exact means of display in this case the test code 402 To add further fields to the record we select the Add Field button and repeat the above steps until we have all the fields we need When we re done the record will look something like this E Define DELIM Result E xj 1 16 L Test Name 17 11 L Result Value nann 28 10 L Accession ID 38 8L Test Units Add Field Re arrange Fields X Cancel Once the fields have been added to the record you may need to arrange them in the correct order To do this select the Re arrange Fields button SchuyLab displays the Re arrange Fields box listing all the fields currently defined in the r
158. The next number is the length of the field in this case 16 spaces The next character is L or R showing whether the field is left justified or right justified then comes the field type Test Name and the exact means of display in this case the test code To add further fields to the record we select the Add Field button and repeat the above steps until we have all the fields we need When we re done the record will look something like this 393 E Update DELIM Result 1 16 L Test Name 17 11 L Result Value 28 10 L Accession ID 38 8 L Test Units Add Field Re arrange Fields Delete X Cancer V ox Once the fields have been added to the record you may need to arrange them in the correct order To do this select the Re arrange Fields button SchuyLab displays the Re arrange Fields box listing all the fields currently defined in the record E Re arrange Fields 1 16 L Test Name 17 11 L Result Value 28 10 L Accession ID 38 8 L Test Units const Re sequencing the fields is done by clicking the mouse on the item you want to move then clicking at the spot on the list where you want it to be Say for instance that in the above example we want the accession ID number to be the first field on the line We click on the Accession ID line highlighting it Then we move the mouse to the top of the list and click again The accession ID moves to the top of the list When the fields are correctly arrang
159. To be drawn This log is only used on SchuyLab systems with the To be drawn option activated Al Statistics These reports will print out a Test Tally how many tests you have performed in a certain length of time report or a Test Value report A Test Value report can show you statistics on a specific group of people using a specific test but more on that later Personalizing the Patient Report Although we have set up a result form for you using your specifications you may decide to change it by going to a preprinted form or just changing the information printed First you will need to determine which form you are using as SchuyLab has three templates already for you to use Select F8 Tools Select Setup Select Report Setup Select Patient Report Select Setup under Accession Report 209 E Setup Patient Report x Cumulative Report PATIENT Setup Accession Report RPTSPEC1 Setup Send Home Report HOME gt Setup Microbiology Report Si Setup Standard reportis Cumulative Accession M Only Print Reports when Final M Automatically Print Final reports M Only print new changed results M Manual print removes from batch X Cancel y OK In the box under the word Form is the name of the form you are using It may be a variation of your lab s name WHTCLIF or if your report prints your lab name and information in the center of the page it may be named
160. Type Linear Logarithmic C Linear Logarithm Axis Range Max Value 350 Min Value fo Decimal points o Axis Labels Legend Text Cho esterol Color Ere E Labels Add Auto Ro W 249 Sequence 250 Axis Type Axis Labels Axis Range A Linear axis is the kind most of us are used to seeing The tick marks are evenly spaced along the axis and the interval between them is constant e g 1 2 3 4 5 or 5 10 15 20 25 This is most useful when the results being plotted fall into a limited range and you want to see the tiny details A Logarithmic axis still has evenly spaced tick marks but instead of each one increasing by an added number 1 or 5 in the above examples they increase by a multiplied factor e g 1 10 100 1000 or 1 30 100 300 This is most useful when the results being plotted fall into a very large range and you want to be sure to get them all on the graph A Linear Logarithmic axis starts out Linear up to some defined number and is Logarithmic for values above that This is used when you want to see the tiny details when the results have a low value but still want the results on the graph if they re very high PSA is like that we want the results Linear in the range of 0 0 to 4 0 for normal patients or patients being watched for prostate problems but Logarithmic for results gt 4 0 and PSA can get really high for cancer patients The tick mar
161. Undrawn Accessions information Marking this box will allow you to use test numbers instead of test codes With this box marked when you enter a new patient instead of SchuyLab asking for a doctor as a way to identify the patient it can ask for a client Mark this box if you are a Vet Lab The patient icon changes to a dog instead of a profile of a person and the Patient Demographics will include fields for breed the name of the pet and spayed neutered Mark this box will open the bed and room options in the Patient Demographics Allows scheduling of future draws If checked the Input Specimen window will have a Draw Required option Checking this option will place the specimen on the Draw List However the specimens will not appear on Worksheets until they have been processed using the Processing Draw List Specimens option SOP Standard Operating Procedures iB At present these are the procedures you can choose from E Set System SOPs MV Use Patient Diagnosis for Accessions Repor results that exceed linearity Allow accessions with separate clients Default Draw Datetime Current gt Default Receive Datetime Current gt X cones 301 Use Patient Diagnosis for Accessions Report results that exceed linearity Allow accessions with separate clients Default Draw Datetime Default Recieve Datetime Sometimes a patient will have a recurring condition i e diabetes Coumadin therapy t
162. V default screen Default Screen Accessin sii erisera Patientin eriantha neas default selection delete patient ssesicupian acie eria delete patient XE delete print jobs print control delete specimens ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 25 296 delete specimens XE ceceeesseeeeeteeeeeeee 333 delete test results cece eeeeeeeesreeeneeees 64 delete tests 2 05 2 srest ETE 338 delete worksheet s ssseeeeeseeeeeesesesreereees 296 Delta Check 51 99 Interval 99 Aemographics ce eeeeeeeeeceeeeteeresteeteeeseeeseees Miscell eo s sirana radiaire 236 patient eaaa ani 235 Demographics 209 234 Bilitino 235 Creating NeW eeseeeseeeererereerreerersre 238 department derivation sesseseeseesessesseserssssrerssressseess AerivatiOn ceceeccessceseceseceeeeseceeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeas automatically order Details EAEN N E AE EAE NE R Device Setup Device Setup Update Device Tests eeceeeeeeeeeeee 281 Wales zergen ave steel ate ii diagnose problems doctor Dirisio acai E e doctor records casccunenasnancne deleting a doctor enter new doctor listed by client printing a list of doctors eee 321 Draw Date Time BY eeeeeeeeeereeeeee 371 Draw Listessi ERRET Draw List report Draw required ceeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeee 263 267 E edit worksheet i 5 c 60cc cscsceseeeatiecbeescvest es 164
163. VE 2 Select Add Code SchuyLab displays the Add ICD 9 Code box x Code Description X Concet Yok 3 In the Code field type the numeric ICD 9 code In the Description field type a brief description of the code 4 Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update ICD 9 Codes box 5 To add another code repeat the above steps When done select Finished To Update or Delete an ICD 9 Code 1 Select the ICD 9 code to be changed SchuyLab displays the Update ICD 9 Code box 326 E Update ICD9 290 319 Mental Disorders SENILE PRESENILE PSYCHOS SENILE DEMENTIA UNCOMP PRESENILE DEMENTIA PRESENILE DEMENTIA PRESENILE DELIRIUM PRESENILE DELUSION U Ix PRESENILE DEPRESSION SENILE DELUSION DEPRESS SENILE DELUSION SENILE DEPRESSIVE Add Code Print an 2 Select the code you which to change or delete Code Description 290 11 AEE PRESENILE DELIRIUM Delete X Cancel y ok 3 Ifyou want to delete this code select Delete Otherwise 4 Change the fields as appropriate When done select OK Default Screens The default options allow the user to define information on patients and accessions which will be mirrored in the corresponding fields during data entry In other words these screens permit you to define the defaults if any for your patients and specimens Some suggestions for the default patient field might be defining the area code state and zip code for your location d
164. When the tests are all translated properly select OK Printing a Report of Test Definitions Once you ve defined all the tests for your system you may well want to have a hard copy for review You can print out the settings on a single test by selecting Test Definition selecting that test from the list in the Update Tests box and selecting the Print button It is also possible and usually preferable to print a full report of all tests listing all ranges derivations acceptable values and so forth This is done through the Test Report icon 107 B To print a report of all test definitions Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Test Report SchuyLab displays the Print Test Report box E Print Test Report d x De S Queue A an PRINTER gt M Sorby department Summary report Sequence Code C Name C Number ce C e _ Choose in what order you want the tests to print by test code by name or in systems where tests have order numbers by number Then select Print SchuyLab prints a list of all the currently defined tests in your system and shows the code name CPT billing code normal ranges critical ranges comments and derivations if any 108 Test Definition Quick List To add a new test 1 Press F8 Tools 2 Select Set Up 3 Select Test amp Panel Definition 4 Select Test Definition 5 Select New SchuyLab displays the Define New Test box
165. You will set this test up in the same manner you have other Microbiology tests i e URINE Update Test QUANTITY x Code Name Dept Inst Facility QUANTITY QUANTITY MICRO Full Description E Dec Units Sample Suffix Procedure Amount of Af AT oo Biting Normal Range pO O RO Ranges pe Critical Range Values Rmk TAT Linear Range Options lo 0 Same Ranges as Test M Panels Workload 0 0 Delta Check 0 or lo Interval lo K SE Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel y OK 443 Select the Options button SchuyLab displays the Options for Test box which defines how this particular test is reported Under the Options button the type of test should be Quantity If not click on the small arrow on the right side of the box and scroll down the Quantity 1 open for QUANTITY x Report is aE standard T Notes inline Footnotes Non printing test Microbiology Do not print if Blank Restricted Flag Values Result when ordered Billing Only Result unaffected by dilution X Cancel y Ok When done select OK Selecting OK once again will take you out of the Update Test Screen After you have set up all four of these tests if you plan to use them click on Done and you are out of the Test Definition Screen gt E 7 n Setting Up Sensitivity Panels The next step in setting up your Microbiology
166. a group titled CHEMISTRY if it s the only lipid test ordered say as part of a Chem 18 panel Ifa Chem 18 panel and a Lipid Panel were both ordered however most people would want the Cholesterol results to appear under the LIPID STUDIES title along with the Triglycerides HDL LDL etc and not appear in the CHEMISTRY section of the report To allow this to happen automatically SchuyLab has established a printing protocol that relies on the sequence in which the groups are arranged in the report If a test appears in several printing groups it will print out in every group that contains it However if the Do not print duplicate tests check box is selected for that first print 140 group but the next group with that test is active then the test will be printed there instead Had we done that for the Cholesterol test described above then the test results for Cholesterol would be stolen from the CHEMISTRY heading and printed in the LIPID STUDIES heading had we not selected the Do not print duplicated tests check box in the Chemistry group Cholesterol would print out in both the CHEMISTRY and LIPID STUDIES headings In order for the group on a report to steal a test from one above it the lower group must first be activated What activates a group is the presence of a test which belongs entirely to that group In the example given of the LIPID STUDIES printing group Cholesterol and probably Triglycerides bel
167. a quarterly basis As you get those changes you may want to take the time to update your current database 419 420 wy Select F7 Features SchuyLab displays the Special Features screen Select Medical Necessity SchuyLab displays Medical Necessity Setup Select the desired CPT Code SchuyLab displays the ICD 9 selection menu Select the desired ICD 9 code or range SchuyLab displays the Update Linkage box Make the desired changes If you want to update one of the link s conditions select it in the Special Conditions list SchuyLab displays the Update Condition box Make any desired changes If there are any new conditions to the basic link select New Condition SchuyLab displays the Add Condition box Set Age Gender and Time requirements for the condition Select OK when done Repeat steps 6 and 7 for all new conditions Select OK when done SchuyLab returns to the ICD 9 selection menu Pressing OK a second time will return you to Medical Necessity Setup Repeat steps 3 8 to update another link Delete a Medical Necessity Link 1 From the Update Linkage box select Delete SchuyLab will ask you if you really want to delete the link 2 Select OK SchuyLab will return to the ICD 9 selection menu To Delete an Exception 1 From the Update Linkage box select the undesired condition SchuyLab will display the Update Condition box 2 Select Delete SchuyLab will ask you if you really want to delete the condition 3 S
168. ab can be run most efficiently on a worksheet format SchuyLab gives you the option of entering the results from these tests in the same format as the worksheet you used to run them The first step in this process is to select the specific worksheet you need To select a specific worksheet and accept the results see Sec 5 Worksheets Viewing Results Once test results are accepted they can be reviewed in any of several ways One quick way involves the Print Results icon and will be discussed in that section below Probably the best way is through the View Results icon This feature allows the user to see the results in the same order as they d appear on the printed report but with no danger of accidentally altering or deleting a result View Results is ideal for clerks receptionists and other users who shouldn t have result editing authority B To view patient results From the Patient Processing menu screen select View Results 67 SchuyLab displays the View Results screen E SchuyLab iew Results Ele xi Fe Patient Zh Accession ole Devices Cie Worksheet Sle Print te Features se Tools TGRIFFIN MSTR Test Patient ID 0000003069 Dr Over the Rainbow Medical Clinic 12345678 DOB 12 03 1988 15 Other ID 123456789 Accn 00000013 10 20 1998 17 56 11 35 4033 7 27 2004 F9 Cancel F10 Done Test Value Units Normal Range V Notes CHEMISTRY
169. aboratory testing I will then show you how to add on time for the other phases You may of course elect to include either or both the pre and post analytical phases in your default setup SchuyLab will let you do this but once you understand how the fields are used you can proceed to customize it yourself Setup of TAT The Turn Around Time report is first constructed in the Reports icon F8 Tools gt Setup gt Report Setup gt Reports Select New Report and pull down the Type list to the new Turnaround format Please note You can create several versions of 257 the TAT report each for its own purpose and with its own parameters As with any report created in this Reports icon the TAT report is accessed for daily use through the Miscellaneous Reports icon in F6 Print E Create New Report oT Description rar Turn Around Time E Turnarouna Setup Select Setup and you will see a unique set of options for the TAT report E Turnaround Time Setup Queue Font Selection defaut default jderault all Sequence for reporting detail entries access ion Se arator 1 pt Rule X Star when F 3 available Default TAT min 2880 End when Resulted Additional Time min fo Print Options V All Results V Orders M Overdue Results V Notes on Overdue IV Statistics Heading Body X Cancel The Queue and Font you are familiar with from other SchuyLab reports they may
170. above Type the low Minimum and high Maximum values for the selected characteristics Select OK SchuyLab displays the new range in the Ranges box Select New again to enter another range When you have entered all the ranges for that test select OK To add a new interpretive value range Interpretive ranges can be set up for a variety of tests Many test such as HIV Rubella or Hepatitis has a reportable result of Negative or Positive But your instrument may send a numbered value to SchuyLab In this case you need to set up the interpretive ranges that any value from one number to this number is reported as Negative etc Likewise if your lab is performing Cytology tests you can also set up many results to print out extensive notes on those results for more information on Cytology tests and reporting see the Cytology section in the Appendix l 2 88 Select the interpretive tab SchuyLab displays the Range box for the specific test As you can see from this example we have already set up a number of interpretive results As interpretive ranges can be confusing let s assume that none of these exist and we are creating from new Select New Ranges for PAP_RSLT Normal Critical Interpretive 501 2 Negative 502 5 ASC US 3 Select the specific characteristic s for the range you want to enter You can define the range by Patient Type if they re defined for your system Gender Unknown Male Female o
171. ace Value ed Flag M ARC lo kE Key l X Cancel Delete Iv ox If you have selected non numeric values but still wish to accept numeric results for that test select the Numeric check box That is if you want to be able to accept either trace or 5 as a valid result select the Numeric check box before adding trace as a test value Or if you wish to accept ratios or ranges as results select the box labeled N N N N or N N as appropriate 93 6 For Microbiology tests and some other tests the test result may be longer than the eight character maximum in the standard Add Values list For those tests you can define the test to be a free form text value To do this in the box labeled Text type in the length of text maximum of 32 characters you want the result to be Note that choosing a value in the Text box overrides any selection from the Add Values list and can not be flagged as an abnormal 7 To add a result code note key stroke or flag to a value or to delete a value select that value from the list displayed in the Values for Test name box SchuyLab displays the Update Value box The Update Value Box 94 E Update Yalue g x Value Fosi tive Flag H ARC f0 Eg Key X Cancel Delete lv ok To delete the value select Delete To link that value with a remark code type the number of that code in the space labeled ARC If so designat
172. ach result should be put as both the Minimum and Maximum Use a condensed text equivalent in the Report as field Put your expanded text Negative for intraepithelial lesion or malignancy as a Note attached to that Interpretive Range Thus when you enter in the result 510 on the PAP_RSLT test the report will print the result as Negative with an additional note immediately below that states Negative for intraepithelial lesion or malignancy Update INTERPRT Interperative R PatientType Gender gt 2 iE s m m Yeas Days 0 0 C Months Minimum 510 Maximum 510 Report as Negative X Cancel Delete v ox 378 What your note pad looks like x View only Dat F Lab Confidential F Priority Written by MSTR 9 11 2003 16 54 Negative for intraepithelial lesion or malignancy Jot Print Add Update Delete These codes have not been established by the Bethesda system but must obey the following rules They must be sequential They must be in order of increasing severity The example given below follows these rules If you set up the Interpretive Ranges as shown below the Cytology module will function properly Minimum Maximum 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 Report as Negative Other ASC ACG ASC US ASC H LSIL HSIL Note Negative for intraepithelial lesion or cancer malignancy Endometrial c
173. aei 187 Howto USE QC nteni riene eaaa era a EE 190 QC on an Online Interface cccccesscecceeeeeeseesssnecensesssseeeeeeeees 192 OnineAnalySiS erea a a a a E a eda 197 WIVES oie e Mh det E 200 Scam QC eorn a E E eee earns ere 201 Update QG riein cricar i eia h eea A 202 Levey Jennings Report 2 2 c ceeckescecsiecdeccetesssdeteetiennertueveeeeegeeeeee 204 QG DOTA IRE DOM afer e Saeg a e lara elieeeeoes 206 S mmary REDON 232288 sect ra eA ee eS eed ied as eee Geese a 207 Sec 7 Reports and Printing eccccceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 208 Types Of REPOS ie lies acenstasanstcs eeose e a eeraa ESENE Eei E 208 Personalizing the Patient Report cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 209 ole AE E EEA E E 225 Demographics eiren ee de eee e cede ne 234 Graphie Repons sennen ren a e dunno tanse 244 Result Summary REPOMnias nae tee Aa ae 252 Turn Around Time Repott cccccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaseeeeeeesaes 257 Setup Ol TAM aki crte ae a a aee Rea a a Ea Ae Ea aaa 257 Daily USE eea a e e e E EEE ous 260 Diaw LiStireie ena a tac atue ct aren 261 Printer SOU aerer a Ear E E a e a 268 Sec 8 6GManagerial FUNCtIONS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 274 Sec ty in SCM Lea so seesaw sel a seccdere tect edteanweretia nena 274 The Online Instrument Interface ccccecceceeeeeceeceececeececeeeeeeeees 279 Configuring the Device Interface c
174. ained in these barcodes are the numbers and letters of an identification sequence In laboratory work this sequence is usually the Accession number though it can also be the Patient ID The barcode does not contain the patient name the list of tests ordered or any other information That information can be transmitted as a result of a query based on a barcode but it is not in the barcode itself The information content of the human readable portion of the barcode label changes from format to format the content of the barcode itself stays the same checksums aside more on that later NB There is a reason for using this method If the barcode itself contains testing information this information cannot be easily be changed For instance if the barcode were to contain the test Glucose then you would be in trouble when the doctor added on the rest of the CMP By just using the barcode to contain the Accession number 42 then the information linked to that number can be altered at will 42 could mean just a Glucose one minute and a whole CMP the next This allows for the dynamic flexibility needed in a laboratory environment 355 Laboratory use of barcodes and labels The automatic generation of labels with or without barcodes is typically used by a laboratory in one of three ways depending on their individual needs and workflow Labels only no barcodes In this instance the laboratory has chosen labels for the sake of
175. al Group GERI 7 26 2004 DOB 6 24 1923 81 Other ID zle Accn 00000007 3 28 2003 14 13 F9 Cancel F10 Done Accession o Devices Dle Worksheet Print te Features UA SPCH MICR IMM Tools BILIRUBIN TOTAL The Order Tests screen displays the different departments or sections of tests arranged in a row of buttons across the top of the screen area These buttons are configurable to meet your facility s specific requirements The first button is the MAIN or default selection Under this button you will find the tests and panels your lab orders the most often The rest of the screen displays the individual tests and panels defined for that department When the Order Tests screen first appears that department is the first or default selection The larger buttons represent panels while the smaller buttons are separate tests The exact arrangement of these buttons how many test buttons how many panels where they lie on the screen is likewise configurable to your taste This is done through the Screen Definition function as discussed in Section 8 Managerial Fuctions Tests and panels that have been ordered but not performed appear in dark grey Tests that have been performed whether the results have accepted or not appear in green and until the results are deleted or unaccepted cannot be canceled or changed in this screen 46 If the test you want isn t displayed at first
176. al time value of this time interval is compared to a target time that is placed on the individual test or globally set in SchuyLab and a report is generated to show how frequently this target is achieved The definition of the designated beginning and ending points is fluid and may change within a facility as well as between facilities It is generally used by a laboratory for two purposes 1 The lab manager uses this report to troubleshoot the internal processes of the laboratory generally the analytical phase of testing She compiles statistics on the performance of tests and looks for bottlenecks and processing problems 2 Someone outside the lab a doctor or administrator asks for a TAT report on a specific test or for a particular department Usually this report includes pre and post analytical time and can even be a brain to brain report that includes intangibles such as the time it took for a doctor to get around to reading the results SchuyLab s TAT is setup so that it can be used for either of these purposes as far as possible we don t have the telepathy module written yet Our default setup is to the analytical perspective and it is best that the report be initially configured in that manner SchuyLab provides a way of adding a fudge factor for pre and post analytical time that is then added to the basic analytical TAT report Let me begin with a description of how to set up the TAT report for the analytical of l
177. ale patients There are two rules to remember in creating a multi test graph 1 You can only have two different units in a graph Most of the tests you have also have units tied to them 2 You are limited to six tests Just remember that any more than three or four tests and the graphs can get difficult to see Set Up Go to F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Reports New Report 245 E Create New Report Name Description Type 1 col accession Setup Print X o _ Name your report in this case let us name it CARDIAC and use this as the description also The type of report will be a graphic Select Setup E Configure Trending Report Queue Font Form PRINTER default CENTER gt Spacing 6LPI BLPI Maximum results to graph o a Graph Width 5040 Height 2160 Test Description CHOL CHOLESTEROL HDL HDL CHOLESTEROL TEEN Bight X Cancel Sequence Test s ox Queue This will set the default printer for this report You have the option of printing to any printer on your network if you have a network Font This will set the font style of your report The options you have are Draft uses a draft font for your report Courier Prestige 246 Form Spacing Maximum results to graph Graph Width Height Tests Left Right Script San Serif Roman Bold PS and Orator This form will take advantage of your result form headings But you must
178. alues y x RRE Ee Range EkTAcHEM NEWGC N ror moor e we oon High gt Baseline Accumulated Results Tests Low High Low Hi GLUCOSE 0 0 o0 0 0 Copy Baseline X Cancel Complete the fields as follows By Range selects the format of your control data Select Low if your Control value sheet expresses your controls as a range High of values e g 12 32 Select Mean if your Control value sheet expresses the information as a SD mean and a Standard Deviation e g 22 SD 5 Select Mean if your Control value sheet expresses the data as a mean and a plus or minus of that mean e g 22 10 SchuyLab automatically reformats the screen to accommodate your selection Select one of the test names SchuyLab displays the Test Code box 181 x Base Low Base High 50 150 Cur Low Cur Ba Cur N Cur CY Cancel Enter the data for that test s control range in the pop up box Select the Ok button in that pop up box Select the next test name Enter the data for that test Select Ok Continue until you have entered data on all of the tests Baseline Select this button to copy your Accumulated results into Current values This option permits you to begin a new lot of controls using the manufacturer s values establish the norms specific to your reagents and instrumentation during parallel testing then copy the site specific accumulated values into your Current file replac
179. and it s become standard for laboratories with more than one location to say We ll each do all of our own Hematology and General Chemistry work but the Special Chem will all be sent to the main lab and the Microbiology all gets taken to the satellite lab The database access can also be controlled While all of the results exist in a common database the laboratory may want to restrict access at each facility to only those results that are appropriate to that facility The set up of the individual facility can control this access In addition the patient results that are transmitted to a particular HIS or other system may represent a subset of the facilities that are set up on SchuyLab The TCP IP port configuration controls this transmission Please see the Other System Interface docs for a description of this 456 Set Up Facilities The first step in setting up your Multi Facility module is logically enough to define each of the facilities that are part of your system Additional facilities can be added later as your lab grows If you are adding the Multi Facility module to an existing laboratory then the main laboratory must be set up as the 0 facility All of the specimens you ran prior to this new module will be automatically defaulted to 0 i e coming from the main lab If you have Multi Facility as part of a new SchuyLab system we nonetheless strongly recommend that the main facility be your 0 facility though this
180. anel Gram Positive for instance Then select Add Test s to add the antibiotic tests for that panel When complete select OK Setting Up Isolate Panel The next to the last step in setting up Microbiology is creating the Isolate panel Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Panel Definition Create an Isolate panel and add the tests to it as we have pictured below 445 E Update Panel ISOLEXP Code Name ISOLEXP Isolate Tests Full Description Tests Procedure QUANTITY QUANTITY Ox IDAS o0 CATALAS KEE Facility Se Billing Sequence Add Test s Add Panel s Delte cerci Setup Microbiology The final part of setting up Microbiology is done through what is appropriately enough called Setup Microbiology This function permits you to define the actual organisms you expect to isolate and link them to a specific sensitivity panel e g Gram Negative organisms to the panel of Gram Negative antibiotics To access the Microbiology Setup function Select F7 Features Select Microbiology SchuyLab displays the Microbiology menu screen Select Setup Microbiology SchuyLab displays the Update Organism Codes box listing the organisms currently defined in your system 446 Update Organism Codes Acinetobacter spp Actinomyces spp Econ S_AUREUS Staph aureus Print Organisms Add Organism Finished The first column shows the co
181. ant on the result form from patient s name address phone number etc Includes any all information for the accession including Received draw print date and time other specimen numbers sources etc This includes all the doctor s information you may want on the result form from doctor s name address phone number etc This includes all Client information you may want on the result form from Client s name address phone number etc In some cases you would want the primary doctor and the ordering doctor listed on the result form This field provides the primary doctor s information This adds the current date to your form separate from the accession date This adds the current time to your form separate from the accession time Adds the page number of your form Prints on the report whether this is a preliminary or final copy If your result form had been printed out previously this will add the word Duplicate to inform those reading it that is not the original These definitions are all well and good but how do you use them Let us add the name of the director of the lab under the address of the lab Go into the header of your report see above if you ve forgotten already and select Add Line This opens the Define Line box E Define LINE Select Add Column and select Text E Column Type x 7 N 217 A blank Text box opens width o Baz 4 BAU E r cas Color fBia
182. aphics in the nameplate area e Type in the patient s name Last name First name or the first few letters of it and select OK If SchuyLab cannot find any patients whose names match the letters you ve typed in the Input New Patient box is displayed Complete the fields in the box and select OK SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing screen If any patient in the system matches all the criteria listed the Patient Processing screen will be displayed with that patient s name and demographics in the nameplate area If the patient s name doesn t appear in the list box SchuyLab displays the Input New Patient box with the patient s name as you typed it E Input New Patient i x Patient s Last Name First Name MI smi th fm Patient ID Birth Date Age Gender m E Location Other ID Bill Type 3 Patient a Doctor en Client x Cancel y OK Complete the fields in the box as appropriate Patient s Name Patient s Last name followed by their first name and if necessary middle initial SchuyLab will automatically capitalize the first letter of each name Patient ID This can be auto generated by SchuyLab or assigned by the lab For more information see Sec 8 Managerial Functions Birth Date It is suggested that you enter the patient s date of birth In case of two or more patients with the same name this will help you identify which patient you look up 39 Age Gender
183. are methodology based to allow for distinction between similar tests and or comparison of identical tests If you wish to use a LOINC code for a test enter it in this field As an example say you have two analyzers both running LDH but using different methodologies Those LDH results should not be compared with each other the tests would have different LOINC codes On the other hand you might have two tests with different names in SchuyLab but the same LOINC code their results could be compared with each other or plotted on the same graph If the test is mathematically derived from other measured test information e g A G Ratio type the formula to calculate the test result The formula can use numbers test codes parentheses and the symbols add subtract multiply and divide You can also use to show raising to an exponent necessary in calculating INR Do not include a complete equation that is don t use the equals sign The test codes used in this field must exactly match the test codes defined in SchuyLab As an example to set up the BUN Crea ratio so that SchuyLab will calculate it automatically find the codes for BUN and Creatinine presumably BUN and CREA Then type BUN CREA in the Derivation field for this test After your lab has been using SchuyLab for a while you may determine that your normal ranges need to be adjusted or you ma
184. ark Code number may be entered along with the result value the message associated with that number is thereby linked to the test result Up to four Remark Codes may be linked to a given patient or QC result The Remark Code may or may not print out on a patient report when you set up the Remark Code message you decide whether or not a particular code will print or if it s visible only within SchuyLab SchuyLab keeps track of your place in the system and lists the Patient Remark Codes when in the Patient Processing Screen the Control Remark Codes when in the QC Entry screen amp c Some typical examples of Remark Codes are Moderate hemolysis visible result may be affected Prints out on patient report This level is gt 2SD lt 3SD All other levels of this control are lt 2SD View only To Access Remark Code Functions Select F8 Tools Select Remark Codes SchuyLab displays the Update Remark Codes box 303 E Update Remark Codes gt x Resut ac Billing Repeated and verified at 1 3 dilution 15 Problem discussed with lab manager or a 16 This result is acceptable at the bench 24 New reagent used Run repeated All c 26 Patient samples sent to reference labor 39 Fasting Specimen 40 Specimen is icteric Result may be aff 41 Interfering substance present Result gt AddCode Brint To Create a New Remark Code 1 Select the type of Remark Code Patient Control or Billing f
185. as Patient Demographics and you want to skip around to a different field or push the Cancel button at the bottom just move the pointer to your desired location and click the button If you are in an Order Tests screen point at the test or panel you wish to order and You ve got it click the button In a scroll box or a list box you can use the mouse to move up or down in the list in one of four ways 1 by clicking on the slide bar on the right side of the scroll bar above or below the slider the slider will advance a page in the list 2 by clicking on the up or down arrows at the top and bottom of the slide bar the slider will advance a single line in the list 3 by pointing at the slider and holding down the mouse button to grab it While you hold the button down you can drag the slider up or down the slide bar Release the mouse button to display the new section of the list 4 many of the newer mouse have what looks like a small wheel between the two buttons By moving this wheel either up or down the scroll bar will move in a corresponding manner You can also select the items you want in the scroll box by highlighting one or more of them with the pointer 16 Special Use Keys on the Keyboard This table describes the Tab Shift Tab Arrow keys and Function keys F1 through F10 Purpose Tab Press Tab to move the cursor to the next data entry field or the next icon Shift Tab Hold down
186. as the fact that the numeric codes in the Bethesda system are sequenced in order of severity and hence do not need to be addressed in this document This document deals only with the setup of the Bethesda system or a system substantially identical to it If your lab does not wish to use the Bethesda System Schuyler House personnel will recommend setting up Cytology according to this specification before attempting technical support of this module Setup The first step in setting up your Cytology Report is to establish a set of cytology tests corresponding to the categories of the Bethesda system Specimen Adequacy and Interpretation sometimes called Result or Diagnosis are required Review and Ancillary Testing General Categorization and Educational Notes and Suggestions are optional headings that are recommended in the Bethesda system The tests Cytologist s Initials and Pathologist Review can also be valuable in monitoring and documenting the work done The tests Specimen Adequacy General Categorization and Interpretation should have the following results as Values in the setup of the corresponding test NB The following lists are not to be interpreted as instruction in the reading of cytology samples They are intended only as information to be used in the setup of the SchuyLab Cytology module Specimen adequacy e Satisfactory for evaluation 375 e Unsatisfactory for evaluation specify
187. ate QC files The tests without checkmarks will be deleted This matches how individual patient results are accepted or not via the online interface For a more detailed discussion see Sec 3 Daily Operations Note If you accept QC values flagged as more than 2 or more than 3 standard deviations gt 2 or gt 3 those values should be annotated This can be done at the online interface using the left button of the mouse or it can be done using the Lot Edit icon in the Quality Control menu screen Troubleshooting Online QC Occasionally you will have a control sample visible yet the nameplate will be blank and SchuyLab won t let you accept the results A lot of the results are flagged as High or Low too though the values themselves are right on the mean Yet you know you ran the correct control What s happened What does it mean What has happened is that the instrument sent the control values perfectly good control values too across the interface with a name attached that SchuyLab didn t recognize It s as if you taught your dog to fetch your slippers then gave him the command in German He d just sit there staring at you with big brown eyes waiting for you to make sense You could wait a long time for your slippers to arrive SchuyLab knows that it has been sent a set of results The instrument may even have told SchuyLab that this data sample represented a control But SchuyLa
188. atient results there s an analogous method for entering QC results 190 Fine you say to yourself but I don t want to know how QC is like patient data I turned to this heading to learn how QC differs from patient data Fair enough Let s do a quick overview of the QC module in SchuyLab Select F7 Features Select QC SchuyLab displays the Quality Control menu screen SchuyLab Quality Control THERESE MSTR 17 01 4666 4 21 2005 On Line Analysis a Levey Jennings Report Edit results for a specific lot The icons visible in the Quality Control menu screen can be classed according to four separate function categories Setup QC Setup This is where the controls lots and ranges are defined for QC It s discussed more completely in Sec 8 Managerial Functions Input and Review 191 Lot Edit On Line Analysis ss io Input QC Scan QC S uan QC Input QC is used for manual entry of QC S it works like the Enter Results icon in the Patient Processing screen Lot Edit On Line Analysis and Scan QC permits the QC data to be reviewed Lot Edit through a spreadsheet of numbers On Line Analysis through Levey Jennings graphs and individual data points to be annotated altered or excluded from statistics Update QC allows you to alter previous results of QC Print QC Reports H Levey Jennings Detail Report Summary These icons print the QC data in report form Levey Jenni
189. ation in the Patient s Demographics Record This report will print the tests ordered and the results for a single patient for a specific date or accession range You can also print a report that is sorted by Client and Doctor Client and Bill Type Client and Drawn by and many other combinations Now when you go under F6 Print Miscellaneous Reports and select DOCTORS type in the doctor s name or ID number and fill in either the Accession Range or the Date Range A Doctor s xl Doctor Name Leave blank for ALL Accession Range Queue First Last PR INTER Setup m Date Range From nO X Cancel y oK 240 Using the default heading setting the report we get looks like E Doctor s Report Ix Clinical Laboratory Doctor s Report Doctor 32 Doctor Example Selected Date Range 1 01 2004 3717 2004 SPECIMEN ID PATIENT NAME DATE OF BIRTH AGEGER DOCTOR l PATIENT ID STREET ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP PATIENT PHONE 00000020 Rachman Steve DOB 0140450 54 M Dr Doctor Esang le Pt ID 123456 A CBC AD BMP 00000021 Smith John DOB 1271246 7M Dr Doctor Esarp le Pt ID 000001 BM UA DIP 00000022 Smith John DOB 05 26 48 55 M Dr Doctor Exanple Pt ID 000002 LYTES CBC AD As you can see this doctor has only sent three patients our way in a little over three months Perhaps it s time it re negotiate the contract New Patient Re
190. automatically generate specimen ID numbers as each specimen is entered into the system Select Yes or No as desired Prior Number If you selected Yes set this number of up to 9 digits to control where the auto generated numbering begins For example if you wish your numbering to begin at 1001 set this number to 1000 n digits Enter a number between 1 and 9 to control the number of digits a specimen ID will have whether auto generated or manually entered 294 Format Choose one of the twelve selections available here to determine the type of specimen ID number which will be auto generated The descriptions of the formats use the following elements YY Year two digits MM Month two digits DD Day two digits JJ Julian date three digits n number of digits as defined in the n digits field Thus if you ve selected the YYMMDDn format and set n 3 then the accession number for the first specimen on October 26 1995 would be 951026001 3 When completed select OK Specimen ID Quick List To set or change the accession specimen ID number 1 Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the Tools menu 2 Select Set Up SchuyLab displays the Set up menu 3 Select Parameter ID Definition SchuyLab displays the System Parameter menu 4 Select Accession CleanUp Before the Cleanup Database icon can be used the parameters for the various cleanup functions have to
191. automatically when you select OK When done select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Instrument Test List box Select the Add button to add another test to the list repeat steps 1 3 above When you ve added all the tests performed by that instrument the Update Instrument Test List box will look something like this Add Sequence X Cancel We ve deliberately entered only a few of the tests performed by this CBC analyzer for purposes of illustration Normally you won t need to worry about the sequence of the tests in the Update Instrument Test List box For most instruments each test from the instrument will correspond to a single test on SchuyLab and vice versa In some special cases though you may need to put the tests in a particular sequence For instance your instrument may accept a test labeled HDL but transmit results as HDL2 both of which correspond to the test code HDL in SchuyLab In that case the HDL2 translation line must come last on the list To re sequence the tests select the Sequence button SchuyLab displays the Test Sequence box Use the mouse to select the test you want to 285 move then click on the spot on the list where you want it to be When the test list is satisfactorily sequenced select Done 7 When the list is ready select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Device Tests box Select Done Non numeric Test Values The above procedure suffices for most
192. b displays the Messages screen 423 SchuyLab Messages Patient Ale Accession g Devices EE Worksheet Ble Print tle Features _ fo Tools TGRIFFIN MSTR 12 19 4033 4 12 2004 E9 Cancel F10 Done New Msg Tools unread _Tools _ 4 From Date amp Time Subject MSTR 4712 2004 12 15 Testing MSTR 4 12 2004 12 16 It has come to my attention The Messages screen displays the dates times and subjects of all the messages waiting to be read along with the User ID of the person posting the message The at the top right allows you to look at unread read and deleted pull down list messages unread messages are the default To read a message simply select that line with the mouse SchuyLab brings up a box with the subject of the message at the top and the text of the message displayed E Testing x Cancel Delete Reply gt gt Forward Save From mo MSTR 4 12 2004 12 15 ALL Subject Testing Testing Testing 1 2 3 424 At this point selecting the OK button moves the message from unread to read status SchuyLab then replaces this message with the next unread message and so on until all unread messages have been displayed If you wish to keep this as an unread message select Cancel To remove the message altogether which if you receive many mes
193. b looked in its QC file and didn t find anything with that exact name So it compares the test results to the patient ranges which is why you get so many flags and sits there waiting for you to tell it how to make sense of the information The most likely cause of this problem is The Alias box in QC Setup which translates the control name transmitted by the instrument into the control name you ve defined in SchuyLab does not have the control name actually transmitted by the instrument There are a couple of aspects to this problem Some instruments allow the operator to input a QC name Sometimes the name the operator typed is the same name the instrument actually uses as a label when the data is sent across an interface Sometimes it isn t even though the name the operator input appears in the screen display of the instrument itself The easy answer is this 193 e If the instrument does transmit the control name the operator puts in then stick a post it note to the instrument directing the techs to use the names you ve put in SchuyLab e Ifthe instrument does not transmit the control name the operator puts in or if it doesn t allow you the option of assigning your controls a name then copy down the exact text that appears in the entry field on the interface screen include capitalization blank spaces and punctuation marks Go to the Add Alias box Select F7 Features select QC select QC Setup select Alias and e
194. ble clicking on the SchuyLab icon Connect Manager will automatically start but always look in your tool bar to see if it has Remember your instruments will NOT communicate with SchuyLab unless Connection Manager is opened 20 Signing onto the System The first thing you ll see when SchuyLab comes on the computer screen is the sign in box To begin accessing SchuyLab s functions sign onto the system x Id Password Xoauit YOK Every SchuyLab user must be assigned an ID usually his her initials and a password known only to them The password may be letters or numbers or any combination and up to eight characters in length In the Id entry field type your initials Using the Tab key or the mouse move the cursor to the Password entry field and type in your password A row of asterisks will appear in place of the characters being typed Then select OK to gain entry to the SchuyLab system Once you ve signed onto the system your user ID will be displayed in the upper right corner of the SchuyLab screen just above the date and time This lets everyone know who s signed onto that SchuyLab station Moreover that ID will be attached to every change made to a patient s results along with the time and date of the action SchuyLab thus records permanently who ordered tests who accepted the results who went back and altered those results etc When you re done using SchuyLab for a while select F9 or F1
195. bs in Appendix optional Type the complete test name This is usually for your internal documentation but some reports print the Full Description routinely optional Select the yellow notepad to record notes or user comments concerning the test This is where you would type a message to print out each time this test is reported Type the number of decimal places in which to express the test results The default is zero 0 Pull down the scroll list box SchuyLab will display a list of different forms of units Select the appropriate units for this test and SchuyLab displays the units in the box next to the arrow If you can not locate the unit you want to use you can type in the units in the blank spot at the top of the pull down list Many labs as they grow larger turn to automation to process more specimens You can dictate the specimen type needed for each test by choosing from the list in the pull down box This will add a letter suffix to the back of the accession number i e 0112060152S to indicate which label goes on which tube S Serum At present choices are W BLOOD SERUM URINE PLASMA CSF This is the field to use when you re running a given test on multiple samples of the same type If this test is a trigger test more about trigger tests further in this section this is where you tie it to the panel you choose to expand it to TAT Procedure Amount Billing Rmk Workload Normal Ra
196. but will revert to the one that the system issued To give the doctor a specific number Enter the doctor s information select OK Re select the doctor from the list change the ID number and select OK Now the number is changed to the one you want You may select MD or DO or any other on the list or you may select blank Currently Active Last First MI Medical Group Address City St Zip Telephone Fax Queue Supervising Physician Restricted OK Extra Copy This field is not in use at this time Doctors are entered last name first then first name and if you want middle initial Optional Do you wish to keep track of clients as well as doctors The answer to this question depends upon the structure and customs of your laboratory rather than the capabilities of SchuyLab This entry field provides a means of distinguishing between Dr Riley as an individual practitioner and Dr Riley at a different address and possibly with different SOP s as a member of Northwest Medical Group If you do not feel a great and pressing need to keep track of medical groups skip this field If you do wish to keep track of medical groups enter all or part of the name of the medical group When you select OK SchuyLab will either recognize the group as one already entered in the system or will give you the opportunity to enter information on it Self explanatory we hope If you want to fax a
197. but you do need to go your insurance carriers and select BC for each one that uses that contract 482 E Update Test ALB x Code Name Dept Inst Facility ALB ALBUMIN 16508 1650 sky M ull Description Rrk ALBUMIN SERUM fo ALB Referral Labs E F Dec Units f Lab Code 1 g daL MEGA M1234 Normal Range Add lab Critical Range l 3 X Cancel ffective Date mm Linear Range 12 18 2006 0 Absurd Range Workload o o Same Ranges as Test Refer Processing Days Delta Check o or lo Interval 0 C Months 1 Derivation If this result is derived from other tests LOINC Print Delete X Cancel But how does SchuyLab know the Mega Reference Lab order code for this test We tell the Test Definition F8 Tools gt Set Up gt Test amp Panel Definition gt Test Definition what the Mega Reference Lab order code is Please note that unlike the Explicitly ordered tests the Facility on the Albumin does not match the link set up in Refer When there is more than one link in the Refer list or when the Facility in the Refer list Mega does not match the Facility set on the test itself SKY then the test is conditionally linked Now the ordering will take place by itself When SKY s accessioners order an Albumin and a PT on a Blue Cross patient the Albumin will automatically be ordered as a M1234 at Mega Reference Labs and the PT will be done at SKY the default l
198. cation of Diseases Now perhaps your lab may not use all 17000 codes but it is aggravating to page through thousands of entries to find a match for the diagnosis your doctor scribbled down The Select ICD 9 Codes box allows you to search your ICD 9 database by several methods to fill out up to eight diagnoses 413 E Select ICD9 Codes x ICD9 Description 1 250 DIABETES MELLITUS 2 904 9 BLOOD VESSEL INJURY NOS Search by code or phrase allwords anyword C phrase Search FLUID ELECTROLYTE DIS 276 6 FLUID OVERLOAD 487 1 FLU W RESP MANIFEST NEC 487 8 FLU W MANIFESTATION NEC 782 62 FLUSHING The small box at the top lists the current ICD 9 codes assigned to the patient and their descriptions up to a maximum of eight Selecting one of the codes will bring you a smaller box allowing you to change or delete the code if you made a mistake when entering it ICD9 Description l 904 9 BLOOD VESSEL INJURY NOS Delete X Cancel wv OK Below this box is the Search by code or phrase search field If you type in the first three digits of an ICD 9 code the master list of ICD 9 codes will appear below showing all the codes that begin with those three digits The more digits you type the more the list narrows down If the list contains multiple items select one to add it to 414 the patient s list of diagnoses If the list has a single ICD 9 code press the Select button or the Enter key to place the code into th
199. ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeceees 280 Non numeric Test Value s c scseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeseaeaees 286 Configure the Test Values Received from an Online Instrument 288 Parameter ID NUMDEIS 000cscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 291 Patient ID NUOMBGIS inanmddaisrindu nr tenounummatm en mem sue 291 The Specimen ID numbetl ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 293 Defining New Patient Types ccccccceecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeaees 296 Defining or Updating Bill Type S cccccccseeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeaeeees 298 Optional Processing 205b ceca etatetelaceu be ce Reheat ate 300 SOP Standard Operating Procedures cccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 301 Annotation Remark Codes and Note Codes 302 D ct r Rec rdS eiaei ba diod sea a a E E EE 310 Clients aeren Ot ant cee E a A E EAA 316 Doctor Reports sirean araea e e ai oieatlanss 321 Client Report neien a e a r e 322 DOCtOF Request FORM Sis sr eren eran eee ta eana e Ee EEEE E aE 323 ICD 9 CM COde Siria e ead Ea ie 324 Default SChEGNS ici cevtacs Ae iri iastaencectureehanieateiap chain saints areata Waited 327 Sec 9 7MaintenanCe ssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne 330 CGlean pies e a a a e a E 330 Patient Files eane r r a a a a acted isp ecbvanteee 331 COMMON PIODIGS ieisceadeicivcceeicenaceredcdnbastedenndw Gap daigs wacendsvdlsa dy aiceds 33
200. ces of advice about this procedure The first is Do It Daily Schuyler House has provided you with good quality equipment in good operating order but there s no escape from Murphy s Law Having your patient data backed up daily is just plain good sense The second piece of advice is keep a recent backup copy of your database somewhere offsite It has been our experience that this should be a copy of the weekly backup We ve had experience recently with doctors losing all of their patient files as a result of earthquake damage to their office building Keeping a backup set of data offsite is completely unnecessary 99 44 of the time In that last 0 56 it s invaluable This is an inexpensive form of insurance you can take to protect the data available to your clients about their patients The Daily and Weekly backups save the same information a copy of all your reports all your databases and all other information in your SchuyLab system If you system goes down for any reason and your database has become corrupted beyond repair we can restore most of your information if you have made your backups 13 Recommended Checklist Daily Print Outstanding Test log e Print Data Log or Accepted Log if required Do Daily Backup Weekly Cleanup Database Do Weekly Backup Rotate one backup disk off site 14 Sec 2 Navigating in SchuyLab Navigating the Graphic Seas The concept behind SchuyLab is to build the finest
201. cessing eee 300 OPUONS 425A iad iit eke eed eek eased 23 OPTIONS vesecvesscccisesceseceuscecaceabaescescvevecousventtess 95 Order Log 31 76 229 order ols ensai aiseria tisori 24 43 46 free textem 47 online back door ssseeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 65 Order TestSiesaactncsdinaceiadionsinneh 373 Ordering Doctor eee eeeseeeseeeteeeenee 373 Other Testamen estaa e a Anaa 443 Outstanding Tests 13 32 77 229 231 Overriderscs sosser esiri irsana 415 Override Necessity cceceesesceeeteceetteeeeees 421 P Packed TiStisrunnonusnninnnee nta 150 156 Panel Codes eea a EE Ea NTS 111 panel definition eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeereeereerreere 109 Panel Specific cceeceecsseeseseesseeneseeeeeeees 145 panels iaeaea apaseornchoiegvereeane Adding tests eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeee 112 O dering sa E E E a E ET 47 parallel testing eseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeereerssrreree 187 parameter ID Changes iriiri inr sdecussecteveescsees PASSWOTG oeei neenotno E EENES password box patente yio E a ERTE ee Patient based barcodes eeceeeseeeeeeeee 359 patient demographics Patient Demographics eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 373 Patient Diagnosis for Accessions 302 Patient Files delet patientis viii dcdacdnceaaes 334 delete specimen 333 match patient 334 Merge patients erene 332 reassign SpeciMen eeeeeereeeeeeeeeereeee 331 patient IDe scssi eraa i aa togenerat
202. chuyLab has four output types to offer you ASCII ASTM HL7 DBASE Following is the setup for each of these formats The most common format used is the Fixed or Delimited ASCII format ASCII Fixed Length and Delimited The ASCII Export format is defined by the number order and content of the fields it generates in each record of the report To set these select the Layout button SchuyLab displays the Layout Records box The box show below is set for the Delimited ASCII Format Fixed ASCII does not contain the Separate or Quote boxes E Layout DELIM records x m Generated Records Separate ee ee e I No Empty _ Charges If you are using the Delimited ASCII type complete the fields as described below Separate Enter the character to be used to separate fields The comma is the default as it s the most common but the vertical stroke is used by some software programs Quote Enter the character to be used to mark the beginning and end of a field The double quote is the default as it s the most common but the single quote is used by some software programs No Empty Checking the No Empty box will force the program to put a field rather than leaving it blank This should only be used if the 388 receiving system requires it The definition of the generated records is the heart of the Export function Think of each record as a line in a spreadsheet A typical r
203. cimens Here s the routine bring in a pile of specimens and slips and set them down by the PC Look through the requisitions and sort them if necessary into logical order I e STATs first each doctor s patients together by time of draw each ward together ICU first Take the first slip and enter the information into SchuyLab When SchuyLab assigns a specimen number find the tubes that go with that requisition yes even extra tubes and put that specimen number prominently on the tubes Sort them into the various racks put the slip in a separate pile Go on to the next specimen When you ve entered all of the specimens you want to run print out worksheets and worklists load your specimens on the various instruments in the appropriate order and tell the instrument to begin If you have bar coding skip the previous sentence just stick the specimens in the instrument any which way punch Run and walk off When the tests are completed use any of the methods detailed in Sec 3 Daily Operation Online Worksheet or Manual to enter the results Print out your patient reports Care and Feeding of an LIS While SchuyLab tries to make running your lab as easy a job as possible there are some aspects of the system for which you the human operator are responsible Refer to the Recommended Checklist for a list of procedures which should be performed on a regular basis in order to keep the work flow in your lab progressing smooth
204. cimens that belong to the patient before the patient file can be deleted We do not recommend this as a casual procedure Once a patient file is deleted it cannot be undeleted you must reconstruct the patient file as though it were for a new patient To delete a patient file from the system 1 Select F2 Patient Enter the patient s name of the file you wish to delete and select OK SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing Screen 3 Make sure that all the patient s specimens are already deleted Otherwise SchuyLab will not let you delete the patient file 4 Select Delete Patient SchuyLab displays a dialog box giving the name and patient ID number to be deleted and asking if you really want to delete it Delete Patient 4 Smith Mary Are you sure 5 Select Yes 6 SchuyLab deletes the patient from the database Match Patient As mentioned above the Merge Patient function permits you to combine two patient files However that presupposes you know which two patient files to combine SchuyLab has a database search engine called Match Patient that sorts the patients according to the first few letters of the last and first names It then gives you the choice of which file is merged into the other To use the Match Patient function 1 Select F8 Tools 334 2 Select Match Patients SchuyLab displays the Select Match Options box E Select Match Options x Begin With Last Name l Match on the basis
205. ck gt M aruncate column te width Enter column text Deletie X conce x Width You can set the length of your text by typing in the number of characters you need or if you leave it blank enter your text and SchuyLab will count the number of characters for you If you are using the center justification you should type in the number of characters for the entire line either 80 or 92 depending on the point size of the letters The remaining buttons work much like those in your Word program justify the text left right or centered bold underscore italicize or expand the text to fill the space Move your cursor into the box below the Enter column text and type in the text you what i e Lab Director John E Smith M D PhD FFA Select OK Next we need to place this line in the proper place of the header The line you just made was added to the end of the header list we want it to be just below the phone fax number for the lab You will need to rearrange the lines much like sequencing the tests in a panel Select Re arrange Lines and scroll down to the last line select the line it will turn a dark grey scroll up to the line you want the new line to go and click there Select Done OK OK and Done You have successfully changed your report Reporting the Results Remember when we said there are three parts to your report the Header the Footer and the Body The body is where we set up the test names
206. classes i e TECH we can see what that class is able to access E Update Class Name TECH List Operators p MV Lab Staff Restricted Results M Delete Merge i Modify Setup Order Tests r Billing M Modify Security View Results I Billing Setup V Access OC Enter Results Billing Reports M Modify QC Accept Results M Override Necessity V Override QC Modify Results M Send Messages Delete x Cancel y OK By checking the various boxes we can set the security level for each tech class of tech can they accept results Do you want them to modify tests and panels etc or even the doctors and nurses view results only One thing to know any Lab staff techs manager processors etc should have the box labeled Lab Staff checked By clicking on the box labeled List Operator we can see just who the TECHs are 275 E Operator List KLS Sawyer Kathleen TKG George Tricia X Cancel New Operator Adding a New Operator There are two different ways to add a person to the security screen The most common way is through the Operator button Select F8 Tools Select Security Levels Select Operator In the Select Operator box we can enter the operator s ID an ID is up to 4 characters or select List When we select List we see a list of the people who already have a security level To enter a new person select New Operator Input New Operator Id Password Class Facility Dept Fencing
207. cord 1 2 3 4 5 Select Update Doctor SchuyLab displays the Update Doctors box Select the doctor whose record you wish to update SchuyLab displays the Update Doctor Record box exactly the same as the Input New Doctor box Make the modifications you wish to the doctor information Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Update Doctors list box Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Doctor Records menu screen To Delete a Doctor from the System 1 2 3 314 Select Update Doctor SchuyLab displays the Update Doctors box Select the doctor whose record you wish to update SchuyLab displays the Update Doctor Record box exactly the same as the Input New Doctor box Select Delete If no patients have been assigned to that doctor SchuyLab deletes that doctor s record and returns to the Doctor Records screen If patients have been assigned to that doctor SchuyLab displays the Transfer Patients box asking you to name a doctor to whom those patients are to be reassigned Transfer Patients x Te Dr Apple Adams R has active patients Enter their New Doctor s name Last First l X Cancel Y Ok 4 Enter the new doctor s name or ID number in the entry field If you can t remember the exact spelling enter the first letter of the new doctor s surname SchuyLab will display a list of all doctors whose names start with that letter Select from the list Select Ok OR Leave the New Doctor s Name fiel
208. creen but will appear in the patient s report To leave the Remark Codes box without entering any Remark Codes press the Escape ESC key If you wish to add a Result Code to the list or modify one that s already on the list you must leave the Enter Results screen Go to F8 Tools and select Remark Codes as described in Section 8 Managerial Functions Info To examine information on the test Select Info SchuyLab displays the Test Info box for the test x Normal Range 4 2 5 5 Critical Range 1 30 Inst Linearity 0 05 7 0 Prior values 10 6 uL 605 03 11 12 15 96 12 CONTINUE The box contains all the previous patient results for that test the normal range for that test and the critical range and range of instrument linearity if known This information is derived from the ranges and flags established for the test when it was defined To alter or add to the information in the box see the section on Test Definition in Section 4 Test and Panels To close the Information box select Continue Note To add a note on the test select Notes SchuyLab displays Input Note box 52 LE xl Written by MSTR 10 15 2003 12 35 E View only Do Not Print Prior Add Update I Lab Confidential I Priority Next Cancel Type your note in the blank box The text is free form there are no tabs and the text will wrap around the box here without regard for spaces or punctuation SchuyLab prints
209. ct Set Up SchuyLab displays the Setup menu Select Test amp Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Define Tests menu Select Screen Definition SchuyLab displays the Define Tests Screens screen with a horizontal row of buttons Some will be labeled already denoting your currently defined screens others will be blank These buttons can represent departments functions or group headings for logical collections of panels and tests Each button can be configured to display a screen of buttons representing panels and tests Select a blank button SchuyLab displays the Input Test Screen box Complete the fields in the box following the guidelines below Press Tab to advance through the fields 129 E Input Test Screen x Code Screen Description Format 1 10 Panels 40 Tests C 2 7 Panels 44 Tests C 3 15 Tests C 4 55 Tests C 5 20 Panels 25 Tests C 6 15 Panels 6 Tests freeform entry C 30 Panels 10 Tests C 8 Free text entry C 9 33 Checks freeform entry C 10 65 Checks Delete X Cancel y oo Code Screen Description Format 130 Type up to four characters for the department or function name to appear on the button for this screen You should use only letters numbers and the underline _ character optional Type the complete department or function name This name is stored for reference only and doesn t appear on any screens or reports Select one of the
210. ct the order in which results are printed on a patient report for that see Report Order below To arrange the panel s entries in order select Sequence SchuyLab displays the Panel Sequence box 112 9 E Panel Sequence l x U_GRAN_C GRANULAR CASTS EPIC MERIFCENMECASITS X LLRBC_O RBC CASTS U_WBC_C WBC CASTS U_HYAL_C HYALINE CASTS Cancel Done Click on a test yov d like to move it will be highlighted in grey then click where yov d like that test to be When the sequence is to your liking select Done When you have selected all the required tests and panels and arranged them as you like select OK SchuyLab displays the Update Panels screen with the new panel 10 To add another panel select New and continue as above 11 When all the required panels have been completed select Done To Update a Panel l 2 3 4 Select a panel from the Update Panels scroll box SchuyLab displays the Update Panel Panel name box Add tests or panels as required Note Ifyou wish to remove a component from a panel select the component to be removed SchuyLab will ask you to confirm that you wish to remove that test or panel Select Yes The component is then removed from the scroll box Select Cancel if you ve changed your mind and don t want to remove that test Note that selecting Enter will default to No Remember the Delete button deletes the entire panel Select OK Printing a Report of Panel Defin
211. d E Update Culture Results x CULTURE After 24 hours Coll Date Time By Source 4 21 2003 14 02 MSTR Becv Date Time By 4 21 2003 14 02 MSTR STAT J Result Codes lo lo lo lo List Isolate Organisms Isolated Delete X Cancel y OK If you ve isolated an additional organism select Isolate again as described above If this is the only organism found select OK again SchuyLab returns to the Alter Results screen 60 E SchuyLab Alter Results a 2 e xi 2 Test Patient P ID 0000003069 Dr TGRIFFIN MSTR 14 47 4033 Patient Over the Rainbow Medical Clinic 12345678 7 DOB 12 03 1988 15 Other ID 123456789 A fle Accn 00000015 2 10 1999 11 22 F9 Cancel F10 Done Acca SEiON Acc Test Value RMK codes A THROAT AFTER 24 HOURS A ISOLATE E coli ples A AMIK Sensitve Bemark Codes Devices A AMPI Resistnt Diluti A CEPHAL Intermed _ Diwion E AE Sensi tve z Concentration Lf E Worksheet Notes Sn Print h Hold Sie m Features Accept ALI Expand The result for the culture the organism isolated and the antibiotics for which results were entered are all displayed They can be accepted into the patient s file in the normal manner Now what if you d found an additional organism It can be entered in the same way as the first organism Through the Update Culture Results box You may still be there as
212. d blank SchuyLab displays a dialog box asking if you wish all the patients of this doctor set to blank doctor Set all this doctor s patients to blank doctor Select Yes 5 SchuyLab deletes the doctor record and returns you to the Update Doctors list box 6 Ifthe doctor you are deleting does not have any patients SchuyLab displays a dialog box asking if you are sure you want to delete this doctor Delete this doctor Are you SURE Dr Select Yes 7 SchuyLab deletes the doctor record and returns you to the Update Doctors list box 8 Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Doctor Records menu screen 315 Cli ents Clients also called Client Groups or Medical Groups or just Groups deal with groups of physicians as well as the organizational side of individual physicians That is Dr Price may be listed as a Doctor but The Office of Dr Price A Licensed Cali fornia Corporation would be listed as a Client Like the doctor the client is entered as part of a patient s demographics Many billing and reporting functions access the client s name rather than the doctor s name To 316 enter a new client 1 Select Update Client SchuyLab displays the Select Client box E Select Client 4 x Enter the Group s name l x Cancel y Ok 2 Type in the name of the new client and select Ok SchuyLab displays the Input Client Record box if the name is new which we re as
213. d tests Calibrators C Accessions Sequence M All Facilities Control s Delete X Cancel For that contingency we have put an All Facilities box on the Master Worksheet setup This lets you pull a Special Chem worksheet that draws work from all of the Facilities in your system If you do not mark All Facilities then the worksheet will just contain specimens from the site you are at Security In SchuyLab everyone needs their own ID and Password With the Multi Facility module in addition to the user s other access levels you can also specify which 461 facility the user can access Once all your sites are set up you will need to setup the security levels for all your employees Select F8 Tools Select Security Levels Select Operator Select List Let us assume that you have added everyone s ID and password If you did not assign the facility to each operator simply click on the operator s name E Update Operator Password Class Facility Dept nuE all Lab Last Name First Nani LAB Nurse Telephone Delete X Cancel y ok At the box labeled Facility choose whether this operator can access one of the labs LAB or ER or all of them Select OK and Rhonda Nurse is now limited to working at only one of the lab sites or if all is selected she can work at either lab 1 Update Operator Id Password Class Facility Dept MSTR scHuYLER emte Lab Last Name FirstNan
214. d to E Coli during Setup If you wish to override the defined panel and choose another sensitivity panel you can use the pull down list to display the currently defined sensitivity panels that is all panels with names beginning SENS and select from the list At this point if the tests are setup you can enter the results for the Quantity Gram Stain Oxidas and the Catalas Move your curser to the first box enter the result and then using your Tab key on the keyboard go to the next test and enter that result You can also make any comments through Result Codes or the Note pad about THIS ISOLATE Once an organism and sensitivity are identified select the Input button SchuyLab displays the Update Sensitivity box 451 E Update Sensitivities 2 x Bemark Codes Acc Test Value RMK codes Sensi tve A AMPI Resistnt Dilution CARBEN CEFOTA Concentration A CEPHAL Intermed CIPRO t Notes CLINDA AE Sensi tve FD ft GENTA E Info KA te METH Cancel NAL NITRO Te OK The Update Sensitivity box shows all the antibiotics on the sensitivity panel you ve chosen Enter the appropriate values for the tests When done select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Isolate Results box If you re satisfied with all that s been entered select OK again SchuyLab returns to the Update Culture Results box with the organism name in the Organisms Isolated field If this is the only organism found se
215. d to your clients so that they will order tests from your lab rather than someone else s Use this option to print on the forms the name and address of the doctor to whom they will be sent ten to fifty forms are generally personalized at one time You may also add client specific comments for instance if Dr Green has two unique panels unlike anyone else s say a Dr Green Panel and a Dr Green Pediatric Panel these may be printed on the Comment section of your requisition for Dr Green This generally makes a favorable impression on doctors and their staffs since they no longer have to have to mark the individual tests and profiles that constitute these orders now they can just mark the Dr Green Panel instead Obviously you will want to set up corresponding panels in SchuyLab labeled GREEN and GRNPED NOTE Only one Doctor Request form template exists at any one time SchuyLab does not retain a list of the individual doctor s request form configuration 1 Select Request Forms SchuyLab displays the Print Request Forms box E Print Request Forms i x Enter the Client s name or number ies r Setup Test corest W eid 2 Enter the client s name or client ID number SchuyLab will use this name to access the client s address as it s listed in their record Make sure the address is listed in the client s records Also make sure you have the name spelled right that is as it s listed in Sc
216. de as a charge A Billing Only test will print out on the patient s results unless otherwise marked Result unaffected by dilution Screening tests such as Hepatitis usually use test results as Positive or Negative Sometimes your instrument gives a numerical result that has to be interpreted and we don t want the results skewed by a dilution factor Note that this option is rarely used with today s modern instruments Not directly orderable Any test with this box marked will not show up on the test list under Screen Definitions or in the picklist in the Free Text ordering This test will still be ordered if it is part of a panel 97 Panels 98 SchuyLab displays a check mark on the options you have chosen When you have selected all the appropriate options select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Test Test Name box Select Panels to include the test as part of any panels or to see which panels include this test SchuyLab displays the Define Panels with Test Name box E Define Panels with CATALAS Code Name ISOLEXP Isolate Tests Sorby Code Name Print New Done If the test is already part of one or more of your panels those panels will be listed here If you wish to now define a new panel that will include this test select New SchuyLab displays the Define New Panel box Same Ranges as Test Delta Check Interval E Define New Panel 4 Code Name Full Descriptio
217. de label on the tube has some specific requirements Unfortunately CLIA and your facility may have additional requirements which can make it difficult to make everyone happy If labels are printed subsequent to the patient being drawn slightly offsetting the barcode label so that the hand written label partially shows beneath it can satisfy all parties If the labels are printed prior to the phlebotomy then the phlebotomists are usually asked to initial the label Please check the regulations of your facility and licensing agency before setting a policy for the placement of the label 356 In order for an instrument to read the barcode you need to orient the barcode longitudinally on the tube Hold the tube such that the open end points left Hold the label so that you can read the printed name and information in a normal fashion Maintaining the relative positions of label and tube adhere the label to the tube Don t laugh we have had instances where the barcode didn t work because the techs were applying the labels 90 degrees off the proper alignment If your instrument has trouble reading the barcode look to see where the barcode reader is positioned in the instrument Watch it as it reads or tries to read a barcode Often you can see a red line where the laser is scanning the tube Do you have the barcode placed too high on the tube Too low If the barcode reader on that instrument has not been used before it may need cleaning or ad
218. de used by your lab to identify each organism This can be a number a letter or any combination thereof in short an abbreviation whatever s most comfortable for your lab The second column shows a more complete description of the organism this is what s printed on the patient s report To change one of the defined organisms select it from the list To define a new organism select Add Organism Either way SchuyLab displays the Add Update Organism Code box x Code Sensitivity H Description cercei C In the Code field type in your code for the organism In the Description field type in the full name of the organism that is the form you want to print on the patient s report From the Sensitivity list field pull down the list of panels and select the sensitivity panel you wish to link with this organism When complete select OK When all your organisms are defined to your satisfaction select Finished If you wish to print a list of your defined organisms select Print Organisms first 447 Entering Microbiology Results Once setup is complete for Microbiology you re ready to enter and accept results This can be done through either the Patient Processing Screen via Alter Results or a worksheet just as with other test results But wait Wouldn t you enter the results from the Enter Results screen like you do for other tests We suggest not to Once you accept the results the test wi
219. demographic report so some of the mechanisms should be familiar The main difference is that it allows you to select a subset of tests and to have more options to configure your report graphically As you can see we have also named this report and put in a description Select OK E Result Summary Setup X Jocfauit F foefant gAn A Accession F 10pt gt Blank Line S k If in the Selection box Location is selected as the parameter used in sorting the information a field appears in the Result Summary box allowing you to specify 253 which location ER ICU etc A single location can be selected or all in the selected accession date range x Location Leave blank for ALL Accession Range Queue First Last PRINTER Setup m Date Range From Ta X Cancel W OK Many of these sections you have seen in the previous pages Let us focus on those areas that haven t been seen before To continue setting up the Result Summary select the Tests button You will add the tests for this summary report by selecting those tests from the list that will pop up This is a list of all the tests you have listed in your SchuyLab system Simply highlight the test s in the list that you need for this report and then select OK Include Tests x Code Name GLUCOSE A1Cx HEMOGLOBIN Alc Sequence X Cancel The Result Summary Report take
220. demographics include this client will now automatically bill to the defined fee schedule Account This field is not in use at this time 317 Sales Report Queue Copies Copy to Client Name Address City St Zip Telephone 1 amp 2 Fax Active Individual 318 Optional Some labs keep track of the sales people who bring in new clients Some identifier initials a number whatever can be typed into this field to denote the salesperson who brought in this client Generally it s only for your own internal records though some of the reporting features in the SchuyLab Billing Module use the sales person s ID This field is not in use at this time Optional This field selects the printer queue for the test reports of the patients associated with this client By default it will be the printer queue normally used at your lab for patient reports However if you have several printer queues most especially if you have either the Remote Printer or Fax feature you can assign any of the queues to this client s patient reports Optional By default SchuyLab prints a single copy of a test report at a time Typing in a larger number in this field will print that number of copies for all of the patient reports for this group Optional If in addition to the normal patient report queue defined in Queue you would like patient reports to simultaneously print on another printer select that
221. der for this test Some tests just don t make sense when performed on a man instead of a woman or vice versa NEED DOB The test can be ordered under certain age conditions but SchuyLab cannot determine the patient s age Enter a Date of Birth and this message will disappear NEED 4 DGT SchuyLab cannot tell if there is a link between the diagnosis and the test You will need to enter a fourth digit onto the ICD 9 code before SchuyLab has enough information to let you accept the test NEED 5 DGT As above but a fifth digit is required for SchuyLab to have enough information This error and the above error occur when there are multiple variations of an ICD 9 code with slightly different fourth and fifth digits TOO OLD The patient is too old to meet the certain age requirements of this test TOO SOON This test can only be ordered once in a certain number of days for this diagnosis and it has not been the proper amount of time since the test was last ordered TOO YOUNG The patient is not old enough to meet the special age requirements of this test Two special buttons adorn the bottom of the box ICD 9 brings up the Select ICD 9 Code box which will make it easier to change an ICD 9 code if it was entered in error OVerride will allow you to go pass the ICD9 check and let you continue if you have the proper security clearance There are close to 17 000 current entries in the ninth edition of the International Classifi
222. described above after having entered your first organism you presumably knew how many organisms you d isolated when you started Or if you re back in the Alter Results screen simply select the culture test as though you were updating its result then select Expand Select Isolate SchuyLab again displays the Update Isolate Results box In the Organism field enter the code for the second organism you ve isolated just as you did for the first organism Select the Input button to enter the sensitivity results Repeat the same steps as with the first organism You may repeat the process for as many organisms as you ve identified on your sample When complete select F10 Done to accept the results into the patient s file 61 Manual Result Entry Quick List To manually enter results On the Patient Processing screen select Enter Results Select a test Select the appropriate button to display information modify or annotate the test Type in the result and press Enter SchuyLab accepts the result and moves the entry field to the next test Online Entry One of the strengths of SchuyLab is its ability to interface directly with a wide variety of lab instruments In some cases communication across the SchuyLab interface is bi directional The instrument receives specimen numbers and test instructions from SchuyLab and transmits test results in return Other instruments can communicate with SchuyLab in one direction only sending
223. diately or when the test run is started depending on the instrument The Worksheet Function screen also has two icons Manual Worksheets and Worksheet Barcodes Manual Worksheets im pome Manual Worksheets further increases the versatility of worksheets by allowing you to select exactly which specimens you want to appear on the work list and what order they appear in In many ways this improves the capabilities that already existed with Edit Worksheet but makes the process much easier and intuitive When you click Manual Worksheet the Worksheet ID window appears If you decide to create a New worksheet it will create a blank tablet for you to select which specimens you want If you look up an existing worksheet it will allow you to add on additional specimens easily Building CHEM 1211 1 x Accession l Add Seq Spec Patient Sequence X Cancel y OK The Building Worksheet Title window appears In the Accession field you can type in the Accession Number you want to include and then click the Add button to put in on the worksheet If leave the Accession field blank and click Add the Select Specimen window Same as pressing F3 Specimen and you can choose a specimen from the List Active button as well Once you have selected all the 171 specimens you want you can change their order by clicking Sequence or click the Specimen entry itself and order additional tests remove procedures from the
224. do this SchuyLab won t let you use the same code for two different tests or for a test code and a panel code My guess is that UA is already in use as the code for the Urinalysis panel If that s the case then either change the code for that panel or think up another code to use for Uric Acid or leave it as URIC If you don t have a conflict with Urinalysis then you ll have to look elsewhere for the problem You can scan up and down the scroll box to see what other test has UA as its code or you can select Test Report which will print you a list of all the tests in your data base You can likewise print a list of all your panels by selecting Panel Definition then selecting the Print button When you find the source of the conflict change its code i e say Yes to the alias question Now you ll have freed up the code to use for Uric Acid See Section 4 My calculations don t work The most common mistake made in setting up calculations in SchuyLab is not getting the test codes exactly right For example if you have a test called T3U that you want to use in a calculation and it s entered in the equation as TU SchuyLab won t know what to do Don t laugh That s the most frequently made error in calculations Although SchuyLab will check your calculations when you first enter them to make sure that they use valid test codes those calculations don t get updated if you change a test code If
225. ds ioniese a 292 Potmaties cnn cte cia ata alas ianen 293 Patient ID Numbets ccccceseeseereeeeee 291 patient information eee eeeeeeeees 25 patient NaMess cst Mihai ai 372 patient processing SCTeCN eee eee 24 42 patient report cumulative default fotMat ecne n 69 Other formats ccccccccsecesseeeseeeeees 23 26 printing rules 145 separate Pate h 005 001 ese tee eaten 144 SPECIMEN och a aka ad eens Patient results patient type eee 87 88 89 91 297 at e a NAERA ches suger caiiag utes codes coved seieg E 298 labels cccecseccss acol patient report 124 preliminary reports 73 TOP titse ees igaesdasedecsssesavisieveterenanic acer 31 Works h Et oe eoon in aie Er S 28 print conttol scseecesuesasecesasensiawe Print Options ccceseeeeeeeteeteeeeeeeeeeeeeee 256 print panel names eee eee eeeteeeeeeees 146 printer SCtUP ee eee eeeteeteeeeeteeteeeees 36 268 Printing na oe eoio deie er TET EEES Large Numbers of Tests panel definitions test definitions ccceccesscceeessseeeeeees new heading ceecesceeseeeseeeseeeeseeeeees Panel Specific ceeeeeeeeseeseeeeneeeees sequencing tests printing queue printing queue select printing queues printing queues denn E eea a eR e 271 SOLS Ctl e EERE 69 prior online results eceeseeeeeeseeeteeeeeeee 64 Prior results ccccesccceseccessecesse
226. e designation of that worksheet in the nameplate area Editing and Printing the Worksheet You may occasionally need to edit a worksheet for the purposes of a particular run before transmitting it to the instrument To do this select the Edit Worksheet button SchuyLab displays the Name of Worksheet box listing all the specimens on that worksheet with the patients names CBC 0320 1 Sseq Spec Patient 00000031 Drinkwater Mor 00000035 Smith Doctor 00000047 Drinkwater She 00000049 Smith John 00000051 Lopez Josephir 00000056 Smith Samuel 00000057 Smith Jim 00000060 Drinkwater Kat w Add Sequence X Cancel yY ok From this box you can edit the worksheet If for instance you needed to change the sequence of specimens bearing in mind that the instrument will run them in the same sequence as they appear on the worksheet select the Sequence button SchuyLab displays the Sequence Worksheet box 1 2 3 4 5 6 if 8 164 E Sequence Worksheet 1 000031 Drinkwater Morte 2 000035 Smith Doctor 3 000047 Drinkwater Shar 4 000049 Smith John 5 000051 Lopez Josephine 6 000056 Smith Samuel 7 000057 Smith Jim 8 000060 Drinkwater Karer 9 000061 Thomas Susan 10 000071 Drinkwater Shar Concer You can re sequence any of the specimens Simply click the mouse on the specimen you wish to move then click at the spot you want it to be When the sequence is satisfactory select Done
227. e functions require the user to have a special security clearance Reassign Specimen A straightforward error occurs when a specimen is mislabeled as belonging to someone else that is the tube of serum entered as being drawn from Ms Doe was actually drawn from Mr Roe In such a case it is easy to transfer the specimen to its rightful owner 12 To reassign a specimen 1 Select F3 Specimen Enter the specimen ID number to be reassigned and select OK SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing Screen 3 Select Reassign Specimen SchuyLab displays the Select Patient for specimen ID number box 331 E Select Patient for 000176 x Enter the Patient s Name Last First Or the ID Date of Birth Patient s Client 4 Enter the name of the patient to whom the specimen is reassigned or the patient ID number if you know it 5 Select OK SchuyLab reassigns the specimen to its proper file Merge Patient The second most common data entry mistake is to enter a single person into the SchuyLab database twice for instance once as Joseph Smith the first time he came to the office and again as Joe Smith the second less formal visit Two patient files can be combined using the Merge Patient icon e To merge two patient files into a single file 1 Select F2 Patient 2 Enter the patient s name of the file you wish to keep and select OK SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing Screen 3 Select Merge Patient
228. e pull down list of types or you can simply type your own text e g RD 2LAV GR UA into the field If this specimen is a STAT clicking on this box will move this specimen to the top of any worksheet you may use and also print STAT on the barcode labels Remark codes are short usually a sentence pre written comments about this specimen The note pad gives you much more writing space than the short sentence that the remark codes give you The ordering doctor can be different than the patient s primary doctor Today where most labs are billing to Medicare and such it is important to add the Diagnosis codes that the doctor should be supplying to you on the requisition form An accession can be ordered even before the specimen has been received In many hospitals and some labs the tests are ordered and then a nurse will go and draw the blood If your lab is set up for a draw list you can print out the list of the patients you need to visit When you ve completed the fields select OK If you are auto generating a specimen ID number SchuyLab displays the ID number and highlights the field Select OK again to approve the ID number SchuyLab displays the Order Tests screen 45 If you have selected a specimen number SchuyLab displays the Order Tests screen The Order Tests Screen E SchuyLab Order Tests loj x Test Patient TGRIFFIN Fe MSTR ID 001066 Dr Doctor Example 14 32 4033 Patient Example Medic
229. e Medical Group Oncology Now with SchuyLab you only have to set up the one Example Medical Group client and setup each Location you would like a report to print to Sec 7 Reports and Printing goes into deeper detail on how to set this up 80 Sec 4 Tests and Panels Setting up your Tests Lea When you order tests in SchuyLab the system displays a screen with buttons for the tests and panels available to you Schuyler House personnel configure this screen to the requirements of your facility during initial set up As your instrumentation and requirements change you may want to alter this screen to meet your new needs The first step is to define your lab s tests all the other processes depend on tests Once you ve defined your tests arrange them into panels The tests and panels you develop constitute the Order Tests screens that you use in your daily work A test may belong to more than one panel for instance Cholesterol may appear in your Chem 18 panel your Lipids panel and your Cardiac Profile panel The following sections listed below describe in order the steps by which you ll establish tests in SchuyLab 1 Test Definition 2 Panel Definition 3 Screen Definition 4 Alias Definition 5 Print Group Definition 6 Configuring the Online Interface Test Definition You must define your tests before you initiate any of the other processes that depend upon them Test definitions are the building
230. e Patient Processing menu screen As you select patients you will notice that the last up to five patients viewed since you logged on will be displayed at the bottom of the Select Patient box Z B If there is a specimen number for the order select F3 Specimen SchuyLab displays the Select Specimen box 40 E Select Specimen x Specimen Number Y ok List active X Cancel One of the following scenarios will now take place Type the specimen number in the entry field and select OK SchuyLab recognizes the specimen number and displays the Patient Processing screen with the patient s demographics and the specimen information in the nameplate area Type the specimen number in the entry field and select OK Not finding that specimen number anywhere in the system SchuyLab displays the Input Specimen box Enter the patient s name or ID and alter or complete the rest of the fields as appropriate Select OK SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing screen with the patient s demographics and the specimen information in the nameplate area Select OK without typing in a number SchuyLab displays the Input Specimen box If your SchuyLab system is configured to automatically allocate specimen numbers the next available specimen number will be displayed in the Specimen ID field otherwise manually enter the appropriate specimen number in that field Enter the patient s name or ID and alter or complete the rest of the field
231. e different colors Check Graph Only if you want only the graph to print not the Run Date Level or Value The remaining two checkboxes are not functional at this time Separate Levels is always off and Separate Pages is always on To specify the queue and font for this QC report SchuyLab displays the Configure Report box In the scroll boxes select the appropriate queue that is printer and font If you have only one printer the choice is easy This option becomes more important when you grow to a networked system with several printers By setting the Height of Graph you are now able to print one to four graphs on the same sheet of paper The taller the graph height the fewer graphs on one page Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Print Levey Jennings Graphs box When you have configured the report to your satisfaction select Print to print the report 205 QC Detail Report This option allows you to print out a set of numeric values such as you viewed in Lot Edit for all the tests of a particular level of a control Select F7 Features Select QC SchuyLab displays the Quality Control menu screen ac 1 Select Detail Report SchuyLab displays the Print QC Detail box To print a set of QC values Queue PRINTER gt Device amp Control Set CELLDYN CD1600 4 Begin Date End Date 672071993 1 06 2004 Levels Cancel LOW TEST LOW MED TEST MED Setup HIGH T
232. e entry field When you have entered all the required information select F10 Done SchuyLab accepts the test results enters them into the patient s record and displays the Patient Processing screen Using the Expand Button with Trigger Tests Trigger tests are designed to be followed by certain other tests that aren t directly ordered by the physician but which are performed after the trigger test shows a positive result positive in this sense as further testing should be done The follow up tests are part of the customary processing of the specimen yet aren t reported unless relevant results are obtained There are at least four trigger tests defined as part of SchuyLab Urine Casts Urine Crystals Manual Diff and RBC Morphology but you can define additional trigger tests as you need them To illustrate how trigger tests work the test for RBC Morphology is a qualitative test generally ordered as part of a CBC If no abnormal cells are seen the result is entered as Normal and no more needs to be done If abnormal cells are found the exact types of cells are identified spherocytes macrocytes or whatever and numbered and the results entered into the patient record Rather than have a separate order for each possible type of cell RBC Morphology is defined as a trigger test it allows results to be entered for only those types which need to be reported 54 The follow up tests for a trigger test are called from the
233. e fields enter the first and last specimen numbers to appear on the printout If these entry fields are left blank SchuyLab will prompt you to add a range In the Date Range fields enter the date range to appear on the printout It can a single date 2 4 04 2 4 04 or a range of dates 2 4 04 2 8 04 If these entry fields are left blank SchuyLab will prompt you to add a range All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today The Department entry field is optional If you select the name of a department e g CHEM from the pull down list SchuyLab will print results only for tests defined as belonging to that department Specifying the department for any given test is done through the Test Definition icon via E8 Tools Setup and Test Definition If the field is left blank SchuyLab prints all test results for the given specimen range If you need to change the printing parameters for the Data Log select Setup SchuyLab displays Configure Report box E Configure Report x Queue Font PRINTER Draft Print size C10 C12 15 CPI M Dashes as Separators M Print client number Exclude Undrawn Accessions Show Date Received Drawn Indent fo characters on the left You can then configure this report in the same way the Accepted Log can be configured When Setup is complete select OK SchuyLab returns to the Print Data Log box
234. e list This box includes a powerful search engine in case the doctor provided a written diagnosis instead of a code Typing letters into the search field the long thin field will display the ICD 9 codes that begin with those letters in the box below However if you do not know the exact first letters of the description you can type a series of words and press the Search button You can tell SchuyLab to search for all the words you have typed in any order any of the words you have typed or the complete phrase of words by selecting one of the three radio buttons below the search field There is a special symbol that you can use to receive even more information from this search program If you were to type card into the search engine SchuyLab would display all the ICD 9 codes with card in the description as well as all their sub codes However what if you wanted to find all the codes dealing with cardiac and cardiovascular Rather than typing both words out and selecting any word you can type card into the search field The tells SchuyLab to search for any word in the ICD 9 description that begins with card Using the search engine and the ability to quickly find the correct code you can easily enter and update the doctor s ICD 9 codes The box also allows you to quickly find and fix any errors made when originally typing in the codes The Select ICD 9 Code box can also be found in Change Demographics under the button marked List
235. e specific characteristic s for the range you want to enter You can define the range by Patient Type if they re defined for your system Gender Unknown Male Female or for both Age Range or a combination of the above 4 Type the low Minimum and high Maximum values for the selected characteristics 5 Select OK SchuyLab displays the new range in the Ranges box 6 Select New again to enter another range 7 When you have entered all the ranges for that test select OK To have the plot print on the result form you will need to add a space for it on the result form Go to F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Patient Report Accession Report Setup Results and add a column for Result Graph You can place the graph anywhere on the report before or after the results for instance When you print out the result report it will look similar to this 05021401 Test Patient Schuyler House Clinical Lab 26027 Huntington Lane Unit F Valencia CA 91355 Patient Name Test Patient Doctor Sabourin Thomas J Patient ID 00031 Sex M Age 52 DOB 5 03 52 Accession 05021401 Received 2 14 05 Drawn 2 14 05 Printed 2 14 05 FINAL Test Normal Abnormal Graph Reference Units CHEMISTRIES SODIUM POTASSIUM CHLORIDE The O on the graph shows where the results are to the middle of the plot range we set To update a range that s already defined Select the range in the Ranges for Test name box SchuyLab displays
236. e this method so nothing gets forgotten The Department entry field is optional If you select the name of a department e g CHEM from the pull down list SchuyLab will print results only for tests defined as belonging to that department Specifying the department for any given test is done through the Test Definition icon via F8 Tools Setup and Test Definition If the field is left blank SchuyLab prints all pending tests for the given specimen range Outstanding Tests x Queue PRINTER gt F Date Range From To Leave blank for ALL Sotby Accession Name This will printthe Outstanding Tests for all tests in the specified range or just for the specified department Setup X Cancel ww OK 5 If you need to change the printing parameters for the Outstanding Tests select Setup SchuyLab displays Configure Report box x Queue Font PRINTER Draft Printsize C10 C12 15 CPI MV Dashes as Separators IV Print client number I Exclude Undrawn Accessions Show Date Received Drawn Indent lo characters on the left You can then configure this report in the same way the Accepted Log can be configured When Setup is complete select OK SchuyLab returns to the Outstanding Tests box 233 6 Select OK SchuyLab prints out the Outstanding Tests log Error Logs Nothing in this life is perfect although we strive for it And there may be time
237. e will be displayed initially Then select OK SchuyLab reprints those reports exactly as they were first printed To reprint a report that had been printed on a previous day type the date the report was printed in the Date field then select the List button SchuyLab lists all the reports printed on that date latest report at the top Again highlight the reports you want then select OK SchuyLab reprints those reports exactly as they were first printed The value of this is apparent when the report includes something like date printed The Reprint feature reprints the report with its original date not today s date 74 amp Print Control To see what s currently in the printer queue that is the reports waiting to be sent to the printer select Print Control SchuyLab displays the Print Control box E Print Control x Queue PRINTER gt Delete oK 1 09 16 15 SchuyLab 000120 Ship John The Queue field shows the default queue for your system the large area lists the reports waiting in that queue To see what s in another queue if your system has more than one printer select that queue from the Queue pull down list To make changes to print jobs in a queue highlight the reports you wish to change The grayed buttons labeled Copy Move and Delete will become active e If you wish to simply not print those reports select Delete SchuyLab deletes them from the printing queue those reports will
238. each queue assigned to a specific printer If your system has multiple printers including remote printers and faxes then you will need to define report queues to manage them To define or update printing queues From the Report Setup menu screen select Report Queues SchuyLab displays the Report Queue List box 271 Emergency Room Oncology Ward Patient queue All Print ist remote queue New Queue Done To Create a New Report Queue Select New Queue SchuyLab displays the Input Report Queue box E Input Report Queue x Name Description lete Cancel OK In the Name field type the name of the new queue up to eight characters The name could be based on the physical location of the printer serving that queue particularly for sites with Remote Printing or Faxing or it could be based on the type of report done through that queue e g PATIENT BILLING amp c In the Description field type a more complete description of the printer queue Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Report Location List box To add another heading repeat the above steps When you are finished select Done iu To Update a Report Queue 272 From the Report Queue List box select the queue you wish to update SchuyLab displays the Update Report Queue box aS E Update Report Queue x Name Description BILLING BiT Ting Printer Delete Cancel P Make the appropriate changes to the fields If you
239. ear the edge of the label though consider going to the non checksummed version of your barcode format SchuyLab s use of Barcodes The Setup screen for barcodes is found in F7 Features Select the Bar Code icon this will be present only if your lab has opted for this feature SchuyLab displays the Bar Code Setup screen This screen shows system wide options for the barcode feature except the Queue entry which shows the configuration of the station you are at Bar Code Setup x Model Queue C Allegro INTERMEC C Eltron 2022 S Waiting C Eltron 2622 C 13000 copies 3 C MedPlus FIRE 0 SE300 format i Patient fo X Cancel wv OK Model There are six models of barcode printers Of these the two that Schuyler House actively supports are the Allegro also called the Fargo Allegro Datamax and Intermec and the Dymo SE300 also called the Dymo SE300 Please use the radio button to select your barcode model This sets the model for your entire system you cannot mix models of barcode printers i e Allegro and SE300 on the same system Queue When your Bar Code Feature is installed on your SchuyLab a barcode printer is configured on a port on your PC At that time a Queue is created that matches the name of that individual barcode printer In addition each individual workstation 358 Copies Extras Format Patient whether or not it has a barcode printer physically attached has a queue se
240. ecord 1 16 L Test Name 17 11 L Result Value nann 28 10 L Accession ID 38 8L Test Units Cancel Done Re sequencing the fields is done by clicking the mouse on the item you want to move then clicking at the spot on the list where you want it to be Say for instance that in the above example we want the accession ID number to be the first field on the line We click on the Accession ID line highlighting it Then we move the 403 mouse to the top of the list and click again The accession ID moves to the top of the list When the fields are correctly arranged select Done SchuyLab returns to the Define Result box with the fields in their new order 1 10 L Accession ID 11 16 L Test Name Code 27 11 L Result Value AAA 38 8L Test Units X Cancel y OK When the record is satisfactory select OK SchuyLab returns to the Create Export Format box Select OK again to return to the Export Format List box with the new format present Select Done to return to the Export Patient box We are now ready to export data to a diskette To Use the SchuyLab Export Function 1 Select F7 Features 2 Select Export SchuyLab displays the Export Patients box 404 6 Export Patients Patients Tests Carriers Doctors Pricing Select Path E la Nexport txt Select for Client Blank for ALL ID Results C Charges Format C Demographic Select for Location thru NEW Update Selec
241. ecord might look something like this Smith John 550 12 2222 1 1 58 WBC 3 8 ota eg Each of the items in quotes is a field Defining a record is simply telling SchuyLab which field that is what information do you want on the line in what order How do you want it sorted SchuyLab will search through all the test results being Exported one at a time and sort them by type of record as described below Beginning This type of record is generated once per Export and is the first record in the file Ending This type of record is generated once per Export and is the last record in the file Patient This type of record sorts the file by patient ID It s useful for applications requiring patient information to be on a separate line Accession This type of record sorts the file by accession ID It s useful for applications requiring specimen information to be on a separate line Result This type of record sorts the file by test It s useful for applications where each patient or accession is listed once followed by test information It s the most commonly used record type Charges This type of record sorts the file by charges It s useful for billing applications and financial reports Note that we can have several types of records in a single export format For instance we can start with a Beginning record which might simply be a line of text with the name of the lab That
242. ect select OK SchuyLab will personalize the number of copies you specified in Step 3 and return you to the Doctor Records screen ICD 9 CM Codes The International Classification of Diseases 9th Revision is used by many physic ians for coding ailments symptoms and illnesses in a neat readily understood format They are required for certain types of Billing e g Medicare but may also 324 prove useful to labs that don t use the SchuyLab Billing Module You can define your own ICD 9 codes according to your lab s needs To Define or Update ICD 9 Codes Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select ICD9 SchuyLab displays the Update ICD 9 Codes box listing in numerical order the grouping of ICD 9 codes by type of ailment E Update ICD9 Codes x Impor Print Finished Infections amp Parasites Neoplasms Endocrine Nutritional Metabolic Blood amp Blood Forming Organs Mental Disorders Nervous System Circulatory System Respiratory System Digestive System Genitourinary System gt To Create a New ICD 9 Code 1 Select the group ICD 9 code to be added to SchuyLab displays the Update ICD9 grouping box 325 E Update ICD9 290 319 Mental Disorders p SENILE PRESENILE PSYCHOS SENILE DEMENTIA UNCOMP PRESENILE DEMENTIA PRESENILE DEMENTIA PRESENILE DELIRIUM PRESENILE DELUSION Ue ix PRESENILE DEPRESSION SENILE DELUSION DEPRESS SENILE DELUSION SENILE DEPRESSI
243. ect New SchuyLab displays the Add Range box 86 5 6 7 E Add CATALAS Normal Range x Patient Type Gender z 2 4 E s Age Range Years C Days lo 0 C Months Hours Minimum Maximum Comment X Cancel Select the specific characteristic s for the range you want to enter You can define the range by Patient Type if they re defined for your system Gender Unknown Male Female or for both Age Range or a combination of the above Type the low Minimum and high Maximum values for the selected characteristics Type in a comment in the Comment area if you wish to have one associated with this range Select OK SchuyLab displays the new range in the Ranges box Select New again to enter another range When you have entered all the ranges for that test select OK To add a new critical value range Much like the normal ranges the critical ranges for tests can also be set up for specific parameters 1 2 Select the Critical tab Select New SchuyLab displays the Add Range box 87 3 6 7 Add RBC Critical Range PatientType Gender z E s Age Range Years Days o o C Months Minimum 7 Maximum X Cancel y OK Select the specific characteristic s for the range you want to enter You can define the range by Patient Type if they re defined for your system Gender Unknown Male Female or for both Age Range or a combination of the
244. ected in Test Definition in much the same way as other trigger tests using the Expand button Microbiology requires a bit more than other trigger tests though for one thing they require some special setup procedures which are described in the Microbiology section see Appendix A Once set up though Microbiology results may be entered through the Alter Results screen we recommend that screen rather than the Enter Results screen for reasons that will become apparent momentarily Let s take a concrete example We ve ordered a culture to be done on a given swab Now we want to enter the results From the Patient Processing Screen we select Alter Results SchuyLab displays the Alter Results screen We select the culture test to get the result entry field the window Notice that the entry window for a culture test is much larger than that of other tests it was defined that way as part of Test Definition 53 E SchuyLab Alter Results i 2 10 x Test Patient TORIFRIN F2 MSTR A ID 0000003069 Dr 14 43 4033 EN Patient Over the Rainbow Medical Clinic 12345678 7 26 2004 aa DOB 12 03 1988 15 Other ID 123456789 Accn 00000015 2 10 1999 11 22 E9 Cancel E10 Done Ale PERAN Acc Test Value RMK codes AFTER 24 HOURS Pes Remark Cades Devices Dilution E s Concentration Worksheet Notes Hold Info Accept ALI Expand te Features In the e
245. ed Once the button is blank you may select another panel for it To move a panel from one button to another select the button with the panel using the left mouse button The panel code will be removed Then select a blank button using the right mouse button The same panel code will now be on the new button 8 To fill in the tests select one of the small test buttons SchuyLab will display a Select a Test scroll box Scroll down the list of tests until you see the test you wish Select that test SchuyLab now displays the Code for that test on the button Select the next button and continue as above To remove the test from a button simply select that button again and the code will be removed Once the button is blank you may select another test for it To move a test from one button to another select the button with the test using the left mouse button The test code will be removed Then select a blank button using the right mouse button The same test code will now be on the new button Note To see if the test and panel buttons work properly in conjunction with each other when the panel is selected you must exit this screen and go to the Order Tests function Trying to test your panel buttons on this screen will only succeed in deleting them 9 When the order screen is configured to your satisfaction select F10 Done SchuyLab returns to the Define Tests menu screen Client Panels When selecting panels to be placed on the O
246. ed select Done SchuyLab returns to the Define Result box with the fields in their new order 394 E Update DELIM Result 1 10 L Accession ID 11 16 L Test Name 27 11 L Result Value 38 8 L Test Units Add Field Re arrange Fields Delete Cancel V ox When the record is satisfactory select OK SchuyLab returns to the Layout Records box Select OK again to return to the Create Export Format box Select OK once again to return to the Export Format List box with the new format present Select Done to return to the Export Patient box We are now ready to export data to a diskette Below is an example of what you may see PATIENT 00031 Test Patient 000144 WBC 50 10 3 uL RBC gt 7 0 10 6 uL HCT 50 PATIENT 103857 Smith Kathleen 000152 WBC Pending 10 3 uL RBC Pending 10 6 uL HCT Pending PATIENT 383566659 Smith Barbara 000153 WBC Pending 10 3 uL RBC Pending 10 6 uL HCT Pending PATIENT 1234 Smith Jerry 000156 WBC Pending 10 3 uL RBC Pending 10 6 uL HCT Pending PATIENT 00031 Test Patient 000157 WBC ONS 10 3 uL RBC See Note 10 6 uL HCT Pending PATIENT 00031 Test Patient 000158 WBC See Note 10 3 uL RBC See Note 10 6 uL HCT Pending PATIENT 00061 Smith Grinch 000159 WBC Pending 10 3 uL RBC Pending 10 6 uL HCT Pending ASTM 1238 1394 ASTM 1238 and ASTM 1394 are programmed into SchuyLab with very little setup on your part
247. ed that code will print out on the report each time that value is selected as a test result To print a message each time that value occurs as a test result select the note icon in this box and type your message To enable this value to be entered by typing a single keystroke enter that keystroke in the Key field Be careful in choosing your keystroke for instance if you choose N that letter won t be available for Negative or None Options e To flag your value and print it in a contrasting color or bold for laser printers select one of the values in the listbox labeled Flag L low blue H high red CL critical low blue CH critical high red lt less than blue gt greater than red a abnormal purple color only no letter flag A abnormal purple e To flag your value and print it in a contrasting color or bold for laser printers select one of the values in the listbox labeled Flag L low blue H high red CL critical low blue CH critical high red lt less than blue gt greater than red a abnormal purple color only no letter flag A abnormal purple 8 When you have made all the specifications select OK SchuyLab returns to the Add Values box To annotate another value select it from the picklist and continue as above When you are done select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Update Test Test Name box Select Options to control how
248. eeeeeeeeeseeee 221 508 procedure codes PLOVIMET ob cesses ahs ahs SR lied hes Detail Report spreadsheet enter control values flagged values graphic display graphic report eee eeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeees Levey Jenning report eee eeeeeeeee Lot Edit gender age specific lieaf enninu ranges absurd Re arrange Lines cceseeseeeseeereeeeeteeeeees 218 Reading Mail ccc eeeeseeseeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeee reassign results online OC rece etiicadissiussriosssiuvsetvav Ses Online specimen 65 reassign specimen reassign specimen XE sesers 331 Recommended Checklist ccceeeeseeeenees 14 Refer Tests Reflex Testing ss2 iasseckansecce cies 115 Set UP a NEW teSt eee eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeee 117 Standard Table Remark Coden sae eaae remark cod s mine hertta Create New femote Printing es saa ted Ahh Newtons Remote Printing client record printer queue Reprint Waiting Remotti arreen a n esate appearaN E oie aaar 140 Cumulati Venieri etini 30 graphic number Of tests eriei itent enen 33 patient demographics eee eeeeeeeeees 33 send home SPECIMEN ee nentet iriran troubleshooting Graphic Header Patient Statistiese hs eas es aes Report Order Allergy testing eeeeeesseeeeeseesesereeseseses 128 Report Queues eeceeeseeeeneceneeeeneeeenaeee 493 Repor Sen a oeie one tirei eor ne S EES A Re
249. effect on whether or not certain tests apply Setting up these links will take a large amount of time therefore SchuyLab also allows you to import a pre made database that you have purchased from Schuyler House or another provider Create a New Link 1 Select F7 Features SchuyLab displays the Special Features screen 2 Select Medical Necessity SchuyLab displays Medical Necessity Setup E Setup Medical Necessity x Description Not used in Tests Panels Not used in Tests Panels Not used in Tests Panels PRENATAL II Not used in Tests Panels Not used in Tests Panels LIPID STUDIES A ARTHRITIS PANEL Not used in Tests Panels THYROID Check necessity in Add CPT M Test Ordering Claims Processing Import Internet SchuyNet OK 416 This menu lists the CPT codes of your lab If you wish to create a link for a new CPT code select Add CPT If the new CPT code does not have a matching test in your database the description will read Not used in Tests Panels The two check boxes below this list determine whether or not SchuyLab automatically checks for Medical Necessity errors while ordering tests and processing claims If you select these boxes SchuyLab will automatically display a Medical Necessity Alert if it notices a claim or test that does not match the diagnosis If both boxes are left unchecked you can still check Medical Necessity manually by selecting a button in the Edit
250. efining the gender for your typical patient very useful for say gynecology clinics automatically entering the name of the doctor who provides 90 of your work Some suggestions for the default accession field might be defining the typical type of specimen e g serum and blood making all specimens STAT by default Note that these default fields may be altered in the course of patient entry the values are not locked in but may be typed over if they need to be changed 327 To Define the Default Patient Screen Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Default Patient SchuyLab displays the default Patient Demographics screen E SchuyLab Patient Demographics 15 xl SchuryLab amp lez MSTR SMITH 16 46 65 r Tor Patient BE ICU 12 04 2003 fle E9 Cancel F10 Done Accession Patient ID Patient m Patient s Last Name First Name f g EA Gender Class Service Address Devices ju M E s Birth Date Age Elles City E zip T Other ID ayorkehast E Telephone Unit Room Bed Admit Date _ Dischg Date Doctor rint Bill Type Account Client Verdugo Orthopoedic Medical Group Features Insurance Medicare Medicaid Dlagnosis ICD 9 qae E T 2 1 Select a field that you wish to predefine Type the information in that field or select an item from a scroll box 2 Select another field and proceed as above 3 When you have co
251. either end of the scroll bar you can move up or down the list one line at a time The slider tells you where you are in the list if it s at the top of the scroll bar you re at the top of the list If you position the pointer on the slider hold down the mouse button in a scroll box or a list box you can use the mouse to move up or down in the list in one of four ways 1 by clicking on the slide bar on the right side of the scroll bar above or below the slider the slider will advance a page in the list 2 by clicking on the up or down arrows at the top and bottom of the slide bar the slider will advance a single line in the list 3 by pointing at the slider and holding down the mouse button to grab it While you hold the button down you can drag the slider up or down the slide bar Release the mouse button to display the new section of the list 4 many mice have what looks like a small wheel between the two buttons By moving this wheel either up or down the scroll bar will move in a corresponding manner Landmarks 19 In your use of SchuyLab you quickly become familiar with your accustomed routes through the system There may however be aspects of SchuyLab you ll find handy in accomplishing less frequently performed tasks Here is a pictorial tour of the system to remind you of some of its capabilities and how you can access them Starting the Programs The SchuyLab LIS actually contains two
252. elds We ve used REMOTE1 and Ist remote queue for this example Select OK Select Done B To attach the new queue to the client record Sanat ae 486 Select F8 Tools Select Doctor Records Select Update Clients Click the mouse on the name or number of the client with the remote printer Select OK SchuyLab displays the Update Client Record box 1 Update Client Record x ID Fee Schedule Account Sales Telephone a m 352 3672 Report r Queue Copy to Client Name PATIENT M hone 2 1 Clinic Clinic Over the Rai PRINTER REMOTE 1 Address E yace Provider Not in Kansas Anymore 2200 Somewhere Street Zip raia City T NPI Special Panels OOOO Delete X Cancel Sequence Add Panels vy ok 5 In the Queue pull down list box select the new queue you defined for this remote printer site 6 Select OK C To set up the remote printer feature on SchuyLab 1 Select E7 Features 2 Select Remote Print SchuyLab displays the Update Remote Printers box listing all the remote printer connections currently defined in your system Select New SchuyLab displays the Define Remote Printer box 487 9 E Update Remote Printer i x Code Queue Printer Model RAINBOW REMOTE1 Remotrix Site Name Over the Rainbow Medical Clinic E l Generate Separator Page attransmission end Printer Telephone Waiting
253. elect OK SchuyLab will return to the Update Linkage box Other Sections of Medical Necessity Medical Necessity has an effect on several other systems though not to the extent of Order Tests Here are changes to existing sections of SchuyLab In Security a security clearance has been added Override Necessity Security Classes with this clearance will be able to override Medical Necessity Alerts The Override button will be grayed out for Classes without the clearance In Billtype we ve add a checkbox labeled Medical Necessity If this box is checked Medical Necessity will be active while ordering tests for patients with this bill type If the box is not checked patients using this bill type are not affected see below for more details In the Billing module s Edit Claims setting the claim from Open to Ready will trigger a Medical Necessity Alert if there are tests that do not correspond with the patient diagnosis This automatic check will not occur if you have disabled Medical Necessity while processing claims from Medical Necessity setup You can check the claims manually by selecting the new Necessity button on the right side of the screen Turning Medical Necessity Off There are times when you do not need to worry about the Medical Necessary Alert and having to override it If the bill type is cash and the patient is paying or the insurance company will pay for everything within reason of course then how to turn
254. elene intitle rnern rene 21 The Main Menu Screen 2 0 c0c0c4 cenersseneeeseceeeceeeeeeenenebecceeneeeseeees 22 The Patient Processing Screen 2 cccesessseseesceeeeeeeceeceneeeeseeseeeees 24 The Devices SCree Neises ee e a Aa aeie 27 The Worksheet Functions SCreen c ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 28 The Report Printing Screen 220 cccccceecceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneceeteeeeseseneees 30 The Special Features ScCreen cccccccscssccccsceseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 34 The System Tools SCKSSM gsivescvinysaaenn bed dans a lavenaie zasaves cesescinds naefanant 35 Sec 3 Daily Operations ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 38 Entering Selecting a Patient or SPECIMEN eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 38 Ordering Tests tekeen cs 0 ogc eee veda ces ulus Seng eases weve taut a a aE 43 Entering PROSUIGS eaa a ee aie eat Lk Beet 48 Viewing RESUS a 262s iecan cette re a e a aaa e ar tobe aoe 67 Printing Reports aeset eieae avon a a n a E E E 69 The Report Printing Menu Screen cccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 69 Enhanced Functions for Hospital Labs or Large Medical Groups 77 Sec 4 Tests and Panels iiss 20c nncscccciccces thecete ced edteeshadieecceeateasvenee ness 81 Setting UP your TOSS 0 65 Sen se dens alee ate eis i aink a les 81 Test Definito skes ea eniee ies estat EEE eee 81 Panel Detinition ssion e re E E R t 109 Reflex TeSUNG e g cece ee ee cts G dea io oh
255. ells present in a woman age 40 or over Atypical squamous cells Atypical glandular cells ASC of undetermined significance ASC that cannot exclude high grade squamous intraepithelial lesion HSIL Low grade squamous intraepithelial lesions High grade squamous intraepithelial lesions 379 590 AIS Endocervical adenocarcinoma in situ 592 Adenocarcinoma Adenocarcinoma 594 Other malignancy Other malignancies The Setup for this test will end up looking something like this Ranges for INTERPRT Normal Critical Interpretive 510 2 Negative 520 Other NI Bad HE CACO 550 ASC US You can add as many interpretive ranges as you need The Cytology Report Once the Cytology tests have been properly configured the report itself is generated in F7 Features This report will print out a list of all the specimens for a given Client along with their Result Interpretation and several additional options 1 Select F7 Features Select Cytology This icon will be present if the module has been loaded 3 Select Client Report SchuyLab displays a pop up box that is reminiscent of the Demographics reports 380 Client Cytology Demo Client Name Leave blank for ALL Accession Range Queue First Last PRINTER O Eo Setup Date Range From To X Cancel v ok To individualize this report for your lab select the Setup button Cytology Demographics Setup Queue Fon
256. en another box appears partially overlying the first box Some tasks require three or four boxes in succession The point here is that only the uppermost box is active Clicking on one of the buttons in an underlying box has no effect The boxes are color coded to help you tell which is active the inactive boxes have gray bars at their top edges while the active box has a bright blue bar To return to a previous box you must have finished with the active box Click the mouse on the Done or Cancel or OK button whichever is appropriate for the box in question Since SchuyLab runs on Windows you can also click on the Close button the X in a square in the upper right hand corner of the box This automatically cancels that box which vanishes from the screen and the box immediately underneath will become active The same thing can be done by pressing the Ese key on the keyboard Be aware though that the Close button has the same effect as SchuyLab s Cancel button any work you did in the active box may not be saved Scroll bars If you ve worked with other graphic interfaces you re probably familiar with scroll bars These are the vertical gray bars on the right side of a box or window with a square area called a slider When a list of items tests instruments results etc is too large to fit in the enclosed space the scroll bar lets you scroll up or down the list By clicking on the up or down arrows at
257. en required the setup of up to 1 000 different Allergens and possibly more if a lab tests for multiple Immunoglobins This puts pressure on several areas like Worksheets and Report Groups that were designed for a smaller load And in addition each of these tests would have the same range Since the setup could be fairly complicated for each Allergen setting up several non standard values and interpretative ranges configuring these tests might take a small army to complete in a timely fashion Right now there is only one army that has the schedule to work it and no one wants to hire the French And then having to update the values for 1 000 different tests if 125 the Interpretative Ranges change or different values are implemented is an equally intimidating and time consuming task SchuyLab is now capable of accommodating these needs Goto F8 Tools Set Up Test amp Panel Definition Test Definition E Define New Test Code Name Facility ee ee Full Description gh Dec Units Suffix ae Amount 0 a ee 0 00 Billing Normal Range Ranges ni Critical Range Values Rmk TAT Linear Range 2 Options o 0 Same Ranges as Test Panels Workload 0 0 Delta Check lo or lo Interval lo A VEA Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print 74 X Cancel Yy ok Click New and you will see the Define New Test window appear Same Ranges as Test You can select a test from
258. en you can do it yourself even though it is a Mega Reference Lab patient 478 How do you keep track of this SchuyLab does it for you You conditionally link a test to one or more reference labs and set up contracts that control when it gets ordered where Select the Refer Tests icon Refer Tests Now you will see a Setup Labs icon Select it Setup Labs SchuyLab displays a screen with two icons za om Reference Referral Labs Contracts Select Referral Contracts Now we will set up a Contract with Blue Cross that has all of their tests performed at Mega Reference Lab except for the Coag work 479 E SchuyLab e Patient JE Accession ep Ea Devices JJe Worksheet Print Te Features Sja Tools Setup Reference Labs MSTR PPL 15 23 552 8 15 2006 F9 Cancel Reference Labs E Update Referral Contracts ay Referral Contracts Blue Cross We have a Blue Cross contract in existance This single contrace lets me have one BC contract for all 75 of the Blue Cross offices that I have in my insurance company list I do not want to set up and maintain contracts for each office separately 480 Add Referral Contract Perform Laboratory Tests at MEGA Stattests follow sop Exceptions Name PT amp INR PT PTT Add exceptions X Cancel y ok Select the correct reference lab MEGA in the pull down box This says tha
259. enerating its own patient ID numbers of synchronizing with a hospital office accounting system to accept their numbers or of letting you manually enter the patient ID number when you enter the patient into the system The following protocol tells you how to set the type of number you wish i e SSN format 123 45 6789 vs straight numeric 12345 the number of digits it has and the starting point of the sequence 1 From the System Parameters menu screen select Patient SchuyLab displays the Patient ID Definition box Auto Generate Prior Number Patient ID Definition _ Yes C No 103882 ie Format Numeric Only C Alphanumeric Alphanumeric dash Any characters X Cancel vy OK 2 Fill in the fields as follows Auto Generate Prior Number 292 Tells SchuyLab whether or not to automatically generate patient ID numbers as each patient is entered into the system Select Yes or No as desired If you selected Yes for Auto generation set this number of up to 9 digits to control where the auto generated numbering begins For example if you wish your numbering to begin at 1001 set this number to 1000 Format Choose one of the four selections available here to determine the types of characters which may appear in the patient ID number Numbers only numbers and letters numbers and dashes any character 3 When completed select OK Patient ID
260. er ordered on the patient If he had a PSA done six months ago a Chem panel run last Tuesday and a Hemogram done this morning all of those results would be simultaneously available under this option In short this is the icon to select when the doctor asks you When was the last time I ran a PSA on Mr Drinkwater 12 Reassign Specimen This icon permits a wrongly assigned specimen to be assigned to its correct owner That is if specimen 123 wasn t from John Smith but from Joan Smith the specimen record and test results can be moved from his file to hers Once again this function requires a special security clearance E Graphic Report This icon prints the patient s cumulative results as a graph with the normal range marked by parallel lines Any single test with numerical results can be graphed here SchuyLab also permits you to define special purpose graphs that combine several tests e g Glucose and A1c on a single plot The actual values of the tests are printed then printed in columns below the graph 2 Bill Patient This icon allows the lab to print out an invoice to be given to the patient when they leave the lab instead of mailing it to them This button is only available if you have the Billing module 26 The Devices Screen SchuyLab Device Access E 2j S15 x TGRIFFIN MSTR z 16 18 519 x Patient 9 17 2004 B E3 Cancel FidDone CD4E00 D 3200 Elecsus o a gs fs g C
261. er the interval of hours that the controls need to be run for all of the tests listed You can leave this box blank if you don t want to apply the frequency Click on a single test to override the default frequency and have a separate run frequency Westgard Select the checkboxes for 1 2S and 1 38 177 QC must be valid Delete Sequence If this box is checked a patient s results can be accepted if QC is out but only if the tech signed in has the Override QC clearance If this box is NOT checked then the patient s result can be accepted by any tech signed in Select Add to display the Add test s to device scroll box Select those tests on which you wish to run this control Select Done SchuyLab displays the selected tests in the Test field If you select OK without adding any tests SchuyLab will automatically fill in all tests in the Device4 Setup Test Translation Table To remove a test from the control simply select the test Select Sequence to change the order of the tests if necessary We recommend putting them in the same order as they appear in the documentation that comes with each new lot SchuyLab displays the Test Sequence box To move a test click on the test move the mouse pointer to the line on which you want the test to appear and click again to insert the test at that point Select Done to return to the Define Control Device box 3 Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Quality Control
262. ers represent a specimen that is already in the system i e is there a SchuyLab specimen number associated with these orders or is this a case of add on orders to previous work or morning draws that have been accessioned a A If there is NO specimen number for the order select F2 Patient SchuyLab displays the Select Patient box You can search for a patient by either their name by their ID by DOB or their client or medical group You do NOT have to fill in all the boxes below just enough to locate the patient you re interested in Select Patient i x Enter the Patient s Name Last First Or the ID Date of Birth Patient s Client X Cancel y Ok One of the following scenarios will now take place Type in the patient s name Last name First name or the first few letters of it and select OK SchuyLab recognizes the patient name and now displays the Which Patient screen If this is a new patient you can then choice the New Patient box otherwise select the patient you want from the list given you and SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing screen with the patient s demographics in the nameplate area e Type in the patient s name Last name First name or the first few letters of it and select OK SchuyLab displays a list of patients whose names begin with those letters Select the correct patient from the list SchuyLab displays 38 the Patient Processing screen with the patient s demogr
263. es and flags are transmitted with each result and are accepted as part of that result If the normal range for instance changed since the receipt of the test compendium it does 473 not matter The normal range that is dynamically sent in the HL7 file in association with a particular result will be the one that is stored with the patient s result Let s say you need to perform a second Import for the additional file megaspec csv E import Compendium Oimportthe lab s test compendium specify the path and press enter Select Path cischuylerischuylabimegaspec csy l Completely replace current x Cancel Browse y Ok There Now the temperatures and stability information have been added to each of the tests in the Mega Reference Labs Test Compendium The Compendium now looks something like this E Update Compendium M1235 ALBUMIN CSF M1236 ALBUMIN FLUID M1237 ALBUMIN MICRO M2345 ALBUTEROL M3456 ALCOHOL METHYL M3457 ALCOHOL ETHYL M3458 ALCOHOL TOTAL x Sorby C Code Name meor em nw O _ Each of these tests has a setup screen associated with it that duplicates the format of our standard Test Definition screen 474 E Define New Test Code Name Dept Facility m1523 Albumin Ao mesa Full Description Ei Albumin Dec Units Sample Suffix i me fof AA feo Billing Normal Range am pO Ranges Critical Range gt RO Values Pech
264. ething like this 286 E Update CLINITEK Test List q x Flags CLINITEK SchuyLab SG U_SG URINE SPECIFIC pH U_PH pH Color U_COLOR COLOR Clarity U_CHAR CHARACTER GLU U_GLU GLUCOSE BIL U_BILI BILIRUBIN KET U_KET KETONES BLO U_OCCBLD OCCULT BLOOD PRO U_PROT URINE PROTEIN URO UROBILIN UROBILINOGEN NIT U_NIT NITRITE LEU U_LEUK LEUKOESTERASE Add Sequence x Cancel y OK With the alias list translating the device s test codes to SchuyLab s test codes let us return to F4 Devices and take another look at the results 287 E SchuyLab Bayer Clinitek Results CLINITEK E x SchuyLab E2 MSTR 16 32 4016 Feic 12 02 2003 zle E9 Cancel E10 Done Accession 0 023 7 05 15 39 Ctrl g 4 ID 137648 Diluted C U_COLOR Yellow a Bees U_CHAR Clear a 5 U_GLU 100 p j U_BILI LARGE ai Worksheet U_KET 15 Delete U_SG 1 Fe U_OCCBLODERATE IE Print U_PH 5 U_PROT gt 300 E UROBILIN 0 Reassign Pasir U_NIT NEGATIVE U_LEUK TRACE Net Fe Prior Now for the tests we d entered in the Device Setup table the question marks are gone and the check boxes are in place But now the test value for the U_GLU test among others has a question mark The reason is that although SchuyLab has been instructed to translate the test codes it receives from the instrument it hasn t yet been instructed to translate the test values it recei
265. ety five percent of your instrument problems will be solved when you select Yes Your auto faxing will begin faxing your bar code printer will begin spitting out the 5 sets of the same accession number labels because you kept telling SchuyLab to print and your instruments will begin sending results over to SchuyLab But what if Connect is up and running and you are still having problems Test Instrument Interface will then bring the Connect Manager box up E Connect 2 2 15 SchuyLab Connection Manager Oe x This box shows which instruments are physically connected to this station computer In this case we will look at the modem only The yellow exclamation mark shows us there is a problem Click on the exclamation mark and it opens the Modem box 1E MODEM oy x COM3 MODEM Unable to open port Loopback As you can see the message says Unable to open port This means that for some reason the modem was left open the last time it was used Re boot the station to close the port 2 If there doesn t seem to be a problem or there is not an exclamation mark click on the COM of the instrument that is giving you problems to open the port box The remainder of the screen will display the diagnostic information IEI MODEMS FF H ioj xj foo J COM3 MODEM3 Serial COM3 57600 N 8 1 CTS On Loopback Input 218 2004 16 42 32 2 Output 2 18 2004 16 42 32 1 Error MODEM3 COM3 575
266. ewed in On Line Analysis Select F7 Features Select QC SchuyLab displays the Quality Control menu screen ar To print a Levey Jennings graph 1 Select Levey Jennings Report SchuyLab displays the Print Levey Jennings Graphs box E Print Levey Jennings Graphs fx E Queue PRINTER gt Device amp Control Set ACEGC ACE 25 Begin Date End Date 10 02 1996 3 21 2005 Tests OALB oO ALKPHOS o AMY 0 SGPT OO BUN Setup OCA EIGE Cancel Oco2 O CREA v Print 2 From the Device amp Control scroll box select the device control pair you wish to print 204 From the Set scroll box select the control s set number you wish to print The currently Active set is shown by default Input the date range the report is to cover Select the test or tests to be printed If no tests are highlighted nothing will print This is the most common mistake made when printing this report Select Setup Configure Levey Jennings R x Queue Font PRINTER Draft Height of graph 1 75 in Patterned Lines Print Levels Separately Separate Page for each test Graph Only no exceptions xX Cancel y OK There are four checkboxes The first Patterned Lines should be checked if you don t have a color printer It directs the printer to use different line styles solid dotted dashed etc for the lines on the graph Otherwise the lines are printed in thre
267. ey might be numbered in the system as 1 a Closed set 2 a Closed set 3 your Active set 4 anew set undergoing parallel testing and in Test status While all of these sets are available for your examination in the Levey Jennings graph the system will default to set 3 which is your Active set of controls If you wish to examine a set other that the active set select the set you wish to observe The third scroll box contains a list of tests which are performed on the instrument control pair you have selected Select a test from this list At the bottom of the screen are up to four checkboxes depending on the number of levels your control has Next to some of these boxes are labels for the levels of your control and the mean and 2SD range for each level Checking the box next to a level will display the controls for that level on the Levey Jennings graph You may examine all the control levels for a given test at the same time or by toggling the checkboxes on and off look at the levels one at a time e On the graph the solid green line represents the mean the solid blue lines the 2SD limits and the broken blue lines the 3SD limits The levels of the control are displayed in yellow pink light blue and should there be a fourth control brown e To calculate the trending characteristics of a level select the Trend button A dashed line of the same color as the control appears showing the average slope of the graph I
268. f tests Format 2 41231074 12731 ILB H VAN Test Patient 1 ID 600022318 F94 LOCATION roor new client Format 3 41231074 12 31 11 H PANNA Test Patient 1 ID 600022318 F94 LOCATION roor new client Format 5 361 Format 6 Format 7 41231074 12 31 LZH PCN Test Patient 1 ID 000022318 F94 LOCATION roor new client Format 8 Homa Format 10 Format 11 Format 12 Format 13 Format 14 Format 15 Format 16 Format 17 Format 18 Format 19 Format 20 Format 21 362 Labels There will be times when you do not want a bar code label or you may not have the bar code feature You can still print labels with the information you want and in the amount you want Select F6 Print Select Print Labels Depending on whether you have the feature or not you will see one of the following screens Without Bar Codes With Bar Codes E Print Labels E Print Labels Number Range Queue Number Range Queue PRINTER INTERMEC M Barcode printer Copies i Accession C Patient Existing Accessions Only r f Setup X Cancel X Cancel y ok If you have the Bar Code Feature unclick the Barcode Printer box and the box will look like 363 E Print Labels Number Range Queue E PRINTER l Barcode printer Setup X Cancel lv OK Select the Setup button E Setup Labels Queue Format Font Pi PRINTER Draft gt custom Design Accession C Patient
269. faxed reports on their own page Pressing OK will print out a copy of the Fax Transmission Log 503 Index A absurd range ecececcceseeseeeseceeeeeeeseeeeeenaeees Absurd Range accept results Accepted Log decesso onu ben anas ACCESSION ceeeeeeceseeteeeeeeeeeeees Accession Report Ad a valtis irisi iieri iniiis Add Condition eseeeeesssseseseesesereesesesessresss Add Organism Add TeSt secs izescuerieseszizecassipeciededas oi Manually entering 138 tests and panels ceeceeesseeeeeeneeeeees 138 alias tablen sestere revs sr n a aE 289 AMC SCO rs aenn a e r e a E 358 Allergy testing ceceeeeeeesesseeseeteeteeneeeeee 125 CONM SUTIN G series civetceseucdecteseeveescavevercegss 126 PINNE e eaea ion aE 128 Same Ranges as Test eeeeeseeeetneeeees 126 setup Of eeeeeceesceeseceteceseceeeneeeeeeteeeeeeees 125 Allow accessions with separate clients 302 Alter results rnae e peecveaea ien Altet Results ccc nonnario archive function Archive Lotsee aeae ee a aE east e archiving reports sseeeeeesereeesereerreeereees ASTM 1238 1394 automatic generation CHECKSUM iseisiisnisn intine default number FOPMALL eee cececceececeeseeeeseeeeseeeeeaee 504 Host query instruments 356 Labels Only swecauch cheba ded tedelests 356 Non hecksS iris eiris ara 357 orientation placements i nenne eie iie QUO UC si ienser i cence cas cecetcacescececeseecece chess
270. fined test codes This list is generated through the Device Setup icon Even if the transmitted test codes are the same as SchuyLab s codes in the example above the WBC test has the same code on the instrument as in SchuyLab the alias has to be established Configuring the Device Interface Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Device Setup SchuyLab displays the Update Device Tests box 280 1 Update Device Tests Helena Cascade 480 CD1700 CellDyn 1700 hematology CD3200 CellDyn 3200 hematology CENTAUR ACS Centauir CENTRLNK Bayer Centralink gt The Update Device Tests box lists all the devices interfaced with your SchuyLab system Click the mouse on the one you want to work on SchuyLab displays the Update Instrument Test List box E Update CD1 700 Test List CD1 700 untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated untranslated Add Sequence X Cancel The Update Instrument Test List box lists all the tests for which you will need to set up aliases This list is made when you run either a QC for this instrument or a patient s specimen To set up the tests select one of the tests we will select the WBC and the following box opens 281 Instrument Name SchuyLab Values Flags 282 Update Test CD1 700 schuyLab WBC o le Values
271. font type used Allows you to organize your samples either grouping all the draws from one Location together or listing them by their entered Draw Date and Time Defines whether a list of the Patient s orders will appear and in what format it will be displayed None will just print a list of the demographics information for the accession By Code will also include a list of the Order Codes By Name will print the Order Name By All will print the Order Code Name and Full Description of each procedure Will divide all the orders for each location as you ve set them up on their own page This option can be used to easily print out all the Draw Lists for different Units at the same time Will place a line of dashes between each specimen making the report easier to read Will also include any Notes attached to the Patient Will include any Notes attached to the Specimen The Heading and Body Buttons can be used to further customize the demographics information of your Draw List Processing Draw List Specimens Once you ve collected your samples from your Draw List you will need to process them in SchuyLab This is a fairly simple task but is necessary to help keep your system running quick and efficiently First you will need to look up the undrawn specimens in SchuyLab The simplest method for doing this is to select F3 Specimen and type in the Specimen ID number although you can also select List Active or look
272. for URINE Type Report CULTURE standard M Notes inline l Footnotes M Non printing test M Microbiology M Do not print if Blank l Restricted M Flag Values F Automatically Order M Result when ordered I Billing Only M Result unaffected by dilution X Cancel ew OK x Only r In the Type field select CULTURE From the check boxes select the box labeled Microbiology and put a check mark there When complete select OK To define space for your test results select the Values button SchuyLab displays the Values for Test box which defines non numeric test results for this test alues for URINE Value Ix Also Allow M Numeric C NN T N N M N N 32 Text Custom Standard SeQuence v OK _Sustomn_ _Stendard SeQuence vox 437 For a Microbiology test you probably want the power to type in whatever result you want In that case in the field labeled Text type in the number of characters maximum of 32 you wish to allot for your results This includes letters numbers and the spaces between words You may also want to set up a list of values using the Custom or Standard buttons When done select OK When the culture test is set up satisfactorily select OK again Setting Up Sensitivities as Tests The next step in setting up Microbiology is to define the antibiotics that will be reported as sensitivities everything from Amikacin to Vanc
273. further designate where the patient is staying in your building as well as what type of services the Patient is receiving Class is a single character field and was added for Hospital Information System interfaces When using HL7 the interface that most HIS s use there are only three options that are used I In Patient O Out Patient and E Emergency Room However if you don t use an HL7 interface or plan to ever in the future the Class field can be used to designate other classes of Patients like Home Health etc Service field can store up to six characters and can be used to determine if the patient is being seen for Orthopedic Surgery Physical Rehabilitation etc Also an Admit Date and a Dischg Date field have been added to record whether the patient is currently checked into your facility or during what time period they received In Patient services from you How can these changes be used to enhance the services of your Medical Group Well in addition to the ability to store this extra information your Specimen and Patient Reports can be configured to print this information as Demographics Also the Location or Unit field can now be linked to a Printer Queue In previous versions if you wanted to have ER patient reports print automatically to the Emergency Room and ONC patient reports print to the Oncology Ward you would have to configure two separate Clients Example Medical Group ER and 79 Exampl
274. h John SGOT _ LDH 000052 Smith William BUN _ T_BILI __ CHOL TRIG SGPT _ URIC_ACD ALB oH TP __ ALKPHOS LDH _ CREA __ GGTP 000053 Nuts I M BUN _ CREA K 000054 Nuts U R _ LDH _ CPK 000059 Drinkwater Jill _ CREA The Packed List prints the accession number patient s name and the test s with lines to write the results in This differs from the Worklist in that only the tests ordered are listed instead of all the tests for this worksheet 156 Spreadsheet The spreadsheet format was developed for the tech who wants to have lots of space to write the results and notations on the worksheet The test names are listed across the top of the page with lines under the ordered tests In the two pictures below think of them as side by side so you would have one long piece of paper E CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL CHEMISTRY 1 000026 Sequence Check 2 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K 3 000043 Abston Jane 4 000044 King Annabel 5 000049 Smith John 6 000052 Smith William 7 000053 Nuts I M 8 000054 Nuts U R 9 000059 Drinkwater Jill Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 GENERAL CHEMISTRY CHEM 0421 3 4 21 2005 13 19 GLUFAST mg dL BUN mg dL T_BILI mg dL CHOL mg dL SGOT IU L TRIG mg dL U L SGPT URIC_ACD ALB mg dL g dL 157 Test List CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL
275. han one accession on the report SchuyLab knows that if there is more than one accession defined that the first one is the Current Specimen and the next is the last visit and so on Once this definition is made a new check box shows up on the Configure Specimen Report box This check box is labeled Print Prior Results and is defaulted On Go to F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Patient Report Accession Report Setup Results Add Column Result Result Value E Update Report Results x L Skip 3 21 L Test Name Description 24 11 L Result Value rcNBCF 35 8L Test Units 43 10 C Test Range Comment follows 53 3L Skip 56 11 L Result Value rcNBCF Add Column Re arrange Columns Delete X cance ox As you can see we have added another result Value to the bottom of the list The result value from the previous will print after the reference ranges of the tests or to the right of the report There are a few aspects of this new report e Notes show only on the Current Specimen but all specimens will be flagged 222 e The Heading button can now handle more than one line necessary in order to define the column labels for each accession e If you want a report to exactly repeat the current specimen along the right side of the paper remove the check from the Prior Results box now we re not sure WHY you would want this but you have the option Custom Options in Printing Patient Reports Formatting and Colo
276. hat may be used as a diagnosis code If this box is checked and the diagnosis code is attached to the patient go to Change Demographics and add the proper diagnosis code there then this diagnosis will also be included in one of the diagnosis boxes when you order a test for a new accession When a linear range is specified for a test in SchuyLab any results which fall outside that range will be reported as either greater than or less than the maximum or minimum amount specified with either a greater than or a less than symbol after it i e gt 500 gt or lt 05 lt If the Report Results that Exceed Linearity option is selected however SchuyLab will instead report the actual result reported out by the instrument with a greater than or less than symbol following it as is appropriate i e 552 gt or 03 lt Many doctors now work at more than one clinic or medical group When this box is marked a separate Client can be entered upon ordering a new accession Choose a selection of the degree of retention of the Draw and Received Date Time in the accessioning process You can choose from Current When you choose this selection the date and time will always default to the present date and time with each new accession blank When you choose this selection the date and time will always default to a blank date and time with each new accession You will need to enter the date and time for each accession Prior When you choo
277. he test code and test description of the tests for this worksheet SchuyLab can sort your accessions by either their accession number or will list any Stats first Three options available Independent With an Independent Worksheet your accessions will not be repeated on a new worksheet even if the results have not been accepted Cumulative With a Cumulative Worksheet your accessions will be repeated on a new worksheet unless the results have been accepted Accessions When you create an Accession Worksheet a window will pop up for you to enter an accession number range This worksheet will only include un resulted tests for specimens within this range thus giving you greater control over what you want to appear on your work lists Also this can be quite handy for building Recheck worksheets so you find out what tests are still pending from only the specimens you ran this morning At the same time the specimen range would prevent tests that you still needed to run this afternoon from showing up Only for Can be used for worksheets where Controls are included ordered tests This option prevents tests that don t have any patient orders from appearing on the work list For example you run PSA TSH and Free T4 on your Chemistry Analyzer However you receive orders for these tests maybe once or twice a week On days when you have no orders you don t want to waste reagents on running Controls for these tests This optio
278. he use of client panels in this example SchuyLab Define Test Screens Ea Patient Zh Accession g Devices E Worksheet Features ae Tools Format 8 136 1 SchuyLab Define Test Screens n Patient Zh Accession Devices Features Ple Tools 12 12 2003 E9 Cancel aa MAIN CHEM Hemo coac SPCH MICR GTT Client 1 GLUFAST GLUIHR GLU2HR Guse O SchuyLab MSTR 9 35 65 12 12 2003 E9 Cancel E10 Done MAIN CHEM HEMO SPCH MICR send cmr misc onk Coe Fe me ree Number Code Name PT_PANEL COAG FINE PTCTRL COAGULATION Format 9 1 SchuyLab Define Test Screens Qe Patient Zh Accession g Devices E Worksheet Ble Print fle Features CHECK BOX TEST Format 10 1 SchuyLab Define Test Screens E T F2 Patient zle E9 Cancel E10 Done Accession MAIN CHEM HEMO COAG UA SPCH MICR IMM gl SEND MISC FR MIC2 FREE E M ABO I ARTH Bo I COMP I CRY_URAT M ACPHOS M ASO I CEFOTAX I CPK I CRY_URIC m gs C ALB I ATYP I CEPHAL I CREA I CULTURE I ABSCREEN BANDS I CHEM_18 I CRF icz Worksheet ag RATIO I BASO M CHEM CRP I Client 1 P fe I ALKPHOS BC_RATIO IM CHOL M CRY_3PO4 I Client 2 I AMIK I BLASTS I CHOL_HDL M CRY_CAOX I Client 3 Print T AMOX M BLOOD I CIPRO I CRY_CYST I Client 4 I AMYLASE BUN Tice I CRY_HIPP I Client 5
279. hed correcting and annotating your QC values select F10 Done SchuyLab returns you to the Quality Control menu Online Analysis When you want a comprehensive view of how your QC has been running on a specific test or set of tests this is the option to select Online Analysis displays a Levey Jennings type graph of all the levels of your control at the same time You can quickly flip through a series of tests glancing at the QC on each of them or you can minutely examine one portion of the graph on one bothersome test obtaining specific data on the individual data points or zooming in to expand a cluster of points Select F7 Features Select QC SchuyLab displays the Quality Control menu screen To display the control levels for a specific test 1 Select On Line Analysis SchuyLab displays the Levey Jennings chart screen SchuyLab Quality Control i ils es 2 Control 4C LO NORM HI roma Device MD16 Set 2 RA Patient Tare E9 Cancel 10 Done M NORM 2 Inthe first scroll box select the instrument control pair you wish to observe in this case the CBC controls for the CellDyn 1600 3 The second scroll box contains all of the sets of that control pair which SchuyLab has in its memory The system will automatically default to your 197 198 active set of controls For instance say that you had run four different lot numbers of Monitrol in Chemistry since you began using SchuyLab Th
280. her sort of electronic clutter is the patients reports for a given date These are considered permanent files since the Reprint icon in the Printing menu screen must always have access to them they therefore take up space on your computer s hard disk drive Eventually after months or years of operation all the hard disk memory may be filled with no room for new files The Cleanup Database icon solves both these potential problems First it removes the scratch copies from the system There will be no patient information lost by this process Cleanup will not discard any document until 1 all the results on it have been accepted 2 a hard copy of that result has printed out on a data log function if your lab selects that option and 3 the tests have been billed if the Billing Module is in use Second it uses a data compression algorithm to rewrite the patient report files into a more compact format so they take up much less space on the hard disk Again no information is lost by this process and it doesn t take any longer to read the compressed files Before using Cleanup Database check to be sure that the Cleanup Parameters are set the way you want them These are described in Section 8 Management under the heading of Parameter ID Definition Using Cleanup Once the parameters are set you can begin using the Cleanup Database function We recommend that you cleanup your database once a week make it a habit At the
281. his name is stored for reference only and doesn t appear on any screens or reports 111 Billing This button is active only on systems with the Billing Module installed Selecting this button permits you to define procedure codes and prices according to the different schedules defined in Billing For more information consult the SchuyLab Billing Manual ie law a If you are to bill this panel as a panel then check this box For more information see the SchuyLab Billing Manual 6 Select Add Test s to add tests to the panel or select Add Panel s to add a panel to the panel SchuyLab displays the Add Test s to Panel box listing all the existing tests Or the Add Panel s to Panel box listing all the existing panels E Add Test s to Panel x Code Name ABO ABO GROUP ABSCREEN ANTIBODY SCREEN ACPHOS ACID PHOSPHATASE AG_RATIO A G RATIO ALB ALBUMIN ALKPHOS ALK PHOSPHATASE AMIK AMIKACIN AMOK AMOXICILLIN AMP I AMPICILLIN AMYLASE AMYLASE gt Sorby Code Name X omen D 7 Highlight the tests or panels you want to add to your panel Select Done SchuyLab returns to the Define New Panel screen and displays the codes and names of the tests or panels you selected in the scroll box 8 Optionally you may want to arrange the tests in a certain order on the panel This may be important for your internal reports or if the panel in question is accessed by a trigger test It does not affe
282. huyLab 3 Enter the number of copies you wish to print 4 Select Setup SchuyLab displays the Setup Request Forms box 323 E Setup Request Forms E x Queue Font PRINTER gt Draft z Client s Name and Address Line 5 Column ji Fal Client s Special Panels Line jo Column jo Comment Position Line 15 Column ji Comment lines TERO 11 Select the Queue and Font from the options available If you are uncertain leave them on the default settings For Client s Name and Address set the location on the form where the doctor s name and address will print e set the number of lines down from the top of form to the start of the name address area e set the number of columns from the left of the form to the start of the name address area each character or space one column For Comment Position set the location on the form where the four lines of comment begin to prints e set the number of lines down from the top of the form to the comment area e set the number of columns from the left of the form to the comment area each character or space one column e type the text of the comment in the lines provided Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Print Request Forms box Load the test requisition forms into the printer 0 Select Test SchuyLab will print out one test copy of the personalized form Make any necessary adjustments Select Test again When the requisition test print is corr
283. id The information in the Faxing Setup box applies to all of the faxes that are sent from SchuyLab In the Dial Prefix field type any generic digits that have to be dialed before you can call an outside line For instance if you have to dial 9 before you can dial out of your lab type 9 in this field The comma causes the modem to pause a moment after dialing the 9 so you re sure to get the dial tone The Vertical Resolution should be set to 200 DPI dots per inch This will keep the fax from looking blobby Setting the Vertical Resolution to 100 DPI on the other hand makes the fax twice as fast The other two fields are optional If you type a message in the Label for top of fax pages field that message will appear on every fax as a header If your lab has a scanned overlay PCX file of your report form you can incorporate it in your fax by typing its path and file name in the Path forms for overlay pex field The Prompt before suspending a site check will always prompt an alert when there is an error faxing to one of you sites If it is not checked a site will be suspended automatically if there is a problem However if this option is used it requires a user response before any other faxing can occur Timetable button This feature is not working at this time The Timetable allows you to automatically send faxes in three ways Continuously will fax any results that are ready as soo
284. ies of decisions until you reach the workspace you want to use Changing your mind or performing several tasks at once is a very time costly process since you have to backtrack through those same decisions to get to a different workspace This is analogous to driving a car through a city having to turn down first one street then another to get to your destination If you get lost or want to go somewhere else you have to drive back down those same streets again By comparison a graphic interface is like piloting a helicopter Now you can fly over the intervening streets to stop here and there without having to retrace your route Using the mouse in SchuyLab lets you hop from one task to another with just a couple of clicks Navigation Methods 15 You can use the following methods to work with SchuyLab 1 Mouse or equivalent device 2 Special use keys on the keyboard 3 Hot keys Using the Mouse The Main Menu is a set of seven icons displayed down the left side of the screen These represent the categories of tasks you will perform while using SchuyLab To use the mouse to go from one type of task to another simply move the pointer to the center of one of the icons and click the first left mouse button What you will generally see is another selection of icons in the center screen area Point to the icon that represents the task you want to perform and click again If you ve been typing information into a screen such
285. ified department Setup X Cancel y o In the Accession Range fields enter the first and last specimen numbers to appear on the printout If these entry fields are left blank SchuyLab will prompt you to add a range In the Date Range fields enter the date range to appear on the printout It can a single date 2 4 04 2 4 04 or a range of dates 2 4 04 2 8 04 If these entry fields are left blank SchuyLab will prompt you to add a range All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today The Department entry field is left blank SchuyLab prints all test orders for the given specimen range If you need to change the printing parameters for the Order Log select Setup SchuyLab displays Configure Report box 5 E Configure Report x Queue Font PRINTER gt Draft Printsize C10 12 15 CPI M Dashes as Separators IV Print client number Exclude Undrawn Accessions Show Date Received C Drawn Indent 0 characters on the left X ono y x 6 Select OK SchuyLab prints out the Order Log Outstanding Tests w The Outstanding Tests log prints out all of the pending tests that is You can then configure this report in the same way the Accepted Log can be When Setup is complete select OK SchuyLab returns to the Order Log tests that have been ordered but with no results accepted This log enables you to keep track
286. illing printer DISK Secure eMail Patient queue Al Print SCHUYLAB SCHUYLAB TEST QUEUE 1 Select New Queue SchuyLab displays the Input Report Queue box E Input Report Queue x Name Description m a conco C 2 Fill in the Name and Description entry fields The Name field can be no more than eight characters and should be something easily 3 recognized like JONESFAX The description field can be a much longer name like DR JONES MED CLINIC Select OK 4 Repeat steps 5 and 6 to create the queue for the next fax number 5 When all the fax queues have been defined select Done SchuyLab returns to the Report Setup menu screen Update Client Once the queues are defined to use the automatic fax feature to its fullest each fax queue must be assigned to its intended client To attach the new queue to the client record 1 Select F8 Tools 2 Select Doctor Records 3 Select Update Client SchuyLab displays the Select Client box 494 4 5 7 E Select Client x Enter the Group s name x Cancel y Ok Enter the name or number of the client for whom you are setting up the fax Select OK SchuyLab displays the Update Client Record box 1 Update Client Record l x ID Fee Schedule Account Sales Telephone je ofS Report O Co i ere Client Name PRINTER a hone 2 a new client oom ie V Active Address Provider TT ee a Tax ID Special Panel
287. ined to do this Even when you ve put all the data on Lot Q52304 and Q52305 in the QC module SchuyLab doesn t know what to do when an instrument that has been sending 204 last month s number all of a sudden starts sending 304 Dumb machine Take a careful look at what is actually sent across as a QC designation Write it down Go into your QC module and establish aliases using those designations You should now be able to accept QC If your Hemo instrument acts this way you ll have to do this each time you change lot number Another situation sometimes occurs when the operator can control the designation that an instrument uses When the input is operator dependent and the operator types in Bytrol instead of Bitrol sure nuf SchuyLab won t recognize it The easiest thing to do here is to point and click at the offensive Bytrol to highlight it and retype Bitrol in its place If the data hasn t been recognized as a control then mark it as such by using the little Control button in the upper right corner of the screen Select Reassign SchuyLab should then be able to correctly identify your control Accept the results If your ham handed tech mistypes the controls every morning you may want to consider setting up an alias so that SchuyLab knows that Bytrol and Bitrol are the same You can have several aliases for a single control See Sec 6 Quality Control Troubleshooting Desp
288. ing Select Path h Select for Client Blank for ALL ID Results P 4 C Charges EDGAR C Demographic Select for Location thru Hew Select Panel Test Translation C Accessions T New Draw Dates a Doctor Translation thru New Client Translation Ne New C Changed since D T Insurance Translation 7 New C PatientlIds M Only export completed accessions l Batch transmission M Use VT FS Framing Separate messages Setup x Cancel y 384 Select Setup SchuyLab displays the Export Format List box E Export Format List x A AFFINITY ASTM1238 ASTM 1238 ASTM1394 ASTM 1394 ASTMCHG DBASE DELIM DOC_CLIN Doctors Clinic FIXED HL LOGICIAN Logician New Format Quadramed Affinity ASTM Charges Sample DBASE Sample Delimited Fixed Ascii HL Export fa g Done The Export Format List box shows the formats that have been defined on your system s Export feature To edit or delete any of these formats you would select it from the list For the moment however we ll concentrate on creating a new format to suit your lab s needs To create a new format for your Export feature select New Format displays the Create Export Format box E Create Format l x Name Description Peer System Type C HL C Fixed Length ASCII C Delimited ASCII C DBASE IV format l Reportable Onl
289. ing to each other In this case SchuyLab Technical Support will assist you in printing out a Configuration Report and faxing it to them for evaluation A Z Update Registration Schuyler House has implemented a registration program with SchuyLab The only time you should have to update your registration is if we have made changes to your system if you add another station or any other major program change In either case you would be prompted by SchuyLab when you sign on to call Tech Support for an update Backup Backing up your patient database or more succinctly doing backup is simply a form of insurance to keep your records safe in case of accident For that reason backup should be done every day and a copy of recent data kept off site You should have several media forms zip disks cds tapes flash memory etc for backup purposes and never use the same one twice in a row if the system crashes while you are doing backup you ve just lost your most recent set of data Let me tell you a true story Once upon a time there was a lab This lab had six backup tapes However for some reason or other for several months they had been backing up every day on the same tape One day their computer s motherboard started going bad Seeing that something was going wrong they hurriedly grabbed up a tape yes the same tape and began a backup on it At that point their 346 motherboard went bonkers and wrote every sixteenth b
290. ing the manufacturer s figures with your own Baseline data is typically revised when a lot is changed from Test to Active status Copy When updating the QC values for a set of controls you can copy the values from either the prior set of that control assuming there is one or the current level of another device of the same type assuming there is one If neither option is available the copy button will be grayed out E Copy Yalues From x C Priorlottorthis device Same lotfor ACE M X Cancel vY OK When done select OK 6 Select the Values button for the next level Proceed as above 182 7 When you have set values for all levels select OK to return to the Quality Control Setup menu screen Select Alias Some instruments transmit control values across an interface with a heading that is both specific and inalterable The Alias function exists to establish a one to one relationship between the instrument s name for the control and your name for it Unlike using the interface names this prevents confusion when different instruments have different headings for the same control And who wants to call a control D38X9311 anyway 1 Select Alias SchuyLab displays the Update Control Alias List box listing all the aliases currently defined in QC Setup Ix E Update Control Alias list 0600 HIGH CELLDYNHIGH 0600 LOW CELLDYNLOW 0600 NORM CELLDYNMED O600L0W CELLDYNLOW 1400 LOW CELLDYNLOW 1400 NORM CE
291. ing up the message you need to save 433 E It has come to my attention x Cancel Delete 4 lt Reply gt gt Forward Save From MSTR 4 12 2004 12 16 Ie ALL Subject Ithas come to my attention It has come to my attention that things are not well in the state of mundania When you click on the save button it will ask you where to save the message By clicking on the scroll down arrow on the right it will give you your options Save your message in this mailbox and continue working You can always move your messages from a specific mailbox back to the read box or another mailbox of your choice If this is a message you don t want to keep you can also choice to send it to the delete mailbox Remember your deleted mail will remain in the delete mailbox until you manually tell the SchuyLab Message function to delete it 434 Appendix Microbiology Microbiology As with any good thing some advance preparation is needed before Microbiology can be used to its fullest potential There are four types of Microbiology tests Cultures Isolates Quantity and Sensitivity Most of the setup is done as part of Test Definition and Panel Definition with which you are already familiar the remainder is done in the Microbiology screen in F7 Features Don t worry we ll take it step by step Setting Up Cultures as Tests The first step in setting up Microbiology is to define the tests that will u
292. is by clicking Order Tests and unordering all the procedures or you can go into Enter Results and enter QNS for each test QNS is a value that can be entered for any test but also prevents the procedure from being billed automatically The first option would not print a copy of the report automatically The second option would print out the report with the results listed as QNS either automatically or when you do your Batch Print Printer Setup Printer Setup is hardware specific Everything else that you ve dealt with so far has modified your LIS as a whole If you set up a test while you were sitting at the PC in Hematology when you went into Chemistry the test was there If you changed the date on the server made a worksheet or entered a new lot number of QC your action applied to the entire system Printer Setup applies to the PC you are sitting at and the printer connected to it In general you shouldn t have to change Printer Setup unless you install a new printer To Access the Setup Select F8 Tools Select Printer Setup SchuyLab displays the Define Windows Printers box 268 E Define Windows Printers S x Queue Printer HP DeskJet 970Cxi HP DeskJet 970Cse HP DeskJet 890C Generic Text Only Fax Advanced X Cancel y Ok To Select a Printer Model The box above contains all the printer models compatible with SchuyLab and that have been installed in the Windows program of your computer
293. is not technically necessary Select F7 Features Select Multiple Facility SchuyLab displays the Update Facilities box showing all the facilites currently defined on your system You can select one to update its information E Update Facilities Schuyler House Laboratory Entertainment Family Medicine Lakeside Clinic Above Tracks Lakeside Clinic Below Shore New Facility To add to the list select New Facility SchuyLab displays the Update Facility box 457 Update Facility Code LAB Num ER Acen o Laboratory Name Telephone ocean Doctors Lab 123 456 7890 Address Fax a salt Ave 123 456 0987 CLIA ID City St Zip 123456 ocean Side ca 98765 Director Posidon Doctors Clients Additional Information x Cancel MTS 11223 A OK Code The code is for the various labs and has a max of 4 characters v Order Screens Num SchuyLab will autogenerate the number of labs in this case the new facility is 0 This number is permanently assigned and cannot be changed Accn Each facility s accessions can be designated to begin with a particular digit In this instance all of the Accessions from LAB will begin with a 1 1050823027 or 1 050823027 depending on which format you select for your accession number Lab Name Type in the lab s name Address Type in the lab s address City St Zip Complete the lab s address Telephone Type in the lab s phone number CLIA ID This
294. is the CLIA ID number for this lab Order Screens Each facility other than Facility 0 will have an Order Screens checkbox on their Update Facility box When this box is checked a new blank set of test order screens will appear at 458 each designated facility These screens need to be set up to provide a selection of tests and panels that the facility can use for ordering Note Pad As with all the Note Pads in SchuyLab this one has to do with the facility you are entering SchuyLab s database all of it is accessible to each of your facilities unless that database is further restricted by putting a specific list of Clients Doctors on the facility To do this select the Doctors Clients button SchuyLab displays the Update Clients Doctors box E Update Clients Doctors Access will be limited results for these Doctors Clients M0160 TEST 0180 Doctor Test Add a Doctor 2 Add a Client x Cancel y OK The doctors and or clients on this facility s list are the only ones that can access the results of that facility In this example I have added a doctor Doctor Test and a client TEST under the Doctors Clients button in the Facility module note the differentiating icons Now this particular facility will not be able to see the entire database of patients This facility will see only results that have both That Client and That Doctor on a specific accession Other accessions on the same patient may have other c
295. it in the database to 1 It did this to the hard drive and to the backup tape effectively trashing all of their data for the last three months They were very sad Now they use many backup tapes in sequence They learned from their mistake You should too Backup is not done in SchuyLab but from your desktop Schuyler House supplies a media backup batch file program for the purpose and we usually have 2 versions of backup for you Daily and Full Both versions can be saved to a zip disk or you can use any CD burner program to burn a fresh CD each time Even if you have a back up program for your server if your SchuyLab is attached to a network we HIGHLY suggest that you still make a daily backup of your SchuyLab database via our programs NOTE SchuyLab database CANNOT be read except by a SchuyLab program Schuyler House Technical Support can help you set up where the batch files are copied to so you can save to a zip disk or save to a file to burn to a CD later Backing up on the zip disk 1 Go to the station that has the zip disk drive There should also be an icon on this station called Backup Put your zip disk into the drive slot double click on the icon and SchuyLab does the rest 2 When the backup is complete you will be prompted to remove the zip disk Please remove the disk and place it in a safe place Back up to a CD You may also save your backup information to a CD Rom if you have a CD writer drive in your co
296. ite everything there will be times when the system Just Won t Work You ve asked all your technicians you ve looked here in the manual you ve even tried reading tea leaves It Just Won t Work When that happens there are still some things you can do First and foremost of course is calling the Schuyler House Technical Support Hotline In the course of diagnosing your problem we may ask you to use some of the troubleshooting functions of SchuyLab The most useful of these are Full Report and Diagnose Problems both of which are accessed through the System Tools menu screen via the F8 Tools icon Full Report The Full Report is a complete listing of all the activity on a patient s file for instance what tests were ordered what values were accepted and the time date and SchuyLab user ID of each action You can access a full report either by the patient s name which will give you a full report of every accession in their record or you can specify a single accession 339 Al Print the Full Report by Patient s Name 1 Select F8 Tools 2 Select Full Report SchuyLab displays the Print Full Report box zi Ep Queue PRINTER gt Record Selection Patient ID Sel Accession 3 Enter the patient s ID number If you do not know the patient s ID number click on the Select button to enter the patient s name Last First E Select Patient x Enter the Patient s Name Last Fir
297. ither then select the line that should have the name of that control or select Add Alias to add it and retype in the text you ve just copied After you have made your corrections check back in the Online Interface screen If you have corrected the problem the nameplate area will contain the QC ID Temporary fix If you know the SchuyLab name for a level of a control but are not authorized to alter QC you can retype the correct name in the entry field on the interface screen itself in place of the incorrect name After you have corrected the name select Reassign If your fix is correct the QC control name will appear in the nameplate area Review the data and accept or delete it as discussed above Occasionally the instrument will send the correct QC name to the wrong entry field Try typing the name in a different field usually the first then Reassign the QC specimen and review it as above Lot Edit Often you will want to review a series of QC results modifying or annotating individual values This can be done when accepting the QC results via the online interface as described above or it can be done through the On Line Analysis function but these are more convenient for editing one or two values For editing a series of values the Lot Edit function is best It displays the actual numeric data of your controls in columns by test and date Select F7 Features Select QC SchuyLab displays the Quality Control men
298. itions Once you ve defined all the panels for your system you may well want to have a hard copy for review You can print out a full report of all panels listing their component tests and panels 113 Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Panels box Select the Print button SchuyLab displays the Print Panel Report box E Print Panel Report Queue Ss PRINTER Sequence Code C Name wa OO e _ Choose in what order you want the panels to print by test code or by name Then select Print SchuyLab prints a list of all the currently defined panels in your system Panel Definition Quick List To add a new panel Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the System Tools menu Select Set Up SchuyLab displays the Setup menu Select Test amp Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Define Panels menu Select Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Panel box listing the existing panels Select New SchuyLab displays the Define New Panel box Complete the fields in the box Select OK Reflex Testing 114 To update a panel AA Select F8 Tools SchuyLab displays the System Tools menu Select Set Up SchuyLab displays the Setup menu Select Test amp Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Define Panels menu Select Panel Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Panels box Select a pane
299. its TAT Procedure Amount 2 eym fo 0 00 Billing Normal Range 750 Ranges i Critical Range I f Values Linear Range I f Options wns aRcfo Same Ranges as Test Panels Workld40 0 p Days Delta Check fo or lo Interval 10 Panis Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel The second step is to organize all your Allergen tests These too follow the same guidelines set up in the SchuyLab User Manual you will need to create a Code a Name etc Make sure to put enter the Dee and Units fields these will print out on your report In the Same Ranges as Test field select the Reference Range test you set up earlier Once you have selected a test for this field the Range fields and Ranges button will be grayed out and inaccessible 127 Because of the large quantity of tests used by SchuyLab in Allergy Laboratories other changes were implemented in areas like Worksheets which can now handle up lt a xl Code Name a2 BERMUDA GRASS rae Full Description BERMUDA GRASS IgE Dec Units TAT Procedure Amount 2 fugm fo 0 00 Billing Normal Range E E anges Sidt Critical Range E Values Linear Range E E Options am arco Same Ranges as Test 1GE Panels Workld 0 0 z Days Delta Check fo or fo Interval 0 Months Derivation lf this resultis derived from other tests X canei
300. ivation If this result is derived from other tests LOINC Print R cance _o_ Complete the fields following the guidelines below using the mouse or the Tab key to advance through the fields Code The test code appears on the button in the Order Tests screen and in the Enter Results screen Type up to eight characters for the test code for best results use only letters numbers and the underline character You may not duplicate another test code or panel code Name The test name is printed on the patient report Type up to 16 characters for the test name You may use letters numbers and characters Dept Pull down the scroll list box and select the department or area for the test e g Chem Hemo Or type the name of a new department if the current list doesn t include it 83 Inst Facility Full Description Note Dec Units Sample Suffix Expand 84 optional Pull down the scroll list box and select the instrument that performs the test e g Coulter Demand Or type the name of a new instrument if the current list doesn t include it optional If some of the tests you have in this list are facility specific a list of facility names are in the pull down box and they can be marked for that specific lab you must have the Multi Facility module Likewise this can also be used for reference lab tests For more information see the sections on Multi Facility and Reference La
301. justment Some instruments are very particular about the amount of white space they need around a barcode White space is the blank space immediately before and after the barcode If you have selected a long SchuyLab Accession number format and you notice that the barcode fills the entire label from edge to edge you may have a problem with some instruments being able to read the barcode Test for this by under lapping a label before and after a test label that has a barcode on it Make sure you have about a quarter of an inch white space before and after the label You can always put some white out where the labels overlap to make sure the edges are not read as a bar If the instrument can now read the label you can switch to a barcode format that provides more white space get bigger labels or select a smaller more concise format for your Accession number Fortunately SchuyLab has a variety of formats and it is easy to change Please contact Technical Support before you do this since changing the format of your Accession number could have consequences to other aspects of your laboratory work Changing your Accession format or buying bigger labels could be an inconvenience to your work or finances What else could you do You could switch your barcode format from checksum to non checksum Looking at the Formats below you will notice that almost every format comes in two flavors checksum and non checksum What d
302. ks along the axis generally look like 0 1 2 3 4 10 30 100 300 1000 How the axis s are to be labeled Legend Test the name of the test Color if your printer prints in color what color do you want it to be Labels With each test you graph you can also set how the range is shown In the above Cholesterol test the normal ranges are 0 200 Our graph is to show ranges up to and exceeding 350 We don t need numbers showing every 10 points so we have set our labels for every 50 points On the other hand our other test HDL is showing the points between 0 120 so in this case we can set the labels for every 10 points Just like setting the normal ranges on a test you can set the minimum value usually 0 to the maximum value to be reported In the case of the above graph the CHOL has a reportable range from 0 350 Use this button to place the tests in the reportable order Test s Click on this button to add the test s to the graph After you have set everything up or at least added the tests select OK Go to F2 Patient select the patient you want the graph on we re using Test Patient and in the patient screen select Graphic Report E Graphic Report To graph patient results E selectthe repor selection range and press Enter Report Test Queue CARDIAC PRINTER Prior to End Date End Date Maximum 1 16 2006 points o Date Range Sa aaa X Cancel
303. l from the scroll box Alter entries as required Select OK The purpose of Reflex Testing is for SchuyLab to automatically order a test when certain conditions are met Those conditions can include the results of other tests the patient s diagnosis and the use of a specific remark code Reflex testing is legal as long as the laboratory explicitly describes to their doctors the conditions under which the automatic ordering of tests occurs It is recommended that a laboratory frequently review and advise their doctors of these policies When used wisely reflex testing provides a more complete clinical picture to the physician and avoids days of elapsed time while add on tests are performed SchuyLab allows you to setup many tables each of which can generate Reflex tests according to different criteria SchuyLab will soon be able to attach these various tables to clients allowing each client to select their own parameters for the testing they want to have done SchuyLab Define Tests THERESE MSTR 14 11 4666 1 11 2006 E9 Cancel E10 Done Accession e Test Panel Screen Alias apc Definition Definition Definition Definition Devices g Bo Test Multi Channel Worksheet Report Features SE rs Tools Print report of tests While Reflex testing is a powerful module it s setup is located in Test amp Panel Definition not in Features Select Reflex to bring up a list of the various reflex
304. l test more on that later The Additional Time field is another Schuyler House innovation You have just set up the TAT s on 200 individual tests to mark the analytical phase of testing You go to a meeting and a doctor turns to you and says I d be curious to see what the turn around time is from the time of ordering on the charts Do you have to go back into SchuyLab and retype all of those individual TAT s No You think to yourself Hmm The interval between the time the doctor orders a test and the time the 259 specimen gets to the lab is going to be about the same for all tests You talk to some of the nurses on the wards and decide that it is about 40 minutes You put 40 into the Additional Time field and SchuyLab happily adds 40 minutes to all of the times you have put in the individual tests or in the default You can then run your report for the curious doctor Setup TAT on individual tests On each individual test the TAT once again in minutes can be entered in the appropriate field From then on SchuyLab uses that individual time for the TAT of that test rather than the default time that is entered in the setup of the report Update Test PTT Code T Inst a PTT PTT T jacL3000 Full Description m PARTIAL THROMBOPLASTIN TIME wal fo Units Sample Ir mrm Amount jz see se Piasma 65730 ja5730 0 00 Normal Range 2 7 Ranges m i Se P jas _Yalues _ somes Date TAT 2 pO O
305. ld conceivably trigger this off a Remark code too 121 E Update Reflex Test eso pq ool AND OR Value Remark Gender Age ICD9 Conditionfs Sequence Delete X Cancel Lastly by using the parentheses and the AND and OR conjunctions you can make a complex set of rules to generated a test reflexively 122 E Update Reflex Test mr r AND OR Value Remark Gender Age ICD9 Condition s Female AND UR_HCG Neg AND ICD9 633 0 633 9 Sequence OR RMK 100 Delete X Cancel y K If the patient is female and her urine pregnancy is negative and her diagnosis indicates an ectopic pregnancy then a serum pregnancy test is ordered Or if Remark code 100 Lower right quadrant pain is appended to a test result then the serum pregnancy would also be ordered Trigger Tests Trigger or expanding tests are tests that may or may not result in more tests Confused OK let s look at a CBC You run the CBC instrument and the results come back that you need to look at a slide of the patient s blood or you need to perform a Manual Diff Back in Sec 3 Daily Operations you learned how to accept the results for a Trigger test But how is it set up First we can identify which tests we want in the panel 123 E Update Panel DIFF MANUAL DIFF Full Description Tests Procedure SEG NEUTROPHIL LYMPHOCYTES Amount MONOCYTES BANDS 0 00 BASOPHILS CPT EOSINOPHILS ATYP
306. lead to problems with the transmission include problems in the phone lines outside the building problems with the remote printer not turned on paper jammed or absent etc or even something as simple as someone picking up a phone on the other end which is why the receiving printer should always have a line ofits own If this happens the Suspend Further Print box will be checked 492 Appendix SchuyFax The SchuyFax Module will fax patient reports directly from SchuyLab to your clients fax machines It can be set up to do this automatically whenever you print in Batch or you can fax a single report at a time There are three steps of setup before the SchuyLab system is ready to use automatic faxing A Define the fax queue for the automatic fax You ll need to define a separate queue for each fax number B Attach the fax queue to the client s record Thereafter all patients belonging to that client will automatically fax on that queue C Set up the Automatic Fax feature to connect the fax queue for a client to their telephone number Report Queues The first step is to define the new queue for the fax Essentially SchuyLab considers each fax number as a separate printer with a printing queue for each To set up a new queue for your SchuyFax Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Report Setup Select Report Queues SchuyLab displays the current list of the Queues available eae 493 ADS Test b
307. lect OK yet again SchuyLab returns to the Alter Results screen SchuyLab Alter Results THERESE MSTR 12 31 4666 1 25 2006 Test Patient ID 00031 Dr Thamas J Sabourin ANOTHER new client DOB 5 03 1952 53 Other ID 12345678 Accn 000164 1 19 2006 15 26 Accession Acc Test Value RMK codes CULTURE after 48 hours od F4 ISOLATE t coi Ez AMIK Sensi tve Devices AMPI Resistnt CEPHAL Intermed Resistnt KA Sensi tve QUANTITY 50 GRAM 10 OXIDAS 15 CATALAS 5 Dilution Ole Worksheet Concentration Pla cer he Notes DDDDDDDDDD Hold Info Accept ALI Expand 452 The result for the culture the organism isolated and the antibiotics for which results were entered are all displayed They can be accepted into the patient s file in the normal manner Note that in the above example the culture test and organism results still have to be accepted But that s a mere routine detail If another organism had been isolated it can be entered in the same way as the first organism If you re back in the Alter Results screen simply select the culture test as though you were updating its result then select Expand SchuyLab again displays the Update Culture Results box In the normal course of operations you would probably not have left the Update Culture Results box yet after all you know you have another organism to report Select Isolate SchuyLab again displays the Update Isolate Re
308. lected under the Bar Code icon in F7 Features That is the queue to which all of the barcodes generated on that station will print Click on the Waiting button to see if your barcodes are being generated into this queue For more information on print queues see Sec 7 Reports and Printing This is the default number of labels that will print out per Accession The default number of labels printed is determined by the lab but the individual tech can override that number during accessioning The format of label also influences the number of labels printed If your lab has selected 3 as the default number of labels to print each time a new Accession is created SchuyLab could print 3 labels three labels for each test ordered 3 labels for each department or 3 labels for each sample type All of these are legitimate interpretations of 3 and depend on the format of barcode label you have selected If more labels are needed in the future barcodes can be reprinted by returning to the Patient Processing screen selecting Change Accession and entering the additional number of barcodes in the Label field If you need a few extra labels printed with just the accession number and other info but not specified for a sample or suffix and assuming that you are using a sample suffix type label format you can set the default number here This is NOT for a single accession but for all your orders SchuyLab lets you select one format of barcode
309. lidate Database cc eeeeeeeeeseeeeeee Turn Around Time U Undrawn EXxcessions cccceseeseeceeeeteeeees 301 unread messages Update Client Updater Ca osecsrcenitecbereettee decets bieastietidons 510 Valitse A n eee abnormal add keystroke add note 6 free form text interpretive range oneties rien normal range ths Plot values nsere adietan Sta dard ainiti Veterinary Lab VIEW Telts inso ie seheseentievateesk reiii W Westgard Worklist worksheet Siete 177 manually build is SOLE Chie NE ete chil bine T worksheet barcode ccccceessseeseeeesseeesseeeees worksheet entry master a worksheet enter results 00 ccseeeeeeeeeeee WOrKShEEetS ccccccessceesteeesseeesseeeeseeeees Accession already existing Barcodes cccccssccessecesseeesessseeeeeeeeeeeees Cumulative Independent 3 222sccinceinkiekein a Manual MaS 55 55 plea cian coven sion cecvevavsteestcaszacshend printing re entering results TOULING eceeseeeceeeteeeeeeeeeeee 511
310. lients and doctors on them and those will not be accessible to this Facility As you can see this is a powerful tool You can turn off access to the results in your database just by putting a Client in this field Schuyler House recommends that you 459 not put individual doctors in the Facility Set Up without serious consideration The Client will generally be sufficiently specific to limit access 1 No entries in this Doctors Clients list means that the Facility has complete access to all of the patient result data in your database within the bounds of the individual s Security code 2 A single entry in this list throttles the access to just that listed parameter doctor or client or both 3 The relevant record is the Accession record It does not matter what doctor or client is present on the patient record in Change Demographics Station Setup You will need to set up the sites for each of your computers In our example we have two sites LAB and ER As LAB was the first site we entered SchuyLab will default all the stations or computers to that Facility name To set up the computer s at the second site you will need to perform the following at each computer Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Station Setup Select Update Station In the pull down box under Facility choose the Facility where this station is located E Update Station Name Location Facility THERESE LAB LAB LAB ER Type Lab
311. list of the print jobs pending on this printer or more precisely this printing queue select Waiting SchuyLab displays the Print Control box xi Queue PRINTER gt Delete ox 325 15 28 TGRIFFIN Glucose amp Alc 3 25 15 28 TGRIFFIN Client Demographics 3 25 15 28 TGRIFFIN Demographics Report As with the Print Control icon in the Printing menu screen this box allows you to view move or delete the print jobs on this printing queue If you have this many print jobs pending you ve probably got something wrong with your printing system See the next item When you re done with the Print Control box select OK Suspend Further Print This doesn t act to suspend a printing job Rather if a printing job is suspended for some other reason e g the printer has run out of paper SchuyLab puts a check mark in this box 270 xl Selected Printer HP DeskJet 970Cxi Current Queue Printer Driver PRINTER Use Windows Driver M Suspend further print Waiting X Cancel Once printing has been suspended on a queue no further jobs on that queue will print until you remove the suspend flag To do this remove the check mark by clicking it with the mouse then select Ok The station will begin to print the pending items that were seen through the Waiting button Report Queues As mentioned above SchuyLab s printing functions are based on printing queues holding areas for print jobs
312. ll Reportable When this box is checked only reportable or printable tests will Only be exported Any test created as a bill only test will not be reported See Sec 4 Tests and Panels for more about non printing tests Restricted When this box is checked restricted test such as HIV will be allowed to be exported By default the Export function exports all tests in the SchuyLab system results codes prices etc as determined by the setup of the format If you wish Export to only look at specific tests select the Tests button SchuyLab displays the Include Tests box 386 E Include Tests i x Code Name Sequence sig X Cancel Cancel O AddTess vx OK The Include Tests box will list all tests currently designated for this Export format If none are listed then all the tests are available To add to the list select the Add Tests button SchuyLab displays the Add Test s box E Add Test s x Code Name ABO GROUP E ABSCREEN ANTIBODY SCREEN ACPHOS ACID PHOSPHATASE AG_RATIO A G RATIO ALB ALBUMIN ALKPHOS ALK PHOSPHATASE AMIK AMIKACIN AMOX AMOXICILLIN AMPI AMPICILLIN AMY AMYLASE Sorby Code Name X Cancel Done Select the tests you want included in the Export format then select Done SchuyLab returns to the Include Tests box When you re finished designating tests for the Export format select OK SchuyLab returns to the Create Export Format box 387 S
313. ll add a blank line either before of after the group heading Keep groups together Some of the groups may have many tests in them i e Urinalysis and combined with other groups may have half of the tests on a second or third page By checking this box SchuyLab will print this group on the next page You have the option of adding a line to delineate the report groups If you use this section it will override the justification buttons from above Size What size line would you like to use You can choose from 5 pt to a solid line Color Choose the color of the line from black red purple blue etc Tab on Left This will shift the group header to the right and add a short line on the left side of the group name Line Choose to have a line to accent the heading group Choose from either a line at the bottom of the group name in the center of the name at the top or top and bottom Next select the Notes button E Note Report Configuration Normal Font Size Color Black gt Z B z u fret 1s fiz P Priority Font Size frat fiz Fis Color Red gt Z z ul Options Indent 10 Width 70 Blank line Before P After X Cancel vo OK There are now two types of notes Regular and Priority each with its own formatting font size color and style Set up your default Priority note you can make it red if you like instead of just bold When you are placing
314. ll disappear from the Enter Results screen IF you have other organisms that show up at a later time you will still have to enter those results through Alter Results Let s take a concrete example We ve ordered a culture to be done on a given specimen Now we want to enter the results From the Patient Processing Screen we select Alter Results SchuyLab displays the Alter Results screen We select the test to get the result entry field the window and we notice immediately how much larger it seems 2 loxi E SchuyLab Alter Results F2 Test Patient oe at nd ID 00031 Dr Thomas J Sabourin 11 53 65 Patient anew client p DOB 5 03 195251_Other iD 123456789 282003 zle Accn 000146 4 21 03 14 02 F9 Cancel F10 Done Ressecion Acc Test Value RMK codes p CULTURE Jafter 48 hours gle Remark Codes Devices Dilution ae les Concentration Worksheet Nace Br Print Hold lez Info Features Accept ALI _ fa Fe Expand Tools Alter previously accepted results The large window is due to the fact that we specified a large number of characters when we defined this test In the entry window type in your result In this case we ve typed after 48 hours Had we seen no growth we d have typed No growth seen or words to that effect and we d have been done Now select the Expand button SchuyLab displays the Update Culture Results box 448 1 Upda
315. ll reports that were printed on a patient including their intermediary forms This means that you cannot just generate a copy of the current finalized results of a patient If a partial or preliminary report was sent to the ER you have to be able to substantially replicate this preliminary report In the past this required the lab to store a huge number of documents in file boxes SchuyLab remembers everything that it s sent to a printer and can fulfill this CLIA requirement The reports are kept electronically in date order You type in a date and SchuyLab shows all of the reports printed on that date select the correct report and you have essentially a copy of the exact report that printed out five or ten years ago If you ve bought a new printer in the interim there may be a change in font but this is permissible under CLIA regulations The 208 security of the Reprint information like any part of your database depends on the integrity of your backup procedures Logs Most of the logs in SchuyLab will print out by specimen range a log of patient names tests and or panels ordered in some cases the results of those tests or any critical values E Demographics Prints a report of all patients and their demographics date of birth doctor s name amp c The report can be limited to a given date range or specimen range Al Draw List Prints out by specimen range the accessions that have been marked as
316. llected yet the order won t transmit across an instrument interface etc See Processing Draw List Specimens below for how to finish accessioning these specimens Printing Your Draw List Go to E6 Print vA Draw List 263 E Print Draw List l x va Enter selections then OK Queue Leave Blank for all PRINTER Client A Labels p Accession Range First Last m Date Range From To Setup Location Range From To X Cancel y OK You will now see the Print Draw List window You can sort the information by four different criteria Client Accession Range Date Range Location Range 264 Allows you to pull up any Draw Required sample by Client s name i e Goodwill Retirement Home Allows you to pull up any Draw Required sample with in that specimen number range Will print a list of all Draw Required specimen who s Draw Date falls during that time frame Allows you to select all Draw Required specimens whose Location falls alphabetically between the entered Locations Locations are defined in F8 Tools Report Setup Location Locations are setup by your lab and defined for your own use For example if you type in CRITIC and ONC and you have these locations set up as such this will print a list of every Draw Required specimen from CRITIC Critical Ward ER Emergency Room GERI Geriatric Ward and ONC Oncology Group However if
317. llies up the frequency of each result and lists the count and percentage for each Client It will give you a total count for all your Clients at the end of the report 382 The last aspect of this window is the Value Range section When you look at your Cytology results you want to view them in groups that relate to the type of interpretation To continue to follow the example given above the Value Range of 520 550 would give you a report of all of the Epithelial Cell Abnormality results Modify the contents of these boxes to produce the reports you need 383 Appendix Export a SchuyLab s patient database is kept in a proprietary format which generally can t be interpreted by other LIS or MIS systems The SchuyLab Export function was devised to translate patient records demographics and test results into other formats and write those records to a file The file can be on a diskette on your computer s hard drive or if your station is networked on the network server s drive If you save to a diskette the diskette can then be taken to another computer and the results read in There s a bit of setup involved in using the Export function which need only be done once Thereafter you can translate and write patient records to diskette effortlessly and quickly To Set up the SchuyLab Export Function Select F7 Features Select Export SchuyLab displays the Export Patients box Patients Carriers Doctors Pric
318. low results in this column 219 DATE This adds the date you entered the results TIME This adds the time you entered the results FLAG In some cases you may not want the flags following the results In this case you can place the high low flags to print in any of the columns GRAPH If you have set up a test s for printing a graph Sec 4 Tests and Panels this marks the area that the graph will be printed out at BY This will add the initials of the person logged in who enter the results RAW A Raw Value bypasses the Interpretive Range and prints out what was actually accepted into SchuyLab As a byproduct of this two results can now be printed simultaneously on the same test One is the actual datum accepted into SL the other is the Interpretive Result This could for instance also be used for MIC s and for anything else where you want the doctor to get a number then what it means Skip Same as in the header setup it will add spaces between fields You set up the body of your report the same way you set up the header by lines and columns Results on Patient Reports Many of the results fields are very straight forward Date can be printed out as mm dd yyyy or dd mm yy or any other combination click on pull down arrow to see all the options Time is the same way One place that may be a little confusing is how to print out the result values themselves When configuring the results on patient reports there is
319. ls c ee ceeeeseerreeeeee 132 136 319 Chente eeno caged caged ean e tes 313 316 enter new Clic ceeeeeesecesseeeeeeeeeee 316 printing a list of clients eee 322 Closed Lot sahievsileedducespuvecgucsesucsceav dis 179 Common Alert agorat aae ae OT r nS 413 GENDER mesmen nonren ie 413 NEED 4 DG Ennion ie niente en 413 NEEDS DGT eserini assai 413 NEED DOB 5s ossc cesses cuss cyst tecsceteancoesscase 413 NOT ALLOWED socicto 413 TOO OLED meirion raea 413 TOO SOON ccccecsceesceeesssteeeeeeeeeees 413 TOO YOUNG cccccccccccetsceeteeeeteeeeeeeee 413 CONGENITE ER RE 54 Configure Test Values seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 288 Connect Connect 1COM ccceeessceeseeesseeeessseeeeeeeseeeees 20 Connect Manget cceeseceeseeceseeeesneeeeeeeees 343 Connection Manager CONT Olene eves es ee ee E define new control ccccceesceesteeeeee 175 new lot Critical Ramges cccecceeseeseeeseeeeeseeeneeees Cultlites eseinainecaeasae eee eee 55 Cumulative report ececeseesseeseeeneeeeee 26 70 CULSOR ssi ire ran rrap E OE E S S 15 moving the CUFSOT seesesseeeeseeeeeereereeeree 17 Custom OptionS ssssseeseeseseeseesssssesrrseesens 223 CHOOT EREEREER nee 375 Client Repott seeeeeeeeeeeeeeerererererseree establish a test daily reports ee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 208 Data Log data management Seems 225 Datamax verve atse soene tucesteces teenies tes DBASE I
320. ly 12 When we first install your system we set up the time interval after which Cleanup can occur see Cleanup in Sec 9 Maintenance for more details on this process But we still need you to push the button to initiate this process If you notice SchuyLab starting to slow down and beginning to feel as if someone had poured molasses in the keyboard you probably need to run Cleanup Many labs wish to keep a printout of their results in a notebook for easy reference SchuyLab has two condensed format printouts which can help you with this task Data Log and Accepted Log Refer to Sec 7 Reports and Printing in SchuyLab for more information These two log formats deal with the tests you have done Outstanding Tests helps you keep track of the tests which have been ordered but for which no results have been accepted The send out to your reference lab that should have been back a month ago that CEA that came in five minutes after you started the CEA run last Friday the Oh no Did you run the Sed Rate on Mrs Benedict from this morning Print the Outstanding Tests report every day and go over it to make sure you know the whereabouts of all the tests and specimens mentioned on it SchuyLab offers many other Demographic Logs and reports that can come in handy for running your lab Please see them in Sec 2 page 17 The Report Printing Screen The last item you need to know about the daily operation of your LIS is Back Up We have two pie
321. me You may also add a note to this QC run for instance the technologist who ran the QC Select Input SchuyLab displays the Enter QC Results screen containing the tests defined for this instrument control pair It looks remarkably like the Enter Results screen for patient processing doesn t it SchuyLab Enter QC Results i alali 2 aes a z 15 31 65 EN 1 06 2004 Ale F9 Cancel E10 Done Accession Acc_Test Value RMK codes CELLDYN1 as 15 31 gl Ps g Remark Codes Dm a Dilution ee I Concentration Worksheet e ES EG Cae 1 06 aa Print ie Hold fie bey Info biag Rou Accept ALI AAE v 1 06 15 31 Expand Tools Point and click on one of those tests and enter the values As you accept the values SchuyLab will flag them as gt 2SD or gt 3SD Values exceeding 2SD should be annotated Select Result Codes to apply a predefined comment to the value or select Notes to add a free text entry 6 When you ve entered all QC results for that level of control select F10 Done SchuyLab returns you to the Quality Control menu Scan QC Scan QC will show you the most recent run of each level of control on each of your instruments Each instrument is listed and has a colored indicator light next to it 201 SchuyLab Quality Control THERESE MSTR 15 41 519 4 15 2005 Run Date B AXSYM 74 MASLOW 11 09 04 9 42 MASNORM 11 1004 12 54 MASHIGH 11 10 04 1
322. me appears without a check in the box Clicking the right button on the mouse in that check box will order that test on the specimen without having to go back to the Patient Processing screen or you can select the Order button to order all the unchecked tests When you accept the results by clicking the Accept button only the tests with checked boxes are accepted Test results with unchecked boxes are discarded If the name of the test appears in green it means that SchuyLab already has an accepted result for that test on that specimen If the test name does not have a check box with or without a check in front of it that test has not yet been setup for use in your system The test name will be followed by a question mark to emphasize the point that SchuyLab doesn t recognize it The test will need to be translated as outlined in Sec 8 Managerial Functions To toggle a checkbox on or off Select the check box with the right mouse button Checked boxes toggle off unchecked boxes toggle on 65 To annotate alter or accept a result Select the check box with the left mouse button SchuyLab displays a result box with the test code at the top xi r Order and accept result Value 4 50 Instrument Result Flags Result Codes fo fo fo fo ual J Prior values The box shows the check box and current value of the test as well as the previously accepted value if the test name appeared in green and all prior results
323. men is a STAT clicking on this box will move this specimen to the top of any worksheet you may use and also print STAT on the barcode labels As with all the other yellow note pads in SchuyLab you can type in a free text note Enter the numbers of the Result Codes up to four of them to be appended to this test result A typical comment here might be the growth medium used for the culture When you re ready to enter the name of the organism you ve isolated select Isolate SchuyLab displays the Update Isolate Results box 57 Update Isolate Results x ISOLATE E coli Result Codes Sensitivity jo fo fo fo List 3 sensan input QUANTITY Delete X Cancel y ok In the ISOLATE field enter the test code for the organism you ve isolated If you don t remember the correct code click on the arrow next to the Organism field SchuyLab displays the Which Organism box listing all the organisms currently defined in your system Which Organism ACINETO Acinetobacter spp ACTINO Actinomyces spp ECOL B celi S_AUREUS Staph aureus x Cancel From this list you may select the organism you ve isolated in this sample Selecting an organism from the list removes the Which Organism box SchuyLab displays the Update Isolate Results box again with the Organism field filled 58 x ISOLATE E coli Result Codes Sensitivity T fo cm ust EE ut QUANTITY P eeaM Poo a caTaas P
324. men report format only Do not print if blank configures this test so that should the test results be blank or if the space key is hit and then that result is accepted the test will not print out Restricted suppresses viewing and printing for all users without the proper security clearance Flag Values labels results outside normal and within critical ranges Automatically Order active only for calculated tests When a calculation is typed in the Derivation field as described below this box becomes active with a check in the box the calculated test is then automatically ordered whenever its component tests are ordered To stop this and require the calculated test to be explicitly ordered remove the check mark Result when ordered requires the user to enter a result as soon as the test is ordered For instance Urine Volume might be needed to calculate other tests it can be entered when the tests are ordered Billing Only A Billing Only test doesn t require a result once ordered it s immediately done i e not pending and can show up on invoices etc A Billing Only test could be a charge for a blood draw a STAT test or a house visit In this case you would create a test called DRAW STAT HOUSE etc and mark it as a Billing Only AND also select the Non Printing Test option test This way it would not print on the patients results form but would show up on the billing si
325. mited ASCII Delete Ts _Leyout _ Doe X Cancel yo x C DBASE IV format Pending ae l Spreadsheet To finish any setup select the Layout button SchuyLab will display the Layout Data box 397 E Layout HL data x Send Facility Send Application Receive Facility Receive Application Security password Filler App Primary Doctor End of Line PV1 7 Attending CCR CRLF i Result Sequence Producer ID OBX 15 Report C Order C Panel Result Event AO C ROD X Cancel Y OK You will need to contact the software people for the Peer System you are using to complete the information needed in this box When the record is satisfactory select OK SchuyLab returns to the Create Export Format box Select OK again to return to the Export Format List box with the new format present Select Done to return to the Export Patient box We are now ready to export data to a diskette DBASE IV The DBASE IV Output type is specifically for use with the dBase IV database engine software from Ashton Tate 398 E Update DBASE Format E xj Name Description DBASE Sample DBASE a stem Type C ASTM 1238 C ASTM 1394 Tests C HO C Fixed Length ASCII layon C Delimited ASCII Delete DBASE lV format LL Pending M Spreadsheet Let s take a typical example and have the Export function generate a Result type record The procedures described here
326. mpleted all the fields you wish to have defaulted select F10 Done SchuyLab returns you to the Setup menu To Define the Default Accession Screen Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Default Accession SchuyLab displays the default Patient Demographics screen 328 E Change Default Accession x Accessionld Patient Id Other ID Labels fo me By Specimen Received aay I Date eee By Remark ae stat Jo fei Name Ordering Doctor Diagnosis ICD 9 Pla z LO I List required Cancel y Ok Select a field that you wish to predefine The date and time fields cannot be predefined Type the information in that field or select an item from a scroll box Select another field and proceed as above When you have completed all the fields you wish to have defaulted select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Setup menu 329 Sec 9 7Maintenance Cleanup As SchuyLab is used to perform work in the laboratory it creates files and indexes for greater efficiency in handling information These files and indexes may be considered as scratch paper which the system uses for a while Additionally worksheets will be created by the techs the information on them accepted into the patients records and the now redundant worksheet left in memory Eventually this electronic clutter can impede the functioning of SchuyLab causing a noticeable slowdown in processing Anot
327. mputer Schuyler House does not recommend any particular CD Program as they all do the same basic thing You will first have to run the backup batch file and have saved it to somewhere in your SchuyLab folder Again Schuyler House Technical Support can help you set up where the batch files are copied to As with most window icons double click on the CD Program of your choice we have named ours CD BACKUP 347 Lora My Computer SchuyLab A Schuyler Connect a House z Po i oa Technical Support 888 724 8952 F ae Symantec pcAnywhere You will want to make a data CD to possibly share or archive your computer s files documents pictures spreadsheets etc Under select Source Files scroll down to the SchuyLab folder and click on it Click on the ADD button and the Backup folder is added to the project list Click on the Red button to start burning w Nero Express DER Disc Content Add data to your disc My Disc Name 2 Size Type Modified Origin 102105 100 054 KB File Fol 17 17 200 2 Database demo2 3 Ba Total space used a p Vy yp I wpe TEA JENKA I Ua en a a ey 100MB 200MB 300MB 400MB SOOMB 600MB 700MB 800MB 348 Restoring Data In the event of catastrophic failure such as your motherboard going bad or your hard disk crashing Schuyler House personnel can restore your system and all the data up to and including your most recent backup Do
328. n Tests Procedure CATALAS CATALAS x Add Test s Add Panel s 0 00 Boy Billing Sequence The test will already be listed in the new panel Add other tests and panels as described below and give the new panel a code and name Select OK to return to the Define Panels with Test Name box When finished select Done SchuyLab returns to the Update Test Test Name box Many tests such in Allergy testing use the same ranges as a single reference methodology i e IgE Instead of creating or typing in the ranges for each test you can let SchuyLab know this test using the same ranges as another test You enter the test code of the first test by clicking on the arrow and scrolling down to the test or simply typing in the test code NOTE The test you use as reference must come first in the test list The normal variation between successive tests for a patient expressed as a value or a percentage If a patient s test results exceed this range SchuyLab flags the results The number of days within which the delta check is valid If this number is left at 0 defaults to checking against the most recent result or the last time this test was performed 99 LOINC Derivation Effective Date 100 LOINC Logical Observation Identifiers Names and Codes is a public use set of codes and names for electronic reporting and comparison of clinical laboratory test results These codes
329. n any case the icons and functions shown here are specific to individual labs they are intended to perform strictly delimited See Section 10 Features for more details on all the SchuyLab features system tasks available 34 FP Batch Requisitions o II a a i Manual Count D T 3 T p Remote Printing Feature Medical Necessity SchuyNet Control THERESE MSTR 11 49 4666 2 01 2006 F9 Cancel a 8 SEcure eMail Export a l IMport Bar Code a MessaGes Microbiology The System Tools Screen E SchuyLab System Tools Ele xi TGRIFFIN S F2 MSTR K z 13 47 4033 Patient 7 26 2004 fle E9 Cancel F10 Done Time Printer Date setup 4 pa d O CE A a S wo e lo D te a Sn gel a 2 10 ae A El A a a m no D cl m lt p G D oco Eull Remark Doctor Manual e epo Records Differential i Diagnose Match Patients Problems lez ew E Esl Ia hcl hi 2 fa o g ye oo 7 o o D 10 la ae a zZ fa a O a o N Perform system setup The tools in this screen help you customize your SchuyLab This is where you set which tests you add the panel set up what order tests are printed out what is printed on the result form and many other things This screen requires a certain security clearance for most of the buttons j Set Up The Set Up functions define the ini
330. n as they are accepted Every minutes will fax any results that have been accepted only after a set number of minutes that you determine Finally Specific Dates and Times If you 497 498 10 11 Repeat steps 6 9 to set up for the next fax number 13 have chosen Specific Dates and Times another box will become available to add the time and date for faxing Do not dial a 1 for button In some areas of the country you do not need to dial a 1 before the area code Click on the Add button to add those area codes When done select Done To define a new fax line select New SchuyLab displays the Define Fax Location box E Define Fax Location k x Fax Telephone Queue es Site Name A j M Suspend Transmissions Voice Telephone Timetable E X Cancel y OK In the Fax Telephone field type the correct telephone number for the fax at your client s site Do not use any dashes or spaces Include the area code if necessary but not the 1 or any generic prefixes such as 9 since they ve already been defined in the Fax Setup box Select the correct fax queue the one you just set up from the Queue pull down list The Site Name and Voice Telephone fields are optional They allow you to enter a more complete description of the client s site so it will be easily available for future reference Timetable button Again this feature is not working at this time The Timetable allows
331. n be selected and refaxed Printing your Fax Transmission Log On your main Automatic Faxing window and on each individual Fax Location you will see the Print Log button This allows you to print out a Fax Transmission Log This report records every time SchuyLab connected to one of your Clients and 502 which reports were sent If you print this log from the Automatic Faxing window it will include all of your clients on one report If it is printed from a specific Fax Location it will only include the reports sent to that fax machine However from either place you will see the Fax Transmission Log window appear E Fax Transmission Log J x Date From Through Queue 81 2003 87472003 screen gt I Include sites with no activity Print each site on a separate page Setup X Cancel v OK The Date From and Through fields allow you to select the date range you want this Fax Log to incorporate Queue allows you to select which printer you want the log to be sent The two check boxes only appear when printing the global Fax Transmission Log for all of your locations The Include sites with no activity option will include the name of every fax machine you have defined whether or not you have used it within the specified date range The default is to only print a log of the clients that you actually transmitted to during this time period Print each site on a separate page will place each client and all of their
332. n of the graph To zoom out again click the right button on the mouse To flip through all the tests on an instrument control set point the cursor at the test scroll box at the top of the screen and click the right button on your mouse Each click will advance the scroll box to the next test The middle button will scroll backwards test by test 6 Select F10 Done to exit this screen SchuyLab returns you to the Quality Control menu screen 199 Input QC Most of your QC will be entered into SchuyLab by worksheet or online There will be instances however when you need to enter a set of QC values manually as a separate function This is done in a manner similar to the manual entry of patient results but applies solely to Quality Control data Select F7 Features Select QC SchuyLab displays the Quality Control menu screen CS 200 To input a specific set of QC values Select Input QC SchuyLab displays the Input QC Results box Input QC Results x Device amp Control CELLDYN CD1600 2 Run Date Time 671871996 16 51 Cancel From the Device amp Control scroll box select the device control pair for the data you wish to enter In the Level scroll box select the level of control you wish to input The default is ALL meaning all levels defined for that control you can also select an individual level Enter the date and time the QC was performed in the fields labeled Run Date and Ti
333. n prevents the worksheet from printing when there are no tests ordered Lot Number Adds the line named Lot that a tech can write the QC lot number on Sign Off Adds a line for the Tech to sign if your lab uses this item Routine When this box is marked and there are tests pending this worksheet will be printed along with all other worksheets marked when you click on the ROutine Print button Standards and When this box is marked SchuyLab will leave space at the Calibrators top of the worksheet for the calibrators This should only be used if this worksheet is to be transmitted as a loadlist Formats The format determines what your worksheet look like Following is how each format prints out 151 Worklist The worklist prints the accession number patient s name and and a list the tests Depending on how many tests are in your worksheet determines where the tests are listed either across the top as in the first picture or down the side of the paper with the accessions and patient s name across the top as in the second picture The lines under the test s as in the first picture or under the patient s name as in the second picture indicates the test has been ordered and gives you room to write down the results You could use this format for those instruments that are NOT interfaced to SchuyLab HDL 0321 1 HDL Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818
334. ne They serve three main purposes First for test results that must be entered by hand worksheets are an easy efficient means of entering the results for a large number of specimens Second for instruments that have uni directional one way interfaces with SchuyLab worksheets can be used as checklists they present the specimen ID numbers to be entered at the instrument and they help you track which specimens have been done Finally for instruments with bi directional interfaces with SchuyLab worksheets can be used as loadlists they can transmit names specimen ID numbers and orders directly to the instrument Master Worksheet SchuyLab comes equipped with many master worksheets already available to you You can customize them to your lab s needs by selecting the worksheet you want to change and then making the changes add or delete tests change printing format or the process for example But there are always those tests that you do that you will need to track for example ESR or Sed Rates Goto F5 Worksheet Define Master Select New You will see the Define New Worksheet Master window 148 Define New Worksheet Master Worksheet Title Device Head Test Foot Allow all tests for the device Test Sequence Controls Only for ordered tests Description 7 Format J Bae Maxi orksheet Spec Tests p fo Sort C Stats first By Accession Worksheet Accession IDs Standard lo Pri
335. ner View only Lab Confidential Priority Prior Add 308 As you can see from the icons in the upper right corner the customary word processing icons for Spelling Cut Copy and Paste are present A spell checking program and Cut and Paste buttons has been added No longer will you be hassled by having to keep the 12 volumes of the Oxford English dictionary next to your computer to make sure you spelled Flebotemy correctly These icons operate the same way in SchuyLab that they do in a word processing program In order for Spellcheck to function the following files must be loaded into the SchuyLab directory ssceam2 clx accent tlx correct tlx ssceam tlx tech tlx userdic tlx If there is a problem with your program Technical Support can help you resolve it When this box is checked this note will not be printed on the result form It is strictly for viewing only When this is checked only those people with a designation as Lab Staff can see this note When this box is checked any note will be printed in bold according to the default settings in the report setup area see Sec 7 Printing and Reports When this button is NOT grayed out there is a prior note Occasionally you may have to add another note to a result or Update Next Cancel Save 5 6 test separate from a note that may be already attached i e there is a note on the test and you need to add a note about the results You add a note b
336. nfigured in your system Scroll through this box highlighting the tests you wish to have appear under this heading on the report When you ve selected the tests select Done SchuyLab will display a list containing those tests you just selected If you wish to add more tests select the Add Tests button again and repeat the above procedure If you wish to remove a test from the Define New Group box select the test you wish to remove SchuyLab will ask you to confirm this action Answer Yes and the test will be removed from the group Sequence Select the Sequence button to arrange the order of tests as they will print in this group on the report SchuyLab displays the Sequence box listing the tests in the group To change the position of a test relative to the other tests in the group select that test A dark grey bar will highlight it Point the cursor to the position you wish that test to occupy and click the first button on the mouse The test you selected will be moved to that position Continue until the tests are in the correct order Select Done Notes Select the yellow notepad to record notes or user comments Beginning concerning this report group This is where you would type a End message to print out each time this test is reported If you choose the beginning note pad the note will print before that group is printed If you ass the note at the end it will print after the report group Notice that there are four check bo
337. ng all the specimens for the patient including specimen ID accession number and date For each specimen SchuyLab lists all the tests that have been ordered but no results yet entered and accepted Test results that have been accepted will not appear in the Enter Results screen If you have selected a specimen number SchuyLab displays the Enter Results screen for that specimen only showing all tests with no results The Enter Results Screen E SchuyLab Enter Results g E2 Test Patient ERED vik ID 000022 Dr Kevin Kelly 11 36 519 Patient KELLY KEVIN 9 21 7 2004 __ DOB 7 24 2004 1m _ Other ID fle E9 Cancel F10 Done meee ee EE Value RMK codes 40809001 8 06 14 45 Test Patient Pes be Remark Cades Devices pz gos CARB 7 Dilution i FE 40809002 8 09 9 25 Test Patient 14 j HGB 2 Concentration Worksheet HCT T MCY Notes MCH T a lt gt MCHC Acem Print RDW PLT m GRAN 7 f e LYMPH m Features MONO 7 E09 f Accept ALI w BASO e les 40809003 8 09 9 30 Test Patient Spang The Enter Results screen displays a set of tests in a scroll box and a column of buttons on the right side of the screen If you have entered this screen through F2 Patient all the specimens for that patient will be listed with all the tests to be entered as in the example above If you ve entered through F3 Specimen only the tests for that specimen will be
338. ng phase to be considered statistically significant you can replace the lot manufacturer s ranges with the mean and standard deviations you ve compiled through parallel testing This is done through Set 1 Select Set SchuyLab displays the Select Control box 2 Select List Select the control from the list 3 SchuyLab displays the Select Control Name Set box Select the control set SchuyLab displays the Update Set box There will be at least two control sets listed all the previous lots plus the test lot Select the test lot from the list SchuyLab displays the Update Set box 4 Select the Values button for one of the control levels listed SchuyLab displays the Update Review Current Values box Select Baseline This copies the statistical data from the right side of the box to the left side Select OK 5 Select the Values button for the next level Proceed as above 6 When you have set values for all levels change the Status of the set from Test to Active and select OK to return to the Quality Control Setup menu screen How to Use QC By and large you can treat your QC values as you do your patient results Controls that are run on instruments on line are accepted into QC files in the same manner that a patient result is sorted into the patient s files Sets of results that are entered by worksheet can have the controls entered at the same time Controls can also be entered manually In short for each method of entering p
339. nges Critical Ranges Turn Around Time The TAT is the measurement of the interval between two designated points in the processing of a specimen that is used to measure the efficiency of laboratory Type in a unique procedure code number e g the CPT code to enable this test to be reported and priced on the various demographics reports If your system has the SchuyLab Billing Module installed the Procedure field will be a read only window you ll enter the procedure number through the Billing button described below Type in a dollar amount for this test to be reported and priced on the various demographics reports If your system has the SchuyLab Billing Module installed the Amount field will be a read only window you ll enter the price through the Billing button described below Only one price can be entered in the standard system This button is active only on systems with the Billing Module installed Selecting this button permits you to define procedure codes and prices according to the different schedules defined in Billing For more information consult the SchuyLab Billing Manual Type in the number of a defined Remark Code appropriate to this test This comment will then print out each time this test is reported This feature is not yet completed Enter the normal ranges for this test This would be the lowest possible number or the normal value to the highest Anything below or over these ranges would then
340. ngs Report does so graphically Detail Report numerically and Summary prints the Accumulated Baseline Values In other words what On Line Analysis and Lot Edit display on the screen Levey Jennings Report and Detail Report print onto paper QC on an Online Interface When QC data come across an instrument interface to appear on the F4 Devices screen it resembles a patient specimen The name of the control as defined in SchuyLab occupies the nameplate area and the name the instrument uses for that particular control level occupies one of the entry fields When a sample labeled as a control is sent across the interface whether or not SchuyLab can identify which control and level is indicated the Control button in the upper right hand corner of the screen is automatically selected turns dark grey To accept QC via an online interface 1 Select F4 Devices Select a device icon SchuyLab displays the oldest set of data available from that instrument 3 Ifthe values displayed are for a control e If the QC results are valid select Accept SchuyLab sorts these results into their appropriate QC files e If the QC results are not valid select Delete SchuyLab deletes that set of values and displays the next set 192 e Ifthe QC set contains some results you wish to retain and some you do not use the right mouse button to toggle the checkmarks off or on Select Accept Those tests with checkmarks will be entered into their appropri
341. not attempt to do this on your own Call us Our first task is to troubleshoot the cause of the failure and then to repair or replace the faulty hardware component s then reload your database Schuyler House will answer emergency calls 24 hours a day 7 days a week 349 Sec 10 7Features Have you thought of how you are going to send the results to the doctors Or how you plan to bill the various clients or medical groups for the tests you have run Your SchuyLab system comes with the QC module but other features are available From the main menu screen click on F7 Features to see what features your lab already has SchuyLab Special Features THERESE MSTR 13 32 4666 1 17 2006 E9 Cancel E10 Done SEcure eMail Export i on Batch Requisitions Slan a gt B ite BE iiz LOUL a 1213 siaina Bar Code w MessaGes Microbiology 3 5 O a a Manual Count a g Remote Print SchuyNet Control E m Q o fa a Z Zz oo oo D a o o T SIF SchuyLab Billing Module To find out more about all these features see the appendix at the back of this book Reporting the Results Whether you plan to mail or fax the results over to the patient s doctor SchuyLab has a number of ways to do so Following is just a brief description of those features i 2s Auto Faxing The SchuyLab Fax Module will fax patient reports directly from SchuyLab t
342. nother lot as Active SchuyLab automatically closes the first Active lot and assigns the current date as its End Date 3 The Beginning Date automatically defaults to the current date You can override the date if necessary 4 You must enter the Lot Numbers and the Expiration Dates for all levels 5 Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Quality Control Setup menu screen Select Set 1 Select Set SchuyLab displays the Select Control box 2 Select List Select the control from the list 3 SchuyLab displays the Select Control Name Set box 185 E Select NEWQC Set i x 1 ACTIVE 9 29 2003 2 TEST 12 01 2003 NewSet There will be at least two control sets listed all the previous lots plus the new lot you ve just defined Select the new lot from the list SchuyLab displays the Update Set box 4 Select the Values button for one of the control levels listed SchuyLab displays the Update Review Current Values box Enter the ranges for that level following the same instructions as given in QC Setup above Select OK 5 Select the Values button for the next level Proceed as above 6 When you have set values for all levels select OK to return to the Quality Control Setup menu screen Select Alias When defining a new lot for a currently existing control it is only necessary to update the Alias if a the previous lot had an alias and b that alias was specific to the previous lot If this particular control doesn
343. now not print e If you wish to move the print job to another printer select Move if you want this print job to print on another printer or pe Move to Queue ads Selectthe Queue you wish entries to go to then select Ok e Copy if you also wish it to print on the current printer as well SchuyLab displays a dialog box asking which queue you wish to Copy Move to 75 pn Copy to Queue BILLING Selectthe Queue you wish entries to go to then select Ok X Cancel vy ok Choose the appropriate new queue from the pull down list then select Ok SchuyLab returns to the Print Control box with the printing jobs moved or copied When done with Print Control select OK SchuyLab returns to the Report Printing Menu Screen Reports for Record Comparison In addition to the patient reports there are some reports that should be printed on a daily basis These reports are useful for keeping track of requisitions they permit comparison between what was ordered what was accepted and what remains pending for that day The reports are the Data Log the Order Log the Accepted Log and the Outstanding Tests log All of these reports are accessed through F6 Print the Report Printing menu screen Data Log This is a condensed format log of all the patients tests and results by Accession range It lists individual tests that is if a CBC was ordered on Accession 10001 the Data Log will show that Accession with a W
344. ns it are footnoted per CLIA with the name and address of the facility that performed them In order to accomplish this the Form for your Patient Report needs to have the Facility Name Facility Address etc selected as fields on the Header of the Form SchuyLab Report Setup POS MSTR LAB Update SCHUYLB2 Form x 14 31 E Report Form List Facility Code Facility Name Facility Address Facility CLIA Facility Phone Facility Fax Facility Direct Facility Info 1 Facility Info 2 E Update SCHUYLB2 Header Define LINE x Say Middle M Last 120 Units after printing i a 4 Defaults cent poles Ed x Cancel Select the appropriate fields and the patient report to reflect the laboratory that each accession belongs to and annotates all tests performed elsewhere with their respective locations 466 As you may recall the prior versions of SchuyLab had text fields in Headings F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Headings that were used for the standard SchuyLab reports and worksheets Now those screens resemble the Forms and Reports utilities E Update Report Heading EEN Description ce margin INTERNAL Internal Reports z E 2 120 FacNm 120 ALL Facddr Add Line Re arrange Lines Delete x Cancel y OK Select the appropriate fields and the Demographic and other internal reports will also reflect the header of the site where they were printed 467 Appendix Refer Tests Using the
345. ns screen and displays the worksheet in the nameplate area designation of the worksheet in the nameplate area Entering Results Certain instruments and procedures which are not online to SchuyLab can be run most efficiently on a worksheet format SchuyLab gives you the option of entering the results from these tests in the same format as the worksheet you used to run them The first step in this process is to select the specific worksheet you need The worksheet must already have been created using the procedures described above 1 Select F5 Worksheet SchuyLab displays the Worksheet Functions screen 2 Select Enter Results SchuyLab displays the Worksheet ID box x of New ust X Cancel 166 3 Select List or type the designation of the worksheet you wish to select into the ID field and select OK SchuyLab displays the List of Available Worksheets box E Available Workshe x CBC 0422 1 CELLDYN 1028 1 CHEM 0702 11 CHEM4 0511 1 ai New Cancel 4 Select one of the entries from the list SchuyLab displays the Results for Which Tests box If you enter a worksheet ID SchuyLab displays this box directly Results for Which Tests x Worksheet lines f1 thru 4 ESR SED RATE 5 The top of the Results for Which Tests box shows how many lines that is how many specimens are on the worksheet If a worksheet is very large say 400 tests values to be entered there may no
346. nth eaea e Interpretive Ranges eseeeeeereeereereeereeees EOT En EEEE T E L Lab staff ccc cccccssccceseceeseceeseeeeeeessenaee 275 Label Design inican lis teen 366 VAG EEA EEE SEEE EIEE EE SEE E print for a specimen range 31 Thabelsyefscfvcecvsiege ted kt etiscstanevtesencoees 363 371 Teabelsic acd A ae cca Aa OMIM AE anestesista dens teesin tna 365 Setpa senere eiriaa iis 364 With Bar CodeS aerer aa es 363 Without Bar Codes cece eeeeeeeeeeeee 363 Layout Test By cece cesses cereeeees 257 Levey Jennings ceeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeees 192 204 Line by Accession 150 160 Line by Pesta 04 lata oeeie 150 linear range linearity 2 3 2 3 rn anise aana ain list active SPECIMENS cceeeseseeeteeneeeeeeeee 41 list box Eist buttons aa a e e List Operator ccceccecceeseesceeeeeneeeeeneeeees list patients by first letters of name Load LaStere cesitesierSeivieivese thal non log accessions yet to be drawn all accepted tests ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees condensed format data eee critical results pending tests restricted M MAIN MENU cccceseccessecesseeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 16 22 Manual Differential counter 0 ccce 37 master worksheets c ccccsccccsscceeseesseeees match patients eee Maximum results to graph merge patients automatic search 334 merge patients XE cceeeeseeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeee 332 Message Write
347. ntry window type in your result In this case we ve typed after 24 hours Had we seen no growth we d have typed No growth seen or words to that effect and we d have been done Now select the Expand button SchuyLab displays the Update Culture Results box E update Culture Results xi THROAT after 24 hours CRAE Date Time peoo 4 21 2003 4 21 2003 14 02 Recv Date Time j 4 21 2003 14 02 n STAT ke Result Codes lo jo lo lo List Isolate Organisms Isolated Delete X Cancer 7 ox 56 The Update Culture Results box shows the name of the culture test and the entry already typed It can be changed at this point if desired by simply typing over it Coll Date Time By Recv Date Time By Source Stat Note Result Collect date and time This defaults to day and time that you enter these results and can be changed to reflect when you collected the specimen All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today Received date and time This defaults to day and time that you enter these results and can be changed to reflect when you received the specimen All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today You can specify the source of the swab in more detail For a wound culture for instance you can type left arm If this speci
348. nts a different basic status The Green status light means that everything is working properly SchuyLab has either faxed successfully to this site or is waiting to do so The Yellow status light means that the location is on hold there was a problem when SchuyLab tried to send a fax to the site but once SchuyLab has faxed its other reports it will try to reaching this number again The most common reason for this status light is the modem received a Busy signal when it dialed the number 500 The Red status light means that the location has been suspended When SchuyLab tried to connect to this fax machine there was a problem that will prevent SchuyLab from trying to connect again until you tell it to try again The most common reason for this error is either the Client s fax machine is not plugged in or the fax number is not correct and there is no fax machine attached to the line In addition below each site you may see some basic messages Sent 3 Reports Busy NO CARRIER Dialing If you select a specific fax number you can monitor additional information SchuyLab displays the Check Fax Status box Check Fax Status x Fax Telephone Queue 818 782 0097 SCHUYLAB gt Site Name SchuyLab Business Office i titi BRefax M Suspend Transmissions Print Log Status as of 7 14 00 10 47 Sent 1 reports Setup X Cancel vyo oK The three control features of the Check Fax Stat
349. nts the test name the accession number patient s name age the source of the specimen received date and up to two prior results if the master worksheet is specified for that It also prints the patient s doctor and any comments for this specimen As you can see SchuyLab prints out one test on one line but the difference from Line by Test is it prints all the tests for the same accession before it goes to the next 160 Create or Access Worksheets 3 JE Routine Print is used to generate all the worksheets that have been defined as routine that is the ones you know you re most likely to see every day Selecting this icon causes SchuyLab to automatically find the routine Master Worksheets generate new worksheets based on those masters and print out the worksheets if there are tests pending while you get a cup of coffee Select Worksheet is used to select a single worksheet one at a time rather than in bulk The Select Worksheet icon actually covers two different types of worksheet management processes e Generate a New worksheet This uses an existing Master Worksheet as a template to create a new worksheet with the test and patient data currently entered into the system e Retrieve an available worksheet This permits the user to access a worksheet that had previously been generated either by the Routine Print icon or the Select Worksheet icon Once you select a worksheet its designation appear
350. o be typed every time F Doctor Records This icon is for keeping and maintaining the files on each individual doctor the medical groups to which they may belong and the requisition forms specialized for them i Foco Manual Differential 36 At present this can be used as only a counter It does not download the results into the SchuyLab system Note Codes Notes may be added to patients names specific specimens specific tests test values test results amp c Note Codes are templates for any of these notes Note Codes are used when the text of the note is often repeated i e many result notes will say much the same thing but unlike Remark Codes the notes created from the Note Code templates can be edited and personalized Diagnose Problems This feature is used to help determine any number of problems you may be having with your computer s your instrument s or a system error that sometimes pops up For more information see Sec 9 Maintenance Q Match Patients This search function permits the patient files to be compared and similarities and differences noted It s used for cleaning up the patients files getting rid of duplicate entries 37 Sec 3 Daily Operations Entering Selecting a Patient or Specimen You walk up to the SchuyLab station with a set of orders in your hand You may or may not already have a specimen to go with the orders The question you ask yourself is Do these ord
351. o set this up When you are ordering tests for a sample that has not been collected you will follow a slightly different procedure than usual Once you have reached the Patient Processing screen click Order Tests 262 E Input Accession i x Accessionld Patient Id Other ID Labels 00000024 nT l 2 EZAT Time Specimen Received 3 25 2004 3 25 2004 13 14 14 jor EZZEL Date Time mn 3 25 2004 13 14 mE mo fo Patient Name Ordering Doctor Example Doctor Diagnosis ICD 9 iv Draw List required On the Input Specimen window you will now see a Draw required checkbox If this is a sample that s to be drawn at a future time place a check in this box Under the Draw Date and Time fields enter the date and time the specimen should be collected Under the Specimen Received field you can list what samples are to be drawn This will make the phlebotomist s job easier Click OK and order the tests as you normally would e The Recv Date and Time fields may not be set to be prior to the Draw Date and Time You can however leave the date and time blank for a Draw required accession as well as the By field Checking the Draw required checkbox tells SchuyLab to put this specimen on the Draw List However as long as Draw required is checked on this specimen it will not be considered an active speciment it won t print on your Worksheets because it hasn t even been co
352. o your clients fax machines It can be set up to do this automatically when a report is final whenever you print in Batch or you can fax a single report at a time 350 Remote Printing Your system is set up with its required printers reports and invoices are printing nicely to the correct locations and all is right with the world Now you need to print something from your computer station to the lab next door the boss s office across the street or a client across town That s where Remote Printing comes in Much like Faxing you can print when the patient s report is finalized when you batch print or manually send it to the remote printer queue Specific hardware printers or printing attachments is necessary as is a dedicated phone line How to Bill with SchuyLab SchuyLab offers you a number of ways to bill by using paper electronically or by exporting the information to another management system Billing The SchuyLab Billing Module is an optional feature of the SchuyLab system What makes the Billing Module special It permits the user to bill the procedures ordered for the patients without having to enter the patients names and tests a second time The information entered on the patient during the course of laboratory analysis automatically becomes part of the billing record name patient ID doctor s name and of course the tests and procedures performed Yet at the same time the Billing Module is sufficien
353. ocation as it were Summary So there are 3 ways to order a reference lab test in SchuyLab 1 Ad hoc ordering you go into the Freeform style order screen in Patient Processing and directly type the test code and the Reference Lab into the Text box i e M1234 MEGA This test is now ordered at MEGA whether or not it is in their compendium 2 Explicitly Link a test in the SchuyLab database to a single test that is always done at a particular reference lab You set the Link for only the 483 corresponding test code at that particular lab and you set the Facility box for that facility 3 Conditionally Link a test to one or more reference labs and set up contracts that control when it gets ordered where 484 Appendix Remote Printing Your system is set up with its required printers reports and invoices are printing nicely to the correct locations and all is right with the world Now you need to print something from your computer station to the lab next door the boss s office across the street or a client across town That s where Remote Printing comes in Hardware requirements 1 2 Make sure the receiving printer is able to receive the transmission Make sure the power is on the printer is online and that it has paper Make sure the receiving printer is plugged in to a dedicated phone line one reserved for that printer alone This enables you to send the receiving printer data over a modem The SchuyLab s
354. oes that mean Checksumming is a method of verifying the digits in an accession number Let s say that your accession number is 123456 That number checksummed could be 1 2 3 4 5 6 21 But 21 has two digits let s add them together 2 1 3 Your checksummed accession number then becomes 1234563 This is a very simple example of a checksumming algorithm If the instrument and SchuyLab are both set to checksum the accession numbers then they will both look for that 3 at the end of the accession number If they don t find the correct number then they know that something is wrong and that the number has been mis scanned Obviously both the instrument and the LIS must agree on whether or not checksumming is being used Otherwise there is a legitimate question as to whether the Accession number is 1234563 or 123456 with a checksum of 3 Some 357 instruments can only read unchecksummed numbers others always assume checksums are in use most can be set either way in the instrument setup Set up all of the instruments in your lab to read the same format obviously if one instrument can only read for example checksummed barcodes that will be the controlling factor in your decision of what format to use If given the option your instruments can handle checksumming and your accession number format is not too long you should select a format that is checksummed it provides greater accuracy If your barcode is perilously n
355. of 20 Characters ofthe Last Name 15 Characters ofthe First Name M Middle Initial Other ID Date of Birth Doctor Gender M Client X Cancel y OK 3 Set the parameters of the database search The minimum criteria are the first few characters the number of which you can specify 20 and 15 are the defaults of the patient s last name and first name To specify the other criteria select the check boxes next to the field in question 4 To start the search at a specific patient name type the last name in the Begin With Last Name field If this field is left blank the search will start at the beginning of the alphabet 5 Select OK SchuyLab displays the Match Patients screen when it finds a match in the database 335 E SchuyLab Match Patients SchuyLab Fe MSTR z 15 18 65 Patient 1 23 2004 4 E3 E9 Cancel F10 Accession 3 r Test Patient Test Patient gle 5 03 1952 F 00031 1 05 1954F 5 Devices a les Address Address 1514 Dever Ave Worksheet Hawthorne CA 90587 wl Doctor Doctor Print Adams Apple Client Client lez anew client Verdugo Medical Group Features Merge to this patient Next Merge to this patient 6 Search criteria are shown in green where they match one another Where the two files search criteria differ the differences are shown in red 7 Select one of the two buttons labeled Merge to this patient the left b
356. of tests which might otherwise slip between the cracks and disappear This log should be run each day and except for batched tests sendouts and multi day microbiology tests should be sparse You should know the rationale for each test appearing on this log 1 Select F6 Print SchuyLab displays the Print menu screen 2 Select Outstanding Tests SchuyLab displays the Outstanding Tests box 231 OR 232 E Outstanding Tests x De a Queue EE PRINTER gt Accession Ji First Last Date Range From Ta Leave blank for ALL Sorby Accession Name This will printthe Outstanding Tests for all tests in the specified range or just forthe specified department Setup X Cancel e ox For this log you do not need to enter an accession range or a date range If these fields are left blank SchuyLab will go thru its files and find any and all tests that have not been resulted and accepted Or in the Accession Range fields enter the first and last specimen numbers to appear on the printout In the Date Range fields enter the date range to appear on the printout It can a single date 2 4 04 2 4 04 or a range of dates 2 4 04 2 8 04 All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today If these two fields are left empty SchuyLab will print all tests that are still pending We suggest you us
357. ombines the results into a single Accession ID 12345 which is displayed in F4 Devices as usual It can then be accepted and the results printed To set up the new Test Definitions Go to F8 Tools gt Set Up gt Test and Panel Definition gt Test Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Tests list box Select a test from the list In the example illustrated below we ve chosen the 1 hr Glucose test from a Glucose Tolerance panel 104 Update Test GLU1HR Code ec Inst GLU1HR GLUCOSE 1HR 1HR pas ACE Full Description a aio Alea Units Sample a BN Amount o va gt foo Billing Ranges p and Normal Range Options To o Absurd Range Panels Workload 0 0 Same Ranges as Test Delta Check o or o Interval o pl PRA Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel The two new fields are Sample and Suffix Both are blank by default and can be left that way if the test in question is unique on the analyzer Only if the analyzer runs several tests as defined on SchuyLab under the same name do we need to use the Sample or Suffix fields Linear Range Critical Range Values tesne pete Date TAT LO O e Select the Sample field and you ll see a pull down list of possible samples This list is fixed within the software each one adds its own special suffix letter to an Accession ID This is the field to use when
358. ommon Flags Device Text Add X Cancel v OK There are some tests such as HDL that can not be run with the other test In that case you will need to check this box More and more newer instruments run a variety of test automatically If there was anything to report the instrument would then send over the results When this box is checked if these tests are reported out they will be ordered Continue aliasing all the tests you want to result out Many times there will be tests that you don t report out or the instrument may send over as part of it s programming These tests will show up every time you run a specimen and although you can just ignore them let s fix it so they never show up again In Hematology most of the time you can ignore PDW but your instrument will run it and report the result So in the Update Instrument Test List box select the PDW test 283 E Update Test CD1 700 schuyLab Pow IGNORE Values I Do notrun on primary tubes Flags Automatically order if performed Delete X Cancel wv OK As you can see under the SchuyLab box we have typed in IGNORE This tells SchuyLab to ignore this test Now if we were now to return to F4 Devices and select the icon for this CBC analyzer the screen would look like this SchuyLab CellDyn 1700 Results CD1700 Test Patient esti ID 00031 Dr Thomas J Sabourin 14 58 4666 DOB 5 03 1952 53 Other ID 123456789123
359. omycin This is likewise done through Test Definition Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Test Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Tests list box If your sensitivity tests are already defined select one of them If you need to create your sensitivity tests select New SchuyLab displays the Update Test box xi Code Name Dept Inst amik AMIKACIN micro gt Full Description Dec Units TAT Procedure Amount OE oe Sos te Normal Range RO LRO Ranges Critical Range Po pO Values Linear Range RO Poo Options s aRclo Same Ranges as Test Panels workiaf0 0 Delta Check lo o or lo Interval jo she Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel 438 In the Code and Name fields enter the appropriate code and name for the antibiotic you re defining In the above example we re defining Amikacin Two further steps are necessary to complete this sensitivity test First it has to be identified as a sensitivity test Second we need to define the possible results Resistant Intermediate or Sensitive To identify this test as a sensitivity test select the Options button SchuyLab displays the Options for Test box which defines how this particular test is reported E Options for AM Type Report r SNSTVTY gt standard gt M Notes inline Fo
360. on of sending a message to all users on your SchuyLab system This is done by selecting the first line on the Address List the one labeled ALL If your SchuyLab system has a great many users this can be a lot easier than selecting each individual name from the List Finally there s the option of sending a message only to those SchuyLab users that have been designated lab staff This is done by selecting the second line on the Address List the one labeled LAB SchuyLab users are designated as lab staff when their user ID and password were assigned to them by your system administrator This will be discussed in greater detail in the section on Setup and Tools below The next field is the subject line for the message a quick summary of the content of the message This line is displayed on the Messages screen when you first take a look at your messages so it s important to not leave this line blank In the large white area type the text of the message you wish to send You can type as you would with any word processor program you can even cut and paste text from other programs into the text area The four icon buttons allow you to spell check cut copy and paste text The first check box at the top of the Write Message box allows you to designate this message as a Priority message Normally a user isn t told of new messages until 427 she logs onto the SchuyLab system A Priority message doesn t wai
361. ong both to the CHEMISTRY heading and to the LIPID STUDIES heading But HDL LDL and VLDL are not listed as members of any printing group other than LIPID STUDIES When SchuyLab becomes aware of the fact that one of these tests needs to print the LIPID STUDIES group is activated to give these tests a heading under which to print Once activated the LIPID STUDIES group being below the CHEMISTRY group on the page will steal Cholesterol and Triglycerides from the latter group to complete its own set of tests Create or Change a Printing Group Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Report Order SchuyLab displays the Update Report Order box E Update Report Order x default GLUTOLER GLUCOSE TOLERANCES HEMA HEMATOLOGY COAGULATION CHEMISTRY LIPID STUDIES THYROID STUDIES THERAPUTIC DRUGS IMMUNOLOGY Print HORMONAL STUDIES SEMEN ANALYSIS New SPECIAL CHEMISTRY TUMOR MARKERS Sequence URINALYSIS SEROLOGY gt Done 141 The Update Report Order box displays all the printing groups currently defined for the system They re listed in the order in which they print out on the patient report To change that order select the Sequence button SchuyLab displays the Group Sequence box with the printing groups listed E Group Sequence x Code Name HEMATOLOGY N GLUCOSE TOLERANC COAG COAGULATION CHEM CHEMISTRY LIPID LIPID STUDIES THYROID THYROID STUDIES
362. ons are set will affect your lab s operating procedures how your screens will look your reports and much more These are the use of Test Numbers and the use of Clients These system options are activated using the Optional Processing icon Since the use of these options affects your entire LIS Schuyler House does not recommend unsupervised changes to the parameters accessed here If you have any questions on whether these changes would benefit your lab please contact Schuyler House E Set System Options xj Language Dates English gt von vwvy New Patient Report Z Setup M Use test Numbers M Use Clients M Veterinary Lab M Hospital Lab M Undrawn Accessions X Cancel vY ok Language At present you can choose English default Spanish French German or Italian Currently the only part of SchuyLab that will convert to that chosen language is the F9 Cancel button and parts of the SchuyLab copyright Dates Changing this format changes the date format for a patient s DOB the draw receive date etc New Patient Many POL s need to print a set number of labels with the new Report patient s medical record number for the various forms and folders You have the option to configure a report labels or otherwise that will automatically generate this report labels for you See Sec 7 Reports and Printing for more 300 Use test Numbers Use Clients Veterinary Lab Hospital Lab
363. oo Delete X Cancel o OK Note that the Sensitivity field is already filled as well This sensitivity panel was linked to E Coli during Setup If you wish to override the defined panel and choose another sensitivity panel you can use the pull down list to display the currently defined sensitivity panels that is all panels with names beginning SENS and select from the list In the Result Codes fields enter the numbers of the Result Codes up to four of them to be appended to this test result A typical comment here might be the colony count for this organism Or select the yellow Notes icon to type in a free text note Once an organism and sensitivity are identified select the Input button SchuyLab displays the Update Sensitivity box E Update Sensitivities j x Acc Test Value RMK codes Remark Codes Sensi tve Resistnt Dilution iro CEFOTAX Concentration CEPHAL Intermed CIPRO Notes CLINDA Info Cancel OK 59 The Update Sensitivity box shows all the antibiotics on the sensitivity panel you ve chosen Enter the appropriate values for the tests Only those for which values are entered will be accepted and appear on the report When done select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Isolate Results box If you re satisfied with all that s been entered select OK again SchuyLab returns to the Update Culture Results box with the organism name in the Organisms Isolated fiel
364. or Results Lot Number l Sign off MV Routine Standards Calibrators Process Independent Cumulative C Accessions Test s Panelfs All Facilities Sequence Control s X Cancel HY OK Complete the fields as follows Worksheet Title Device Head Test Foot Allow all tests for the device This is the name of your worksheet There is a maximum of 8 characters This is a more complete name of the worksheet Which instrument do you intend to use with this worksheet These are notes that can be printed out each time you select and print this worksheet Head will print below the worksheet information worksheet name number date etc This can contain information such as the expiration date of your controls Test This can be used in Microbiology for example to define more tests for a culture Foot Anything that can be included in the head note could also be put in the foot note area It would then be printed at the bottom of each page of the worksheet An option that was implemented for Allergy testing In the example above the Device field is set to ACE In this instance any test whose Device field matches ACE will be included on the Worksheet If this option is used the Tests fields on the Worksheet should be left empty This allows larger worksheets that will include 149 Format Max Work sheet Accession IDs Test Description Sort Process
365. ormation from the various sources and producing a single coherent report showing the patient s condition This is where an LIS can prove its worth With instruments directly online to the computer system transcription error is reduced to virtually zero Patient records are maintained in a permanent computer file QC can be monitored automatically And the physician receives a single printed report with patient values and normal ranges The purpose of the laboratory information system then is to render coherent the stream of data arriving from the various instruments and bench procedures and free the technologist for matters demanding human judgment and discretion As with any new industry computers have progressed through several stages in their development The early lab systems some of which are still in use were expensive and cumbersome to work with In the decade since the advent of the computer to the home market the industry has evolved from a discipline intelligible to a select few to programs that children can use to do their homework Unfortunately the medical market has lagged behind in this process SchuyLab was designed by a medical technologist computer programmer team to bridge this technological gap The graphic interface now standard in home use and word processing systems is state of the art in computer software The PC and PC network are the most powerful and adaptable hardware setups available It is this hardware soft
366. ote print 488 When a prompt window pops up with the Printer Queue choice just select the new remote printer queue In the case of Batch Printing SchuyLab will automatically pick out the reports in the remote printing queues attached to clients and remote print them Everything should work without a hitch In the case of possible hitches see below General problems and possible solutions E Update Remote Printer i x Code Queue Printer Model REMOTE1 Remotrix Site Name fover the Rainbow Medical Clinic Ba l Generate Separator Page at transmission end Printer Telephone Waiting 8453523677 Voice Telephone Bepi 8453523672 Print Log M Suspend Transmissions Timetable Status as of Delete X Cancel y OK The Suspend Transmission button will be checked if SchuyLab has attempted to connect to the remote printer and the connection has failed To make SchuyLab try the connection again click on the button to remove the check mark and select OK SchuyLab will try to make the connection again If it succeeds it will send all of the reports that were waiting to be printed If it fails a check mark will appear again in the Suspend Transmission box To tell if there s a problem The Waiting button displays a list of all the reports which are in the queue for that client waiting to print as soon as the printer becomes available 489 x Queue REMOTE1 gt Delete OK
367. otnotes M Non printing test M Microbiology M Do not print if Blank Restricted Vv Flag Values F Automatically Order Result when ordered I Billing Only M Result unaffected by dilution X Cancel y ok In the Type field select SNSTVTY From the check boxes select the box labeled Microbiology and put a check mark there When complete select OK To define your test results select the Values button SchuyLab displays the Values for Test box which defines non numeric test results for this test 439 Values for AMIK Also Allow Sensi tve T Numeric Resistnt O NN Intermed NEN T NN i Text Custom Standard SeQuence vo Select the Standard button to bring up SchuyLab s standardized list of non numeric test values From the list select Sensitve Resistnt and Intermed then select OK The Values for Test box will display the three possible values as in the illustration above to set the normal and abnormal flags see Sec 4 Tests and Panels Select OK When this antibiotic test is complete select QK Continue this on all the antibiotic tests you intend to test with Setting Up the Isolate Test The next test needed for Microbiology is the Isolate test This is a special test that SchuyLab needs to permit entering the Microbiology results It too is set through Test Definition Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select
368. ow any person who presently has a password in SchuyLab can change their own At the sign in screen sign in as you usually do using your old password 277 SchuyLab Copyright 1994 2005 pab En Schuyler House All rights reserved we 15 38 4666 Patient Version 2 3 9 11 15 2005 fp B Schuyler House Test Accession ep Ea Devices Please Sign On 3 Password i mo em Worksheet X Quit y OK Gj Print le Features sje Tools Enter Your Password Select OK Select F8 Tools Select Security Levels If you do not have the security level to go into this section a box will pop up allowing you to change your password E Update Operator Id Password Class Tx CLERICAI Lab Last Name First Name MI orittin Therese Telephone a X Concel Y OK In the password box type in your new password and select OK SchuyLab will ask you to verify your password just like when you first set up your password 278 E Verify Password x X core After your select OK again you can continue to use SchuyLab there is no need to sign in again Just remember the next time you do sign in to SchuyLab to use your new password The Online Instrument Interface The SchuyLab system will be ready to use when installation is complete Part of the installation process involves configuring SchuyLab s device interface the portion of the program that reads the data coming from
369. pendix Multi Facility A Multi Facility Lab is a laboratory that has other labs associated with it running their own instruments but connected to the main lab by either a VPN or LAN network These would NOT be independent labs but two or more labs owned by the same person s and using one database yet run separate from one another Each lab will have its own instruments patients and have the need for many of the data logs to be printed But most important each lab has its own CLIA number When SchuyLab is configured as a Multi Facility system it automatically keeps track of which tests were done at which facility and annotates the tests in compliance with CLIA regulations How many different facilities can SchuyLab track 64 separate facilities In addition to the CLIA required testing location what are some of the other aspects of laboratory work that SchuyLab controls with its Multi Facility module Instruments transmissions are specific to a facility and these are kept separate and specific to a site If your main lab has a Vitros and a CD3500 and your satellite lab has an Ace and a CD1700 you will only see the Vitros and CD3500 when you are in the main lab Since you may want a given worksheet to be specific for a facility SchuyLab also defaults worksheets to apply to only the facility where the PC that generates them is Functionally the facility where you are but there is a way around that to be discussed later On the other h
370. port Another form of Demographic report is the New Patient Report This can be used to print out a list of new patients in order of accession for each of the doctors Setup First is setting up what you want printed on the report Go to F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Reports New Report In the Report List scroll down until you see a report named NEWPAT This is the New Patient s report and it has already been setup for you but let s take a look at it 241 E Update NEWPAT Report Name Description NEWPAT New Patient Labels Type Demographic Setup Delete Print X Carei As you can see it is set up as the other demographics reports Now go into Setup Demographics Setup Queue Font Selection PRINTER defaut fan Sequence for reporting detail entries Accessi on Separator Blank Line M Print Options I Summary Only M List of Charges V Patient ID Address Expected Payments Other ID Client V Order Charge statistics l Drawn Received Printed Totals Only M Diagnosis Code Line Separate Pages Iv List of Orders l Exclude Undrawn M List of Results Heading Body x Cancel y OK For this report we ve chosen to list the patient name ID address what was ordered and a summary of what is ordered 242 Manually Print Report Select F6 Print Select Miscellaneous Report Select NEWPAT New Patient Accession Range Queue First Last PRINTER
371. port of all patients and their demographics date of birth doctor s name amp c This report must have a specified date range or specimen range put in the appropriate boxes E Demographics Report Accession Range Queue First Last PR INTER E Setup Date Range From To X Cancel wv OK Ix i STAT Client Demographics Or perhaps if you would like to see how many patients a local clinic has been sending you You can print a report for one client or for all of them That is all the patients belonging to the St John Medical Group for instance This report must have a specified date range or specimen range put in the appropriate boxes E Client Demographics x Client Name Leave blank for ALL l Accession Range Queue First Last PRINTER M Setup Date Range From To X cei vo oOo 2 Billing Demographics 235 You can help your billing department by printing a report of all patients and their demographics sorted by bill type of patient That is all the Medicare patients for instance The report is limited to a given date range specimen range or Bill Type E Billing Demographics x Bill Type ALL Accession Range Queue First Last PR INTER Setup z m Date Range From To X Cancel v oK 8 Miscellaneous Reports In this area we can find the
372. porting date time etc Let s say for the sake of our example that we re exporting test results for data analysis in a spreadsheet So one of our fields should be the name of the tests We 400 select the line Test from the Field Type box SchuyLab displays the Test box listing the fields that are associated with test definition A Test ned Test Comment Test Units Test Department Test Instrument X Cancel We select the Test Name line from the Test box SchuyLab displays the Test Name box which defines the parameters of this field Width E EI Code M M CAPS x entertield ter X Cancel OK The Width window determines how many characters long this field will be For Test Name the Width is set to 16 by default this is the length permitted when the test was defined The next two buttons determine whether the data in this field will be left justified or right justified that is whether the sixteen characters would read WBC or WBC If you wish the text to be entirely in capital letters select the CAPS check box Finally there may be further choices in the definition of field For instance when defining a test name SchuyLab requires a test code 8 characters as well as a test name 16 characters the part that s printed on the patient s report It also permits a 401 full description which is intended for internal use For the
373. positive patient identification and legibility The lab does not have any instruments that can make use of barcodes or perhaps they are a specialty lab that performs exotic manual tests Nonetheless they have had experience with trying to read hand written labels and the lab has decided to have SchuyLab print human readable labels Barcodes for Unidirectional Instruments Many instruments archetypically hematology instruments can read a barcode and transmit it with the test results These instruments generally perform a single test or panel so there is no selection of test options In this case barcodes substitute for the tech standing next to the instrument typing in accession numbers the tubes are placed in a rack and the test s are performed as the barcodes are scanned by the instrument Barcodes for Host query instruments Barcodes come into their own with a host query instrument because in these cases the barcode substitutes not only for the time the technologist stands by the instrument typing in numbers it also makes it unnecessary for the tech to send a worksheet to the instrument or otherwise program it with orders Instead the instrument reads the barcode and asks SchuyLab what tests should be performed on that specimen SchuyLab answers with a list of tests the instrument performs those specific tests and transmits the results back General information on using Barcodes The placement and orientation of the barco
374. printer s queue here Enter the name of the client as you wish it to appear on reports and invoices Self explanatory This field is not in use at this time In some cases an individual doctor may also be considered a client This box checked will let you know that there is only one doctor attached to this client Provider Tax ID Optional These fields may be filled with the information you wish to keep on this client group if you have it If your system uses the Billing Module these are no longer optional they become mandatory NPI National Provider Identification Responsible This physician is the responsible party for the clinic Physician medical group Print New If this box is checked when a new patient is entered in the Patient Reports system a New Patient report will print out for this client For more information see Sec 7 Printing and Reports Special Panels Each client may have assigned special panels to be ordered for the patients of that client and no other The panels must first be defined through Panel Definition see Sec 4 Tests and Panels To assign the special panels to this client select Add SchuyLab displays the Add Panel s to Panel box Select the panels up to five of them that are this client s special panels Select Done Once the panels are selected they must be put in the proper sequence the first panel to be Client 1 on the Order Tests
375. ptions Po so Absurd Range pO pO Panels Workload o o Same Ranges as Test Delta Check jo or o Interval o p TESA Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel wv ok Linear Range Daily Use As with all reports created in the Reports icon the TAT report s appear in the list under the Miscellaneous Reports 260 E Select Report Client Test Report Ace n v Rec d amp Drwn Department doctor orders report Individual Doctor Patient Demographics Turn Around Time RPTERROR System Error Log val Select that report from the list and enter the range of dates or accession numbers for your report You may have an additional field depending on the criteria by which you are sorting the report in the Selection list mentioned above In the example below I can enter the initials of a particular phlebotomist Ip a nowy E Turn Around Time Drawn By Leave blank for ALL Accession Range Queue First Last PATIENT Setup Date Range From To X Cancel y ox Selecting the Setup button takes you to the setup menu shown above and allows you to modify the report accordingly To run this report on a daily basis simply enter the appropriate range and criteria and select OK Draw List 261 The Draw List feature has been a part of SchuyLab for many years now but not many places make use of it or are even aware of i
376. r for both Age Range or a combination of the above E Update PAP_RSLT Interperative R x PatientType Gender z 2 El s mm Yeas Days 0 0 C Months Minimum 501 Maximum 501 Report as Negative X Cancel Delete iv OK 4 Type the low Minimum and high Maximum values for the selected characteristics and how this range is to be reported out In this case we are using 501 as both values To get the appropriate note to print with this result click on the yellow note pad and type it in 89 Update Note Written by WJS 9 01 2002 8 56 Negative for intraepithelial lesion or malignancy M Miew only Do Not Print l Lab Confidential I Priority Cancel Select Save Select OK SchuyLab displays the new range in the Ranges box Select New again to enter another range When you have entered all the ranges for that test select OK yn To add a new plot value First what is a plot value range A plot range will print where the patient s result fall within the middle of the reference ranges For example the normal ranges for NA are 135 145 mEq l and we will set our plot for between 120 and 160 1 Select the Plot tab 2 Select New SchuyLab displays the Add TEST Plot Range box Add NA Plot Range PatientType Gender z ujm eli s s m m Yeas Days 0 0 C Months Minimum Maximum T X Cancel y ok 90 3 Select th
377. r There are tools for formatting Patient Reports and adding color to them Go to F8 Tools Setup Report Setup Patient Report Accession Report and Setup Select the Groups button You can specify the font size color justification and style of the group heading as well as a variety of rules formats including color size etc Group Report Configuration Font Heading Rule Size f is Pt AEB report font reporti o E af E c Color Black Color B1ack gt M Tab on lett E z u El Line above groups Options Indent chars Left o Right lo Blank line 4 Before W After X Cancel V Keep groups together y OK Font Size Color Justification Buttons Enhancement Report font is the default font you are using with your report You can also change the fonts to Courier Sans Serif Roman and more Click on the arrow and scroll down to choose the font to use Default size is the size you are using on your report or you can change it to 8 10 12 14 or 16 pt sizes Change the color of the report group headings You can choose to have the report group headings centered right or left justified These include Bold Underscore Italicized and Expand to fit 223 Buttons Options Rule space Again this only affects the Group Headings Indent characters will move the group heading left or right depending to number you place in the box Blank Line Before or After wi
378. r in this case the CBC controls for the CellDyn 1600 3 The second scroll box contains all of the levels for this control You choose which level you wish to alter in this case we are looking at level 1 4 The third scroll box contains a list of run dates and times in case you run more than one QC a day for the instrument control pair you have selected Select a run date and time from this list SchuyLab displays the Alter QC Results screen containing the tests defined for this instrument control pair It looks remarkably like the Enter Results screen for patient processing doesn t it SchuyLab Alter QC Results Control CELLDYN 1 2 3 Device CD1600 Set 3 THERESE MSTR 10 08 4666 1 12 2006 E9 Cancel Acc Test Value RMK codes CELLDYN 12 07 12 03 i RBC 5 63 HGB 17 5 Remark Codes HCT 52 6 Diluti MCV 94 3 eee Concentration Notes Accept Hold Info Accept ALI Point and click on the result you want to alter and enter the new value As you accept the value SchuyLab will flag them as gt 2SD or gt 3SD if necessary Values exceeding 2SD should be annotated Select Result Codes 203 to apply a predefined comment to the value or select Notes to add a free text entry 5 When you ve altered all QC results for that level of control select F10 Done SchuyLab returns you to the Quality Control menu Levey Jennings Report This option allows you to print out a graph such as the one you vi
379. r all test results pending a preliminary report or with all the results accepted a final report You can print a single report or a batch of reports if you print a single report it won t be removed from the batch file unless your lab has specified that option which most labs do Printing a single report is generally done from the Patient Processing Screen The other print functions are accessible through F6 Print Patient Reports From the Patient Processing screen Select Print Results SchuyLab prints a report in the default format your lab has selected for the patient whose nameplate appears at the top of the screen If your system has several print queues you can select the printer that will print the report From anywhere else Select F6 Print SchuyLab displays the Report Printing menu screen The Report Printing Menu Screen 69 E SchuyLab Report Printing TGRIFFIN C3 Eg MSTR 13 44 4033 Patient 7 26 2004 fle E9 Cancel F10 Done Accession f fi Z E4 Patient AcceSsion Graphic Print Reprint 3 Report Report Report Labels Devices r r f 8 j ee Critical Accepted Restricted Worksheet Log Log Log Log Gje A a l Print Outstanding Draw List Batch Miscellaneous Print k Tests Reports Reports Control g lez i y e amp Q z ri Sean Test Test Demographics Client Billing p Tally Values Report Demographics Demographics Tools Print a demographic format report by acces
380. r old use this icon to print it out 28 Bl Append to Worksheet Select this icon to add new specimens to a worksheet without rearranging the order of the tests you ve already set up RS Enter Results Test results can be manually entered directly through a worksheet Once accepted the results are sent directly to the patients files without having to access each patient individually ram i Delete Worksheet Select this icon to remove worksheets from the system if you wish it done sooner than SchuyLab would through its Clean Up Database function Ell View Worksheet Select this icon to look at your worksheet before you print it out Edit Worksheet You can look at your worksheet through View Worksheet but if you want to do anything to it select this icon You can delete that patient whose tube broke in the centrifuge add or subtract tests from the patients thereon or move the patients around and put them in a different order NI Alter Results Select this icon to call up the original worksheet and re enter or change the results BOR J3 Routine Print Worksheets that are compiled daily or more can be designated Routine worksheets Selecting this icon will automatically compile and print all the worksheets so designated LALA Manual Worksheet 29 This feature allows you to build a worksheet choosing each sample in turn rather than have them pre assigned by the Master Worksheet
381. r this setting This option deals with the communications logs for your online instruments Schuyler House recommends 14 for this setting This option deals with the data compression routine for storing patient reports Your setting will depend on the type of work done in your lab in general 180 is a reasonable setting 3 When completed select OK Defining New Patient Types 296 Most of your patients will be normal or at least typical of your doctors medical practice Some labs however find it necessary to differentiate between types of patients for medical purposes As an example for some tests pregnant or diabetic patients may have different normal ranges than ordinary people As another example veterinary reference labs have different normal ranges for cats dogs horses amp c Our examples below are based on such a lab For such cases you can define different types of patients and each patient type can be assigned a separate range of test values Each new patient can then be defined as a given patient type through the Change Demographics function in the Patient Processing screen 1 From the System Parameters menu screen select Patient Type SchuyLab displays the Update Patient Type List box E Update Patient Type List x Code Description CANINE Dog FELINE Cat Add Xeancel The box shows the list of patient types currently defined in the system Note that once a patient type
382. rder Tests screens you may have noticed five panels labeled Client 1 Client 2 up through Client 5 These are called 131 client panels They are not panels per se if you select the Panel Definition icon you won t find them listed Instead these are placeholders for panels They re put on the Order Tests screen to designate panels assigned to a particular client and won t appear for any other client Let me give an example Suppose that Clinica General has a special panel for arthritis You would define this panel calling it CG_ARTH or some such exactly as you would any other panel But you only want this panel to be ordered for patients from Clinica General not for patients from say St Joseph s Clinic In that case you d assign CG_ARTH to be the first panel for Clinica General this is done as part of the definition of that client described under Section 8 Managerial Functions Then in Screen Definition you d select the Client 1 client panel for one of the Order Tests screens Now whenever a patient is identified as belonging to Clinica General that button will show CG_ARTH when ordering tests But for patients from St Joseph s the button remains blank In this way personalized panels will only be available to the customer for whom they were defined Further details for setting up Client Panels will be found under Doctor Records below Examples of Formats for Order
383. requires every test run on a patient to correspond to the diagnosis given by the patient s doctor to be sure that the lab is not charging unnecessary tests Medicare and other insurance payers uses the ICD 9 diagnostic codes of the patient to determine if the tests you run are medically necessary Needless to say if someone at the lab goofs and enters a wrong ICD 9 code the lab will not get paid Medical Necessity is designed to help catch these mistakes alerting you to tests and diagnoses that have nothing to do with one another and allowing you to check and see if you have entered the ICD 9 code correctly It is designed to advise you of potential problems before the Medicare claim returns denied Medical Necessity Alerts The Medical Necessity Alert will appear if you have just ordered a test or panel that is not validated by any of the diagnoses presented by the doctor It gives you the chance to cancel the tests override the decision and accept the consequences or check the ICD 9 code for an error Your tests will automatically be checked if you have enabled automatic checking in Medical Necessity Setup see Setup below for details and if the patient s bill type supports Medical Necessity This screen will not appear if all of the procedures you have just ordered are confirmed by the patient s ICD 9 codes 411 E Medical Necessity Alert One or more ofthe listed procedures are not normally performed for the specified diagno
384. rformed at that lab E Update Reference Laboratories MEGA Mega Reference Lab New Facility Select OK The prior listbox now contains an entry for this reference lab Now log out of SchuyLab log back in go to F7 Features gt Refer Tests and the Mega Reference Lab icon appears Select the Mega Reference Lab icon MEGA Select Update Compendium U ru oq NI OK Update Compendium SchuyLab displays the Update Compendium box 472 E Update Compendium v Sorby Code Name meor pin nw C bone For SchuyLab to have the Mega Reference Lab Test Compendium one or more files must be Imported If there is more than one file they must be loaded in a specific order The Mega Reference Lab test list megatest csv is the first file It does not come originally in a csv format but must be converted to a csv format before it is loaded into SchuyLab Schuyler House will provide the original Test Compendium in csv format If you need help with updates please contact our Technical Support department Select Import and type in the path to the csv file E import Compendium To importthe lab s test compendium specify the path and press enter Select Path C schuylerischuylablmegatest csv l Completely replace current X Cancel Browse iv Ok Select OK and you ll have loaded 3000 Mega Reference Labs tests Their units and their normal ranges are blank The actual units normal rang
385. rk If the format of the other system s records is co operative Schuyler House can do a one time data dump to bring those records into SchuyLab fimu 213 ULOILLILI Barcodes and Labels If your major analyzers can read barcodes and you have a substantial specimen load the Barcode module will increase both your efficiency and the quality of your patient results perhaps more than any other single module Barcodes increase specimen integrity by improving the readability and accuracy of the labels and diminish tech time and operator error by allowing host query by the instruments You should verify that your instruments have the capability to read barcodes before you decide on this module El Maintaining Quality Control is a part of the work you do every day in the lab You need to track the set values of any given test and on occasion print out these values The QC module which is a standard feature in SchuyLab can do this for you and more See the Daily Operations section of your SchuyLab manual for more details in setting up and using QC 352 IcD9 ae Medical Necessity Now days it is important to know which tests the various government agencies will pay for and those they won t Medical Necessity is designed to help catch these mistakes alerting you to tests and diagnoses that have nothing to do with one another and allowing you to check and see if you have entered the ICD 9 code correctly It is designed to advise
386. rom many of the QC lists Like many other lists in SchuyLab you can always go back and look at those Archived lots should you need to 4 The Beginning Date automatically defaults to the current date You can override the date if necessary Leave the End Date blank that doesn t get entered until the next lot is activated 5 You must enter the Lot Numbers and the Expiration Dates for all levels 6 Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Quality Control Setup menu screen Select Set 1 Select Set SchuyLab displays the Select Control box 2 Select List SchuyLab displays the Control box Select the control from the list SchuyLab displays the Select Control Name Set box 179 E Select NEWQC Set x 1 CLOSED 9 29 2003 2 ACTIVE 93 29 2003 NewSet 3 Select the control set For a new control such as described here there ll only be one set SchuyLab displays the Update Set box E Update Set Ei Control Set Status fe jere Beg Date End Date 9 29 2003 s Lot N xm001 P2 avama Values Lot ole ETAT Values we X oe oe 4 This is your last chance to correct the lot numbers expiration dates status etc for this lot The main purpose however is to set the values for the ranges of each level of the control 5 Select the Values button for one of the control levels listed SchuyLab displays the Update Review Current Values box S 180 Update Review Current Y
387. rom the tabs across the top of the box 2 Select Add Code SchuyLab displays the Input Remark Code box E Input Result Code x Code M Result affected M Microbiology 0 I Print on Patient Report Priority l Print as a Footnote Comment 3 Complete the fields as follows Code Enter any number between 1 and 255 that has not already been used in another Remark Code If you accidentally duplicate the number when you try to exit this box SchuyLab will beep at you and display a message at the bottom of the screen Very embarrassing Don t let it happen to you 304 Print on Check this box if you want the Remark Code to print on the Patient Report patient report You ll want this about 99 of the time but Print as a Footnote there are cases where you want a Remark Code to be for your lab s internal use only By default Remark Codes print immediately after the test they annotate Check this box if you want the Remark Code to print at the bottom of the page instead This box is checked in addition to the Print on Patient Report box not in its stead Microbiology Check this box if the Remark Code is to be used with Priority Comment Microbiology or Culture results These remark codes will be printed in the format you have chosen for Priority message i e red bold etc Type the message you wish to have associated with this Remark Code The message may be up to 80 characters in length The mes
388. s Doctor Report This icon prints out a record of all the doctors who have been entered in SchuyLab The doctors can be in either numerical or alphabetic order To print a list of doctors Select F8 Tools Select Doctor Records Select Doctor Report 321 SchuyLab displays a dialog box asking how you want the report to print Print Doctor report feces r Sequence Number C Name X oa OO o _ If you want the report to list the doctors in numerical order by Doctor ID select Number If you want the report to list the doctors in alphabetical order by last name select Name Then select Print SchuyLab prints out a list of all the doctors in your system Client Report This icon prints out a record of the clients that have been entered in SchuyLab The clients can be in either numerical or alphabetic order To Print a List of Clients Select F8 Tools Select Doctor Records Select Client Report SchuyLab displays a dialog box asking how you want the report to print a Print Client report paa Sequence Number C Name x owa O o _ If you want the report to list the clients in numerical order by Client ID select Number If you want the report to list the clients in alphabetical order select Name Then select Print SchuyLab prints out a list of all the clients in your system 322 Doctor Request Forms This icon personalizes the laboratory requisition forms that are distribute
389. s Controls the presence ce no color permitted of color fonts C allows color Flags f no flags on abnormals F flags all abnormal results If for instance you wanted a report in which abnormals were in color but not bold you could choose either rcnbCf or RenbCf for your results width 11 E roec Bl z ule l CAPS rcNBCF IV Truncate column to width EBnAter colin tex i aie Delete X Cancel v ok After you have made the changes you what to added what you need and re arranged the lines to suit you select OK until you are returned to one of the menus Prior Values Report 221 This report combines some of the features of a Cumulative Report with a specimen report The Current Specimen is printed in a column along the left side of the body of the report Then using the standard Patient Report Results tool additional Accessions can be defined Those subsequent accessions do not print out in their entirety but only repeat the results of tests present in the Current Specimen For example if a patient had been getting a full set of Electrolytes every day for a week but this time had just a Na and K ordered the report would show just the results for those two tests for the current specimen and for all prior specimens as well unlike our Cumulative Report which would show all the results on prior values To set up this report you use the Patient Report Results button to place more t
390. s when despite everything we try to do if a problem occurs with your SchuyLab we just can t find the solution to the problem In that case there is a report we will ask you to print out and fax to us That can be found under F6 Print Miscellaneous Reports RPTERROR g Print System Error Log No _ Seup This is a cumulative report that is it keeps track of everything ever done in SchuyLab and is NOT deleted when you run a Cleanup If you click on the Setup button a configure box opens If the box for Delete after printing is NOT checked every time you need to print out this report it will bigger and bigger It is suggested that this box be checked Configure Error Report x Queue Font PRINTER Draft M r Delete after printing Cancel OK Demographics Demographic reports are specialized laboratory management reports either pre defined or customized to your own needs to see who is sending what to you and how your lab is doing Your SchuyLab system comes with three or four demographics reports already prepared for you If you are a manager you can specify what you would like printed then turn the every day printing jobs over to a tech If you are comfortable with computers you can also customize the reports to your lab or use the default heading setups that SchuyLab has provided wg Demographics Report 234 One report you may consider is the basic patient demographics report which prints a re
391. s NPI het Delete X Cancel Sequence Add Panels y OK In the Queue pull down list box select the new fax queue you defined for this site Use the Copy to list box to select a local queue if you wish to print out a copy of each patient report in your lab in addition to the fax automatically sent to the client In some cases doctors or the clinics want more than 1 copy sent to them You can set the number of copies to be faxed or printed by changing the number in the Copies box Select OK 495 Finally there are the details of the fax process itself phone numbers redials etc These are defined through the Fax icon SchuyFax Set up 1 Select F7 Features 2 Select Fax SchuyLab displays the Automatic Faxing box listing all the fax connections currently defined in your system xi J Suspend All Fax Transmissions Print Log Show sites All C Pending Setup Faxi Setup Faxing Sorby Name Number Defined fax stations 818 782 0097 SchuyLab Business Office Sent 1 reports 573 499 4983 SchuyLab Tech Support Print Sites New 3 Select Setup Faxing SchuyLab displays the Faxing Setup box 496 x Label for top of fax pages Your Lab Name and Phone Path for forms overlay pex file Dial Prefix Vertical Resolution C 100DPI 200 DPI Timetable V Prompt before suspending a site Do not dial a 1 for Add x o oe one
392. s as appropriate Select OK SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing screen with the patient s demographics and the specimen information in the nameplate area Selecting List Active will give a list of the hundred or so most recent specimens in the database If you can t remember the exact specimen ID number you may be able to select it from this list We can t very well list all the active specimens in the database or we might tie up the system until the next Ice Age As you select accessions you will notice that the last up to five accessions viewed since you logged on will be displayed at the bottom of the Select Patient box 41 Patient Entry Quick List S o e To select a patient already m enter a new patient To select a specimen already in the system in the system Push F2 Push F2 1 Push F3 Enter part of patient Enter part of patient name 2 Enter specimen number name or ID or ID 3 SchuyLab displays the Select name from list Where patient name does Patient Processing menu box not appear in list box select SchuyLab displays the New Patient Patient Processing Enter patient demographics menu SchuyLab displays the Patient Processing menu The Patient Processing Menu Screen SchuyLab Patient Processing eS 9 Test Patient poet ee eae ID 001066 Dr Doctor Example 13 09 4033 Patient Example Medical Group GERI 7 26 2004 DOB 6 24 1923 81 Other ID _ fle Accn 00000007 3 28 2
393. s in the nameplate area of the screen The other icons on this screen may be applied to that worksheet Print Append Enter Delete View Routine Print 1 Select F5 Worksheet SchuyLab displays the Worksheet Functions menu screen 2 Select Routine Print SchuyLab displays a dialog box asking if you want to print ALL routine worksheets Generate and print ALL routine g o worksheets 3 Select Yes SchuyLab begins printing the routine worksheets for the day 161 Selecting a Single Worksheet 1 Select F5 Worksheet SchuyLab displays the Worksheet Functions menu screen 2 Select Select Worksheet SchuyLab displays the Worksheet ID box x of New List X Cancel 7 ox_ 3 Decide whether you want to generate a new worksheet or retrieve an already existing worksheet from the system To Generate a New Worksheet 1 Select New SchuyLab displays the Worksheet Master box E Worksheet Master x CBC CBC CHEM GENERAL CHEMISTRY COAG COAGULATION CULTURE Cul tures CULTURES MICRO CULTURES DIFF DIFFERENTIAL DNAPROBE DNA PROBE ESR esr GLYCO GLYCOHEMOGLOBIN HDL HDL x Concer 2 Select one of the entries in the box SchuyLab displays the Create Worksheet Designation box 162 E Create CHEM 1211 1 x Device Head Test Foot Format Title Accession IDs GENERAL CHEMISTRY Standard gt Subtitle I Lot Number I Sign off lo Prior Results X coe 3 A
394. s more setting up than the other reports and there are only a few default headings to use There is a default heading presently of your lab s name this is set up in the Headings area under Report Setup the name of this report that is the description and either Accession Range or Date Range If this is all you require you don t need to add anything else If you do want to customize the report in the Setup box there is a HEADING block which could contain such 254 Add Tests additional information as your lab s name and address Options you can add in the heading are Text Add a comment about the report or anything else you may want The lab s name address etc Current Date Time Prints the current date and time of the report Page Number Prints the page number Report Status Prelim if any results are still pending or Final will be printed on report Duplicate Duplicate will be printed if this is a duplicate of the original report The PATIENT block is no different than you have seen in SchuyLab s other report utilities You can print out your own comment line any and all patient information the client s information primary doctor and more see previous section The PATIENT block can be configured separate from the RESULT block although patient information can be used in the RESULT block also Under Print Option if you put a check mark in the Combine Patients box this will allow the PATIENT block to be
395. s name may be entered as part of a patient s demographics and most patient report formats print the doctor s name at the top of the form 1 Select Update Doctor SchuyLab displays the Select Doctor box You can enter the doctor s name and go directly to the doctor s record or just click on OK and it will go to the Which Doctor Box listing all the doctors currently in the system E Select Doctor x Enter the Doctor s name Last First X Cancel v Ok 2 Select New Doctor to enter a new doctor SchuyLab displays the Input New Doctor box 311 3 x n New Doctor Title Provider Last ane First Name MI License Medical Group UPIN Address SSAN s NPI Telephone Queue l Restricted OK l Extra Copy Supervising Physician Complete the information in the box All of the information fields in this box either default to a selection or are optional Well it s really a good idea to enter the doctor s name if nothing else If you don t wish to enter complete information on the doctor skip over the rest of this box and select OK ID Title 312 SchuyLab will enter the next number in sequence for your new doctor Let it do this If you wish to alter the default number to a different number you may do so after you input this doctor into the system If you try to do so now while you are first putting the doctor in SchuyLab will not retain an altered doctor ID number
396. s screen is the heart of the system You can reach it via F2 Patient or F3 Specimen All the icons on this screen apply to the patient whose demographics are in the nameplate area Order Tests Select this icon to order tests on a new specimen or to add or remove tests on a specimen already in the system CS Enter Results Select this icon to manually enter results on tests which have been ordered on the patient Only tests without accepted results appear on this screen once a result has been entered and accepted that test result can only be changed under Alter Results Ks Print Results Selecting this icon will print out a patient report in the format selected as default by your laboratory See Sec 7 Reports and Printing for more information 24 2 View Results This icon is designed for use by non laboratory personnel or when the doctor s on the phone asking about results It allows test results to be viewed only without permitting changes Only accepted results are visible on this screen tests without accepted results are listed as Pending Normal values special ranges and notes are also accessible through this screen SS Alter Results Select this icon to change already accepted results on a patient This option requires a separate security clearance SMITH E TON Re ICU Change Demographics Select this icon to alter information on the patient There are also additional entry fields for more de
397. s simply AGC or Atypical Glandular Cells The Bethesda system requires on AGC results to specify endocervical endometrial or not otherwise specified These designations can be attached as a note to the AGC result This option allows the extra specifications to print along with the result 00000013 Test Patient DOB 12403 88 14 F Dr Draw 1020498 17 56 Rey d 10 2048 17 56 Printed 0222 49 13 53 INTERPRETATION AGC Atypical Glandular Cells CAGC Endometrial cells Prior Results will print any prior Pap Smear Interpretation results that the patient has had It will display on the report as below 00000008 Test Patient DOB 1240348 14 F Dr Doctor Example Draw 117118 17 27 Rew d 1171148 17 27 Printed 0625 03 13 27 This is an Accession note INTERPRETATION Negative Negative for Intraepithelial Lesion or Malignancy Prior Results 1072371998 INTERPRETATION HSIL High Grade Squamous Intraepithelial Lesion lt HSIL enconpassing moderate and severe dysplasia carcinoma in situ CIN 2 and CIN 3 1020 1998 INTERPRETATION AGC Atypical Glandular Cells AGC 1128 1995 INTERPRETATION LSIL Low Grade Squamous Intraepithelial Lesion LSIL gt encompass ing Human Papillomavirus Mild Dysplasiay Cervical Intraepi thelial Lesion lt CIN 1 12261994 INTERPRETATION AGC FN Atypical Glandular Cells CAGC favor Neoplasm The statistics option is one of the primary reasons the Cytology module was developed This option ta
398. s specimen was unspun on arrival Also note Quantity not sufficient Please resubmit as soon as possible 53 If you wish to add a Note Code to the list or modify one that s already on the list you must leave the Enter Results screen Go to F8 Tools and select Note Codes as described in Section 8 Managerial Functions Once the text has been entered select any appropriate conditions View only Do Not Print Checking this box and your note will not print out on any patient reports Lab Confidential Checking this box and your note cannot be viewed by anyone who does not have the security clearance of Lab Staff Print in Bold Checking this box will cause the note to print on the test report in bold letters to draw immediate attention To save your note and close the Input Note box select Save Otherwise to close the Input Note box without saving your note select Cancel You may select that note again to amend it if you wish or you may write a second note to follow the first There is no restriction on the number of notes that may be added to a single test result Concentration or Dilution To enter a concentration or dilution Select the appropriate button Enter the dilution or concentration factor in the space provided i e for a 1 2 dilution enter 2 SchuyLab automatically multiplies or divides any existing result by the concentration or dilution factor Press Enter to place the new result in th
399. sage is not formatted and will automatically wrap around to the next line Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Update Remark Codes screen To add another code repeat the above steps When you are done select Finished To Update a Remark Code 1 Select the type of Remark Code Patient Control or Billing from the tabs across the top of the box Then select one of the entries from the list box SchuyLab displays the entry in the Update Remark Code box E Update Result Code x Code M Result affected M Microbiology 1 M Print on Patient Report I Priority l Print as a Footnote Comment aries and verified at 1 3 dilution Delete X Cancel 305 2 Make the appropriate changes to the check boxes and the Comment entry field The Code field is grayed out it cannot be changed You can t change the number of a Remark Code once it s defined you can only delete it If you wish to delete the Remark Code entirely select Delete Otherwise Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Update Remark Codes screen To update another code repeat the above steps When you are done select Finished PPP To Print a List of Your Remark Codes 1 Select the type of Remark Code Patient Control or Billing from the tabs across the top of the box 2 Select the Print button SchuyLab prints out a list of all Remark Codes of that type currently defined in the system When done select Finished Setting up Note Codes
400. sages daily would be prudent select Delete SchuyLab will delete the message from your read and unread lists It is still available on the deleted list and can be undeleted if you ve been too hasty To send a message back to the message s author select Reply SchuyLab will display the Write Message screen x Cancel I Priority I Log message Al amp alel From MSTR 4 12 2004 12 21 E To MSTR Subject Fe Testing gt Message from MSTR 4 12 2004 12 15 gt gt Testing Testing 1 2 3 Type your response in the large white text area and then select the Send key Select Cancel if you choose not to reply at this time You can always reply to a message as long as it s among your unread or read messages To send the message on to another SchuyLab user select the Forward key SchuyLab displays the same Write screen as for replies In a sense a Forward is a Reply but to someone other than the original author Sending new mail To send new mail to others on the SchuyLab system you need to have the proper security level to permit you to generate messages This is done when Security Levels are defined for your SchuyLab system and is discussed in the Sec 8 Managerial Functions Assuming you have the security clearance to generate messages on 425 SchuyLab go to F7 Features and select the MessaGes icon SchuyLab displays the Messages screen E SchuyLab
401. screen the second panel to be Client 2 amp c To do this select Seq SchuyLab displays a list of the special panels for this client Re order the panels by selecting a panel you want to move then clicking the mouse where you want the panel to be When finished select Done 4 Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Doctor Records menu screen Access by Group Ideally an individual doctor will be attached to a specific client when originally entered into the system In the real world you may need to attach a doctor or a series of doctors to a client sometime after they ve all been entered Or you may want to see a list of which doctors are connected to a specific client For either of these tasks use the Access by Client icon To access a doctor via the client name 1 Select Access by Client SchuyLab displays the Select Client box 319 E Select Client 7 x Enter the Group s name l x Cancel y Ok 2 Type in the name or client ID number of the client you want to access and select Ok OR Without typing a client name simply select Ok SchuyLab displays a list of the currently defined clients xl a new client Better Healthcare Childrens Medical Group of Glendale kansas Northwest Medical group Pacific Avenue Medlab Van Nuys Verdugo Orthopoedic Medical Group WARNER Cancel Select a client from the list 3 If there are no doctors associated with the client or if there s only one
402. se it that is the cultures Throat Culture Eye Culture Urine Culture amp c This is done through Test Definition Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Test Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Tests list box If your culture tests are already defined select one of them If you need to create your culture tests select New SchuyLab displays the Update Test box 435 Update Test URINE x Code Name Dept Inst Facility URINE URINE CULTURE MICRO gt Full Description e ps Dec Units Sample Suffix Procedure Amount lo 87086 0 00 Billing Normal Range Ranges Critical Range Values Rmk TAT Linear Range Options lo 0 Same Ranges as Test Panels Workload 0 0 DeltaCheck 0 or 0 Interval jo e pas Derivation lf this result is derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel vy OK In the Code and Name fields enter the appropriate code and name for the culture you re defining In the above example we re defining Urine Culture Two further steps are necessary to complete this culture test First it has to be identified as a culture test Second we need to define how much space you want for your test results on this test To identify this test as a culture select the Options button SchuyLab displays the Options for Test box which defines how this particular test is reported 436 E Options
403. se this selection the date and time will always default to the date and time of the accession you just finished with Annotation Remark Codes and Note Codes The Remark Codes and Note Codes are frequently used canned comments Each code consists of a message which is associated with a number The difference lies in their size and ease of use Remark Codes are shorter up to 80 characters in length Up to two Remark Codes can be appended to an accession and up to four Remark Codes can be appended to a test result A single Remark Code can also be attached to a test definition or to a value of a test 302 They are easier to use and can be categorized according to test results including Microbiology QC or Billing One thing to note if or when you change a remark code all past remark codes will change also Note Codes are much longer and there is no limit to how many can be appended to a test result Their advantage is that unlike Remark Codes which print as separate comments Note Codes combine into a single block of unified and one hopes coherent text They are particularly useful for report with a single theme but disparate elements such as Cytology Setting up Remark Codes SchuyLab contains three separate sets of Remark Codes one for patient test results one for QC results and one for billing Each set can contain up to 255 user defined comments When entering patient test results or QC results a Rem
404. select the Update button SchuyLab displays the Update Note box Type in the corrected text and select Save SchuyLab returns to the Update Note Code box 4 Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Note Codes box To Print a List of Your Note Codes 1 From the Update Note Codes box select Print SchuyLab prints a list of all Note Codes currently in the system 2 When done select Finished Doctor Records Of course no medical laboratory is complete without doctors to send specimens and ask for tests Some labs service individual doctors some service groups of doctors and many service both SchuyLab can keep the records of your lab s clientele in its database the name of a doctor and or a client group can be attached to each patient The client groups are also used by SchuyLab for setting up printing queues billing and a number of other tasks To Access the Doctor and Client Group Database Select F8 Tools Select Doctor Records SchuyLab displays the Doctor Records menu screen 310 SchuyLab Doctor Records 2 loxi SchuyLab B E MSTR z 15 28 65 Feii 11 24 2003 fle E9 Cancel F10 Done Accession amp EX amp Fa Update Update Access Import Doctors Clients by Group Clients Devices os Ells 7 al a Doctor Client Request Worksheet Report Report Forms To Enter a New Doctor into the System SchuyLab maintains a list of the individual doctors serviced by your lab The doctor
405. select the button for the general section or department of the tests you need to order for example Chem The screen will change to display the tests and panels for the department you selected To order a test or panel Select the appropriate button As you select a button it darkens and appears to recess into the screen When you select a panel all the buttons for the associated tests darken too To undo a selection Select the button again to toggle the test off You may for instance select a panel button and then select an individual test to cancel it alone The rest of the tests in the panel remain selected To move to a new department Select a different department button from the top row The rest of the screen displays the tests and panels for the new department To order a test or panel by typing Some users prefer not to use the mouse to select buttons and icons they would rather type in the codes for the tests and panels being ordered There is a special Order Tests screen designed for such people it s set up through Screen Definition like the others and it looks like this SchuyLab Order Tests E 2 iol x 2 Test Patient ee lt ID 001066 Dr Doctor Example 14 34 4033 Patient Example Medical Group GERI 7 26 2004 DOB 6 24 1923 81 Other ID _ fle Accn 00000007 3 28 2003 14 13 F9 Cancel F10 Done Accession MAIN CHEM HEMO COAG UA SPCH MICR IMM pes Devices TSH Td Number Code Name E FS BMP
406. seneaees 485 Setting up Remote Printing scxecececercn x uve vein eieddaeermeteedoue 485 General problems and possible Solutions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 489 Appendix SchuyPaxiic1 4c sen ie kee 493 Repor CU CUGS hei a need ened E eet 493 Update Client rep a ae a E EEI eed sd cals 494 Sch yFax Set UD meere a me Ee ES 496 Using the SchuyFax Module 2 s c cceeceassedesscceeeeeceeeeeteeenenes 499 This page left blank Sec 1 Overview Laboratory Information System The questions to ask regarding a laboratory information system are What is the purpose of an LIS What does it do These questions can be put together as Why bother What is the purpose of an LIS Why do you want one If you re asking this question you probably feel the presence of a computer in the laboratory is an intrusion rather than an asset When cells were counted on a hemocytometer and glucoses were boiled in a pot over a Bunsen burner doctors made rare use of the lab and there was time for a technologist to write results on a slip by hand Now massive numbers of laboratory tests are an integral part of every diagnosis and routine health check and we find ourselves processing data rather than finding out what Mrs Aldridge s glucose is running today As physicians have increased their laboratory utilization and modern instruments have grown faster and more versatile the bottleneck in the lab has become taking the inf
407. shown Highlight and select the appropriate test in the scroll box SchuyLab displays an entry field a window for the test Type in the result and use one of the following keys to complete your action 49 Key Enter Accept Accept All Unaccept Cancel Test Tab Shift Tab Hold Expand for Trigger Tests Escape F10 Done 50 Purpose Press Enter or the Accept button to accept the result SchuyLab marks the test with an A to indicate that it is accepted and moves to the next test This feature is not yet active Select the escape ESC key the window or entry field will disappear and the entire line will be highlighted in white Hitting Enter unaccepts the test result the A at the start of the line denoting an accepted result will disappear While holding down the Alt key push the Delete key SchuyLab will ask you if you truly wish to delete that test order select yes or just Enter Press Tab to move the entry field to the next test without accepting the result Hold down the Shift key and press Tab to move the entry field backwards to the previous test In many labs there are techs who can not for various reasons accept results although they can enter them Using the Hold button a tech can enter the results of a test select the Hold button and the results will be entered but not accepted that will have to be done by someone with the proper clearance The E
408. sion Patient Report Select Patient Report to print out a cumulative report of the data available on the selected patient even if your lab specimen style reports as their default format has opted for From the Report Printing menu screen select Patient Report SchuyLab displays the Select Patient box E Select Patient x Enter the Patient s Name Last First Or the ID Date of Birth Patient s Client X Cancel y Ok Move the cursor to the Patient s Name field type in the first few letters of the patient s name and press Enter SchuyLab displays a list of patients whose names 70 begin with those letters Select the correct patient from the list SchuyLab displays the Cumulative Patient Report box E Cumulative Patient Report x To print a cumulative report for Test Patient press Enter I Print Full History of Patient X Cancel If you simply press Enter or the OK button SchuyLab prints a single page cumulative report showing the most recent specimens four to eight depending on format If you check the box labeled Print Full History of Patient before doing so however SchuyLab prints a report on all the active specimens for the patient AcceSsion Report Select AcceSsion Report to print out a series of specimen style reports even if your lab has opted for cumulative reports as their default format From the Report Printing menu screen select AcceSsion Report Sch
409. sion This ownership tells SchuyLab where that accession is supposed to print and how to label the origin of that specimen when it is transmitted outside of SchuyLab to an HIS for example The Accession defaults to the Facility you are at but can be overridden Pull down the list box and select a different Facility code if you want that Accession to belong to a different facility In addition to the Facility code appearing on the Accession each test that is resulted carries a record of which facility actually performed that test For instance you could have a CBC and Diff that were ordered at Entertainment Family Medicine where the CBC itself was actually run and accepted The Differential however was done at the LAB site when those results are accepted SchuyLab overrides the default presumption that the tests would be performed at EFM and records that each test in the differential was done at LAB The EFM Facility would still own the Accession but the differential tests now belong to the LAB 465 Printing What happens when the report with the CBC and Diff print out Because SchuyLab knows which site owns the accession and where each individual test was done it automatically knows how to print out the results When you print that accession wherever you are when you print it SchuyLab prints the owner of the accession as the header Any tests on that accession that were done somewhere other than at the site that ow
410. sis Please check your ICD9 coding ICDS Description 1 780 7 MALAISE AND FATIGUE CPT ICD3 links Description 60011 1 COMP METABOL IC 61003 NOT ALLOWED UA DIPSTICK ICDS Override X Cancel lv At the top of the list is the set of ICD 9 code s assigned to the accession and their description s Selecting one of the codes will bring you a smaller box allowing you to change or delete the code if you made a mistake when entering it The selected ICD 9 code is displayed as well as its description ICDS Description 780 7 MALAISE AND FATIGUE Delete x Cancel Below this box is a second box showing each of the tests you have ordered on the specimen The CPT code and the description of each test are listed Under the column ICD 9 Links you will find either the number 1 8 of the ICD 9 code that corresponds with this test or an alert in red You will not be able to select OK from this screen until the alerts no longer appears either by pressing cancel and removing the test or fixing the error with the ICD 9 code 412 The most common alert is NOT ALLOWED This is triggered when there seems to be no link between the test you have ordered and any one of the ICD 9 diagnosis codes of the patient The other alerts are used when a match is found but special conditions are not met These alerts display the number 1 8 of the ICD 9 code as well as one of these messages in red GENDER The patient is of the wrong gen
411. specific ranges to your satisfaction If you check in Ranges and don t find any ancillary data but you still have an unexpected range printing out there is another place to check I know it sounds odd but are you sure that you have only one Triglycerides test set up I ve seen situations where there are two tests TRIG and TRG Everyone thinks that TRIG is what s being ordered and reported but way back when the system was set up TRG was what actually got put on the screens and panels The point here is that you should check the other tests to see if you have any partial duplicates which are causing problems How do I find out if this has happened Print out the Test Report This will give you a hard copy of all the tests and ranges in your data base Examine the report for possible conflicts and delete or modify redundant tests and ranges Deleting a test is a very comprehensive change to make When you delete a test you will want to check your screens and your worksheets to insure that the correct tests are still represented in those sections If you delete a test that has outstanding orders on it alias the test so that SchuyLab knows with which test to replace the one that s been deleted See Section 4 I can t get Lipid Panel to print out on my reports but I know I set it up When I went back into SchuyLab to check it was right there But it still doesn t print How do I get Lipid Panel to appear on
412. specimens with that test ordered under the old code will be orphaned the computer thinks that test is still pending but you won t be able to access it or cancel it because its code isn t in the SchuyLab database The only time it s safe to forego an alias when changing a test code is if you ve just finished defining the test that is when no orders anywhere in the database include that test Manually entering an alias for a test or panel Despite the above warning you may someday accidentally change a test code without saving the old code as an alias As noted above humans aren t perfect You can still manually enter the alias so that SchuyLab will be able to translate the new test code into the old test code for those specimens still using the old test code be To enter an alias for a test or panel Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Test amp Panel Definition Select Alias Definition SchuyLab displays the Update Test Alias box listing all the current aliases for tests and panel codes 138 E Update Test Alias List Alias Test FERRITIN FE2 FERRITIN ALK_P ALKPHOS ALK PHOSPHATASE Test Panel Cancel Lox To add a new alias select Test for test codes or Panel for panel codes SchuyLab displays the Add Alias box x Test Alias ha Cancel Delete OK In the Test field pull down the list of currently defined tests and select the one for which you wish to add an alias In the
413. splays the Control box Select the appropriate control SchuyLab displays the Define Set box l 2 187 E Update Set x Control Set Status e lies Beg Date End Date 12 01 2003 BE Lot N xmo01 P2 avame Values Lot xm002 o ar20 Values Dese X ome K 3 Inthe Status scroll box select Test to do parallel testing on a set of controls 4 The Beginning Date automatically defaults to the current date You can override the date if necessary 5 You must enter the Lot Numbers and the Expiration Dates for all levels Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Quality Control Setup menu screen Select Set 1 Select Set SchuyLab displays the Select Control box Select List Select the control from the list 3 SchuyLab displays the Select Control Name Set box Select the control set SchuyLab displays the Update Set box There will be at least two control sets listed all the previous lots plus the new lot you ve just defined Select the new lot from the list SchuyLab displays the Update Set box 4 Select the Values button for one of the control levels listed SchuyLab displays the Update Review Current Values box Enter the ranges for that level following the same instructions as given in QC Setup above Select OK 5 Select the Values button for the next level Proceed as above 6 When you have set values for all levels select OK to return to the Quality Control Setup menu screen 7
414. st Or the ID Date of Birth Patient s Client X Cancel v Ok 4 Select Ok SchuyLab displays the patient s ID number 340 E Print Full Report x Q H M Record Selection Patient ID 0000003070 Select Accession O Select X Cancel OK 5 Select OK SchuyLab prints the Full Report for that patient or change the queue to view on the screen or print elsewhere Al Print the Full Report by Accession Number 1 Select F8 Tools 2 Select Full Report SchuyLab displays the Print Full Report box Print Full Report fx ma Queue EEI PRINTER gt Record Selection Patient ID O Select Accession X Cance 3 Enter the accession number you wish to view Or if you are not positive of the accession number you can click on the Select button next to Accession to bring up the select accession box 341 E Select Accession x Accession Number l List active X Cancel Type in the Accession number or select the List Active button When you have chosen the accession you want to look up SchuyLab also fills in the patient s ID number Q EI Record Selection Patient ID 0000003069 Select Accession 00000015 Select X Cancel y ok 4 Select OK SchuyLab prints the Full Report for that accession only or change the queue to view on the screen or print elsewhere
415. st two cups of a run are the working controls which it may call CONTROL 1 and CONTROL 2 and which you ve aliased to your SchuyLab controls NEWQC N1 and NEWQC A1 But a new set of controls came in yesterday and you want to begin parallel testing them today So you tell the analyzer 189 that in the next two cups you have put Test N and Test A Cannily you go to your QC Alias function and assign the alias Test N to Actual Level NEWQC N2 and Test A to the Actual Level NEWQC A2 Now these subsets of the control automatically accumulate all the accepted QC data which comes across the interface under those names Some analyzers have designations that they automatically assign to QC What if there is such a designation set aside for a lot number being parallel tested The first answer is that if such a designation exists you ought to use it The second answer is that instruments which are sufficiently sophisticated to have made provision for parallel testing generally let you input a name for your controls The third answer I warned you that QC is a complex topic is that you can always create a patient called TestDude Levell order the appropriate tests on the patient and when the results get to the interface reassign them as the alias Test L They will then be sorted into the correct files tt Select Set again Once you ve got enough QC results from the testi
416. sts module can be used without an interface by itself the Refer Tests module streamlines the paper ordering of tests and tracks the fact that these tests were done at another facility The reference lab s results must be entered manually into the patients records If you don t send out a lot of tests or send them out to many reference labs you might decide a direct connection isn t for you When buying a reference lab interface it s important to remember that an interface has two ends SchuyLab and the reference lab Both end need to install their interface for the connection to work For every reference lab connected to you therefore you ll need an interface from Schuyler House in addition to the Refer Tests module and an interface from that reference lab But the payoff is enormous through the interface and the Refer Tests module SchuyLab places orders and receives results with the speed of electronic transmission This yields a dramatic drop in the turn around time for those results since you no longer have to wait for a courier to deliver them Additionally the results are integrated with the results of the tests done in house on that patient SchuyLab automatically annotates where the results are done If you patronize more than one reference lab it s quite conceivable that you might have an electronic connection to one but not to another Why For a reference lab to be willing to supply their end of a connection the volume
417. sult Summary Reprint A EAT Tequest Torisse cee ane restoring backup files Restricted Lof enncenernein iver anne result codes microbiology result Values ssc ssi ine Poe r aR este iets PEUS 5 iei iaoi eia a EA A online entry routine PTINt eee eeeeeeeeees S Same Ranges as Testu eee 99 127 Sample Type SAVING your WOTK eeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneeees 18 SHU yP aX ss3 on aoas Penta eich Monitoring Using the SchuyFax Module 499 Screen Definitio oraes Aa A A E A Configure a NeW 129 panel buttons eeeeeeeteeteeeeeeeee 131 test DUON 0 eee cccccceeeeeesssteeeeeeeeees 131 Screen Tormas a ie i aE ae 132 SCIES EA ATENEA ON ENR definition OMAS nRa r SCLOI DOK sicsiciscovescsvescusescvssscvstecossntvsancteds Search button SECULI Yesera tanta creatinine EENT SECUIY A E E E s es ea a es ORS Add a New Operator authorized Caes aaie ireier siota Setting Up Isolate Panel Setting Up Sensitivities Setting Up Sensitivity Panels Special Conditions cccceesseceeesteeeeeeee 418 special features 0 ceeeceeeeseeseeeteeeteceeeeees 34 specimen Speciet reseni ia Received oresoao iein Aes ten ee 45 specimen ID Specimen ID iiarniamecnreine nen E n e autogenerated sseeeeeeeereeeeereeresreeere 294 format Formate ses isisisi iiia Specimen TEPOTt ee eeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeteeees Specimen Sample Sample field eee
418. sults box In the Organism field enter the code for the second organism you ve isolated just as you did for the first organism E Update Isolate Results ISOLATE Acti nomyces spp Result Codes Sensitivity fo fo fo fo List 13 sensa _ input QUANTITY 50 a OxIDAS CATALAS 5 Delete X Cancel y oK Select the Input button to enter the sensitivity results Repeat the same steps as with the first organism You may repeat the process for as many organisms as you ve identified on your sample When you re finally done Accept the results for the culture and the Alter Results screen will look something like this 453 SchuyLab Alter Results Test Patient THERESE 5 MSTR ID 00031 Dr Thomas J Sabourin 12 34 4666 ANOTHER new client VA DOB 5 03 1952 53 Other ID 12345678 Aes Accn 000164 1 19 2006 15 26 3 Cancel F10 Done Acc Test Value RMK codes CULTURE after 48 hours ISOLATE Resco EE E AMIK Sensi tve hiat Antain AMPI Resistnt Dilution CEPHAL Intermed E Resistnt KA Sensi tve QUANTITY 50 ois GRAM 10 el CATA A s CATALAS 5 Taa ISOLATE Actinomyces spp HER AMIK Sensi tve AMPI Resistnt E Sensi tve QUANTITY 50 GRAM 10 OxXIDAS 15 Expand CATALAS 5 ene Concentration Info Accept ALI a r ae re oen ae ela o gt eB ool aes e abe v an aen ted rel ye a ody The screen will show the culture test then each organism followed by its sensitivity
419. suming here or the Update Client Record box if the name is already in the system OR Without typing anything in the entry field select Ok SchuyLab displays the Which Client Box listing all the Clients currently defined on your SchuyLab System F which Client zi a new client Better Healthcare Childrens Medical Group of Glendale kansas Northwest Medical group Pacific Avenue Medlab Van Nuys Verdugo Orthopoedic Medical Group WARNER Cancel Select New Group to enter a new client SchuyLab displays the Input Client Record box E Input Client Record ID Fee Schedule Account Sales Telephone Queue Copies Copy to Fax ee ee 0 ee Client Name Telephone 2 Address nore V Active oe M Individual Provider City St Zip Ce Tax ID E Responsible Physician NPI M Print New Patient Reports Special Panels 3 Complete the information in the box ID SchuyLab will enter the next number in sequence for your new client If you wish to alter the default number to a different number you may do so before you input this group into the system If the number you choose is already in use SchuyLab will not accept this record and give you an error message at the bottom of the screen Fee Schedule Optional used in conjunction with the SchuyLab Billing Module You may assign a fee schedule to a specific client Patients defined as PHYSIC Bill Types whose
420. t PRINTER Draft M Sequence for reporting detail entries Accessi on Print Options l Summary Only MV Patient Accession Notes vV PatientID Address V Result Notes MV Other ID Client v Show Prior Results MV Drawn Received Printed M statistics V Diagnosis Code Line V Dashes as Separators Value Range From To Heading 1502 Body x Cancel y OK As with the other Demographics reports you can select among the check boxed options to determine what type of information you want on your report Even more detailed formatting can be done by selecting the Heading or Body buttons and configuring your reports line by line field by field See Reports Setup in your SchuyLab User s Manual Section 7 for more information on this topic 381 Many of the check options are present from the standard Demographics style reports however the Cytology report has some additional choices Sequence for reporting detail entries is a new list that is now found on all of the Demographics reports It allows you to now sort the list of specimens by Accession ID Patient ID or Patient Name order Prior to this all such reports have generated in the Accession order Patient Accession Notes when checked will include a section for any notes that have been attached to the patient and or specimen Result Notes will print any additional notes that are attached to the INTERPRETATION results Some Labs will store that the result i
421. t s ID number for each entry to number be printed These are default 226 Exclude Undrawn Accessions Show Date Indent If your lab uses the Draw List function you have the option of excluding any tests or panels that have been ordered but the specimens haven t been drawn yet Select whether you want the date printed for each specimen to be the date the specimen was drawn or the date it was received by the lab Enter the size of the left margin for the report in number of spaces from the left The default is zero 0 spaces When Setup is complete select OK SchuyLab returns to the Accepted Log box 5 Select OK SchuyLab will now print your log with the changes if any you have specified Data Log Whereas the Accepted Log prints only the accepted tests Data Log prints all tests ordered accepted or not It prints out all of the patient test results for the range of accession numbers or a date range you designate To print the Data Log 1 Select F6 Print SchuyLab displays the Print menu screen 2 Select Data Log SchuyLab displays the Data Log box 227 OR 228 Department Queue gt PRINTER Accession Range First Last Date Range From Ta You MUST specify a range Sorby Accession C Name This will print the Data Log for all tests in the specified range or just forthe specified department Setup X Cancel y o In the Accession Rang
422. t s best to do trends one level at a time or the screen gets awfully crowded Pretty but not particularly helpful e To display the numeric value of a particular point on the graph point and click at a dot The numeric value for that point and the time and date it was run appears in the box at the lower right section of the screen near the Trends button If you aren t exactly on a dot SchuyLab will select the nearest point A SchuyLab Quality Control E la xj e Patient Zla Accession ols Devices Ce Worksheet Ble Print fle Features w a Tools Control 4C LO NORM HI i Device MD16 Set 2 14 51 4016 1 06 2004 E9 Cancel E10 Done 385D 25D Mean 25D 3SD Trends 2i7 eel 39 47 51 NORM 68 74 86 98 104 Vv 146 158 182 206 21 8 Once you ve chosen a specific point on the graph and its values are displayed on the lower right box you can edit or annotate that point or exclude it from your statistics Just select the box where the values are displayed SchuyLab displays a pop up box for that test just as in Lot Edit And just as in Lot Edit you can add notes or Result Codes change the result value or exclude it from the database To expand a section of the graph if the data points are too close together to resolve individually point the cursor at the middle of that area and click the middle button on the mouse SchuyLab will zoom you in to that sectio
423. t Blue Cross has all of its work done at Mega Reference Lab There is an exception though Your contract with Blue Cross says that you may perform coags in house on Blue Cross patients So in the Exceptions box I have selected my coag tests and said that they are performed at my SOP facility which in this case is Sky Labs Anytime there is a patient with Blue Cross insurance the tests automatically ordered at Mega Reference Lab unless they are coagulation tests in which case they are done in house How do you determine your SOP facility This is set up in Test Definition when you place a default Facility on the test In an Explicitly ordered test the default Facility will always match the only link set up in Refer If there is more than one Refer link or the default Facility is different than the single Refer link then the test is Conditionally linked see below 481 E Update Insurance Carrier ID PIN GRP Other ID B W id Name Fee Schedule BLUE CROSS BLUE SHIELD standara Address Printed Form P O BOX 327 HCF1s00 gt Electronic City St_ Zip N a gt SEATTLE ua 98111 032 Er In Care of a X o N44 Plan Name alge Pl Telephone Write Off Line 24k r Jo 00 jae ooo Type Service Delete X Cancel y OK Now we are back to the 75 aforementioned Blue Cross offices with which you do business You only need to set up one Contract for Blue Cross
424. t Panel Test Translation C Accessions EXPORT Update Doctor Translation Draw Dates thru rt ie C Patientlds Client Translation si New C Changed since D T Insurance Translation New l Only export completed accessions Batch transmission M Use VT FS Framing Separate messages Setup x Cancel y From the Format pull down list select the format you ve defined for the exported file Once you ve selected it it will remain the default until you change it again In the Select Path window type the name of the file the Export function is to create Be sure to include the drive designation if it s different than the drive on which your SchuyLab system is installed Thus in the above example we re writing the file on the computer s 3 5 diskette drive so we start the path with the phrase A the name of that drive Note once you ve entered a path and filename it will remain the default until you change it again If you wish to export records for the patients of a single Client type that Client s name or Client ID number in the Select for Client field Leaving this field blank will cause patients records for all Clients to be exported Select the method of sorting patient records Accessions Enter the beginning and ending specimen ID accession numbers for the range of records you wish to export Draw Dates Enter the beginning and ending dates for the records you
425. t also place a check in the Undrawn Accessions option Once you have made these changes you will need to exit out of SchuyLab and sign back in The following improvements will then be available to you New Demographics Information Now when you view Change Demographic in the Patient Processing screen you will notice several new fields Here is a picture of the new Patient Demographics screen 78 Patient Demographics 2 Test Patient T ID 001066 Dr Doctor Example Patient Example Medical Group GERI DOB 6 24 1923 81 Other ID Z E3 F9 Cancel E10 Accession Patient ID Patient Type Patient s Last Name First Name MI 001 066 gt Test Patient i Pes Gender Class Service Address D g evices usm l 4 a Somewhere Street Birth Date ES i 6 24 1923 IB az Worksheet Qther ID u the Rainbow 52630 L E Telephone Unit a z Bed Gje Admit Date Dischg Date GERI 205 5b Doctor Bill Type r Account Example Doctor Client Example Medical Group Features Insurance E Medicare Medicaid Dlagnosis ICD 9 E8 012345678m List The Location field is now listed as Unit and has been moved This can be used to describe a Nursing Unit or facility within the Hospital For instance this patient is part of the Geriatric Center of the Example Medical Group In addition four more fields Room Bed Class and Service have been added to allow you to
426. t and print all reports preliminary and final in the list To delete reports Highlight one or more reports and select Delete SchuyLab removes it from the Print Patient Reports list Printing a report via the Print Patient Reports box will delete it from the list automatically Print Control Functions 73 CLIA requires that the lab have available a copy of the original result printed out for the doctor And for many labs that creates a problem as storage is at a premium SchuyLab will store that original for you on the hard drive in fact SchuyLab makes a copy of everything you have printed including worksheets and log files You can then at a later date access these reports through the Report Printing menu The Report Printing menu screen has two icons that control the actual printing operations of the system One is the Reprint icon and the other is the Print Control icon Reprint To reprint a report that has already been printed select Reprint SchuyLab displays the Reprint Report box listing all the reports that have been printed that day latest report at the top E Reprint Report x Date Queue 1 09 2004 List PRINTER Cancel OK Title 000068 Roufus John 000070 Fox B 000170 Test Goober 000177 Aaron Jack N 000178 Baldwin Karen Order Log N a A o Highlight the report s you wish to reprint From the Queue list box select the printer queue you wish to print on the default queu
427. t be enough memory in your computer to load all the lines of your worksheet If you wish to enter results into a large worksheet it s best to do it a few specimens at a time To do this type the range of specimens e g 1 to 10 or 11 to 20 into the entry 167 fields Of course if you re dealing with a reasonably sized worksheet leave the Worksheet Lines fields as they are 6 Select one or more tests that you want to enter at this time the rest remain available for later entry or select All SchuyLab displays the Enter Worksheet Results screen E SchuyLab Enter Worksheet Results R iol xl 7 SchuyLab E2 Worksheet ESR 1211 1 MSTR 13 48 65 Patient 12 11 2003 E9 Cancel E10 Done ETEN Acc Test Value RMK codes 000116 1 09 2 20 Lopez Josephine g 4 EER Remark Codes 001001 9 29 11 06 Shipley William J Devices ESR Dilution i 009900 4 28 14 12 Patient Change 5 ES 7 Concentration 5963777 2 27 11 41 Smith John Worksheet ESR 1 Notes Br Print Hold Ae le info Features Accept ALI Expand Enter results for tests Each line on the worksheet consists of the specimen number date and time and the patient s name followed by the tests covered by the worksheet Enter results on this screen exactly as you would for manual entry Review Sec 3 Daily Operations Worksheet Result Entry Quick List To enter results from a worksheet 1 Select F5
428. t for that if the recipient is currently logged onto a SchuyLab station she s immediately notified when she s sent a Priority message The second check box lets you Log Message i e keep a permanent record of the message having been sent SchuyLab Messaging has incorporated into it the concept that all messages are not of equal importance There are messages that will read Preventative Maintenance performed on the Hemo analyzer 9AUG04 JLC There are also messages that will say There s a new pizza place that opened last week Do you want to try it tomorrow for lunch In order to allow for this human element in its Messaging module SchuyLab has two statuses of messages Logged and Unlogged An unlogged message is a casual communication requiring no response It s existence is not recorded in the Messaging module A logged message is an official communication A record is kept of all logged messages when they are sent and to whom they are sent A printout may be obtained of all logged messages under Tools For trivial messages of course this is often unnecessary but if you re the system administrator alerting the staff of a problem you may want to prove later that the message was sent to the entire staff Simply check this box to log the message When all the fields are complete click the mouse on Send SchuyLab sends the message to all the users listed in the To field If you decide after all that you shouldn t
429. t this point you may choose to change the format of the worksheet from the default format defined as part of this Master Worksheet If so select the new format from the Format pull down scroll box When you have completed the fields optional and made any changes you wish in the format also optional select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Worksheet Functions screen and displays the designation of the worksheet in the nameplate area To print the worksheet you ve just generated select the Print Worksheet icon SchuyLab asks you if you truly want to print your worksheet and gives you one last chance for that print job only to alter the format Select Yes Retrieve an Existing Worksheet 1 Select List SchuyLab displays the Available Worksheets box E available Workshe x CBC 0422 1 CELLDYN 1028 1 CHEM 0702 11 CHEM 0702 12 CHEM4 0506 1 CHEM4 0509 1 CHEM4 0509 2 CHEM4 0509 3 CHEM4 0509 4 CHEM4 0511 1 gt New Cancel 163 2 Select one of the entries in the box SchuyLab returns you to the Worksheet Functions Screen and displays the designation of that worksheet in the nameplate area 1 Type the designation of the worksheet you wish to select into the field marked ID Use the full designation including the date e g CHEM4 0320 1 for the first Chem4 worksheet generated on March 20 2 Select OK 3 SchuyLab returns you to the Worksheet Functions Screen and displays th
430. tailed patient information phone number address amp c Pi Change Spec Info Select this icon to alter information on the specimen draw date type of specimen amp c e Merge Patient If you have the same patient entered twice e g under two different spellings of the name SchuyLab lets you merge the two files of data into one This option requires a separate security clearance Delete Patient Select this icon to entirely remove a patient from the system A patient with specimens may not be removed until the specimens are deleted This function requires a special security clearance R Delete Specimen Select this icon to delete a specimen on a patient This is also a necessary prelude to deleting a patient Again this function requires a special security clearance 25 Cumulative Specimen Report This icon prints a patient report in whichever format is not default for your laboratory that is the opposite of Print Results Usually the default is set to be a single specimen report this icon then prints a cumulative report showing the last four to six specimens Send Home Report This icon prints a send home report for the patient that is a report with no abnormal results flagged and the normal ranges omitted A report in other words that you can send home with the patient without causing panic Kg T a i Historical Results Select this icon to view the most recent result of each test ev
431. tall This installs the generic Refer Tests module Then likewise Install the specific Mega Reference Lab interface onto your SchuyLab system This installs the capability to have a Mega Reference Lab interface but the Mega Reference Lab icon will not yet be present in your SchuyLab How do you get the Mega Reference Lab icon onto the screen Go into F7 Features There will be a Refer Tests icon present Select it Refer Tests Now you will see a Setup Labs icon Select it y Setup Labs SchuyLab displays a screen with two icons fr Ni Reference Referral Labs Contracts Select the Reference Labs icon 470 E Update Reference Laboratories newFeciy ox SchuyLab displays the Update Reference Labs box Select New Facility E New Reference Lab Code MEGA Num 11 l REFMEGA Laboratory Name Telephone Mega Reference Lab s88 777 6666 Address Fax Large Street 234 567 8901 CLIA ID City St Zip 112233 al Metro ny 01234 Director Frederick N Stein Additional Information X Cancel PO v OK SchuyLab displays the New Reference Lab box The I F pulldown box in the upper right corner will contain an entry for each of the electronic interfaces that have been installed In this instance the list contains one entry REFMEGA Select that 471 entry and type in the rest of the information on that reference lab This data will be used to provide the footnotes that annotate results pe
432. tation with the modem in it must have a line cord between the modem and a dedicated phone line The SchuyLab station with the modem in it must be on and logged in to SchuyLab Setting up Remote Printing Setting up Remote Printing in your SchuyLab system consists of three steps A B C Set up the printer queue the area in the computer where documents go to be printed for the remote printer Make sure there s a separate queue for each remote printer REMOTE1 REMOTE2 or the name of the client as there is for each printer in the lab test results going to the LAB queue for example invoices going to the BILLING queue etc Attach the remote printer queue to the client s record Once that s done all patients belonging to that client will automatically print on that remote printer queue Set up the Remote Printer feature to connect the remote printer queue for a client to their telephone number A To set up a new queue for your remote printer Eh E Select F8 Tools Select Set Up Select Report Setup Select Report Queues SchuyLab displays the current list of the Queues available 485 6 7 E Report Queue List x Emergency Room Oncology Ward PATIENT Patient queue PRINTER All Print New Queue Done Select New Queue SchuyLab displays the Input Report Queue box x Name Description REMOTE1 jist remote queue Delete Cancel Lok Fill in the Name and Description entry fi
433. te Culture Rest x CULTURE after 48 hours Coll Date Time By Source 4 21 2003 14 02 MSTR Recv Date Time By 4 21 2003 14 02 MSTR STAT ol Result Codes 0 jo lo jo lo List Isolate Organisms Isolated Delete X Cancel Y OK The Update Culture Results box shows the name of the culture test and the entry already typed It can be changed at this point if desired by simply typing over it Coll Date Time By Recv Date Time By Source Stat Note Result Collect date and time This defaults to day and time that you enter these results and can be changed to reflect when you collected the specimen All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today Received date and time This defaults to day and time that you enter these results and can be changed to reflect when you received the specimen All dates can be put in as n or n which means that many days in the past or future 0 or 0 will translate to today You can specify the source of the swab in more detail For a wound culture for instance you can type left arm If this specimen is a STAT clicking on this box will move this specimen to the top of any worksheet you may use and also print STAT on the barcode labels As with all the other yellow note pads in SchuyLab you can type in a free text note Enter the numbers of the Result Codes up to four
434. th and 2 the range for the entire lot The second range could be for the prior month or whatever other interval you choose E Print OC Summary Queue 4 PRINTER gt Device amp Control Set ACEQC ACE Af 2 Begin Date End Date l Compare with Bien Gee Levels Cancel I KDY5945 II KDV4945 Setup 207 Sec 7 Reports and Printing Types of Reports SchuyLab offers you many ways to print your necessary daily reports and forms Following is a brief overview of those reports We will get into more detail of setting these reports up and customizing them to fit your needs further in this section Patient Report This is the most common form that you will be using With this you will report the results of the patients test including any notes and comments Cumulative Report The Cumulative report will print the last 5 6 results for all the tests that have been run It places them side by side so at a glance the doctor can see if there are any trends or drastic changes Graphic Reports Prints cumulative patient results on a graph and then prints the data for individual results in columns below the graph The most common graphic report is of course the PSA But you can print out the graphic report for a patient s Glucose or WBC Any test that has the results stored in SchuyLab can have a graph of the results printed Reprint CLIA requires that a laboratory be able to produce on demand a
435. that range that doesn t have a test on it This will enable you to print labels for ALL in house patients That is any accession for a patient that has NOT been sent home i e they are still in one of the hospital beds This way you can enter a wide range of numbers and SchuyLab will ignore any patient in that range that has gone home this works especially well for hospitals If you are using the Patient ID as the range you can sort the labels by a variety of ways Patient ID Name or Sex Name By changing the type size you can get more or less information on each line of the label Simply type in the number you want The default is 120 which is about a font size 12 Type in the number of labels you want printed You can design custom labels or choice from one of the many Avery or equivalent type label already set up If you choose to design your own labels set the number of labels that will be printed across the page If you choose to design your own labels set the number of rows of labels that will be printed down the page If you choose to design your own labels type a number here to move the start of the printing down from the top of the label NOT the top of the paper 365 Left Margin Width of each label Length of each label Label Design 366 If you choose to design your own labels you can specify how indented the printing starts for each label If you choose to design your own labels
436. that test has been ordered This is used to check that you have all the accessions and can be used to place them in the proper order on your instrument 154 Load List CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL CHEMISTRY Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 GENERAL CHEMISTRY CHEN 0421 3 4 21 2005 13 19 000026 Sequence Check 000139 Carlson Sharon A 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K 000141 Smith John B 000043 Abston Jane 001000 Drinkwater Sharon K 000044 King Annabel 001001 Shipley William J 000049 Smith John 001042 Shipley William J 000052 Smith William 001111 Shipley William J 000053 Nuts I M 001234 Drinkwater Sharon K 000054 Nuts U R 001666 Shipley William 000059 Drinkwater Jill 002042 Drinkwater Mortemer K 000062 Nixon Richard M 003846 Drinkwater Mortemer K The Load List prints only the accession number and the patient s name This list is used as a guide to loading the instrument 155 Packed List CHEM 0421 3 GENERAL CHEMISTRY Schuyler House 14635 Titus Street Panorama City CA 91402 4922 Phone 800 706 0266 Fax 818 782 0097 GENERAL CHEMISTRY CHEM 0421 3 4 21 2005 13 19 000026 Sequence Check CHOL TRIG 000042 Drinkwater Mortemer K SGOT _ LDH _ CPK 000043 Abston Jane T_BILI __ CHOL SGOT SGPT _ URIC_ACD s ALB ALKPHOS sr CE _ LDH 000044 King Annabel ALB 000049 Smit
437. the once a year tests To order tests ad hoc from a reference lab all you need to do is to set up the facility as a reference lab in the Refer Tests module You do not need to have a test compendium loaded Ad hoc ordering works with either paper or electronic methods of transmitting tests to the actual performing lab The downside of ad hoc ordering is that it is easy to make a mistake SchuyLab will trust you to know what you are doing and won t argue with anything you type in You ll need to know in advance the reference lab s test code for whatever you re ordering Also you ll have little control over the placement of the tests on the printed Patient Report The tests and their results will be grouped in a group heading under the name of the Facility at the end of the Patient Report To use ad hoc ordering go into the Freeform style Order Tests screen in Patient Processing There you will type the test code and the Facility code into the Text box like this M1234 MEGA This orders test M1234 at the Facility MEGA How will a test ordered via ad hoc ordering print on the Patient Report The HL7 format which is used for most medical data communications has provisions for including the test description normal range flags and notes on each result When a test is ordered ad hoc its result is printed in a Group in Report Order with the name of the reference lab Facility This Group does not have to be created by the Schu
438. the Update Range box Select the heading to update and then make the necessary changes and select OK SchuyLab returns to the Define New Test box 91 39 66 39 66 Values To set non numeric results pos neg yellow etc for the test select Values SchuyLab displays the Values Box Once values have been selected they may be entered as ranges and used as patient results 1 Select Values SchuyLab displays the Values for Test name box The Values Box x Value Also Allow M Numeric M NN T NEN M NN 0 Text Custom Standard SeQuence vw OK _Sustom_ _Stendard SeQuence 2 To add new values to the list of authorized responses select Standard SchuyLab displays the Add Values box Multi select the values you want to add to the test The Add Values Box 92 x X Cancel P 3 When you have highlighted all the new values select OK x SchuyLab returns you to the Values for Test name box and displays the values you have selected as a list in that box If the test value you need is not on the standard list you can create your own custom values To do this select Custom SchuyLab displays the Add Custom Value box In the Value field type the test value you wish to create Select OK Note If your lab makes extensive use of Cumulative Reports we strongly recommend using only values from the Standard list as Custom values do not print on Cumulative Reports due to sp
439. the appropriate icon SchuyLab displays the Instrument Results screen with the test results for the oldest outstanding specimen 63 The Instrument Results Screen SchuyLab Bayer Clinitek Results CLINITEK TGRIFFIN MSTR Test Patient ID 0000003069 Dr Doctor Example Patient Over the Rainbow Medical Clinic 12345678 oe e J OV e 2 DOB 12 03 1988 15 Other ID 123456789 EA Aes i Accn 00000016 2 22 1999 14 01 FaCancel F10 Done 0 023 7705 15 39 Ctrl ID 137648 Diluted U_COLOR Yellow 1 1 U_CLAR Clear U_GLU 100 U_BILI LARGE U_KET 15 Delete U_SG 1 010 U_BLO ODERATE Order U_PH 5 0 U_PROT gt 300 UROBILIN 0 2 Reassign U_NITRTE Negative U_LEUK TRACE 4 Accept Next ERE Prior The Instrument Results screen displays three fields across the top of the screen specimen number patient ID and patient name If the instrument transmits this information it appears in these fields If SchuyLab recognizes the specimen number it displays the associated patient s nameplate above the screen and places checks in the check boxes before the ordered tests If the test results are unacceptable Select Delete to delete them and display the next set of results If the test results are not the ones you want to view Select Prior or Next until SchuyLab displays the set of results you want This process does not alter the status
440. the lab instrument and translates it to a readable format on SchuyLab For normal operation you should never need to change the device interface But instrument manufacturers do change their products and it may someday be important for you to understand the device interface and how it works Let s pretend for the moment that you ve gotten a new CBC analyzer and you ve just attached it to your SchuyLab system If you were to run a sample and transmit the results to SchuyLab they d appear in the F4 Devices screen looking something like this 279 SchuyLab CellDyn 1700 Results CD1700 THERESE MSTR 13 07 4666 8 05 2005 F9 Cancel E10 Done 22484 I Control 8 15 16 21 WBC 5 6 PDW 18 Diluted LYM 1 8 LYM 32 2 MID 0 3 MID 5 1 fji GRAN GRAN 62 7 g RBC i HGB HET MCV MCH MCHC RDW Reassign ped Next PCT Delete Prior The test codes are as they have been transmitted from the instrument SchuyLab doesn t recognize any of them so it s appended a question mark to each test code That is the CBC machine transmitted WBC and SchuyLab displays it as WBC to show that it s confused Under these conditions it s impossible to match the test results to a specific patient or accept the values SchuyLab uses a list of aliases for each online instrument essentially a translation table to convert the transmitted test codes into SchuyLab de
441. the order directly Without that connection the order will be placed by whatever means you re currently using The reference lab s complete test compendium is present in SchuyLab for use in placing the order including the normal ranges and temperature stability for each analyte Step two Well lacking quantum teleportation Schuyler House has no way to affect the physical transport of the specimen from one location to another The specimen must still be carried by a courier SchuyLab prints a manifest to accompany the samples and tracks which tests are still outstanding Step three If your lab has an electronic connection to the reference lab SchuyLab receives the result directly as soon as it is released by the reference lab and the result is automatically incorporated into the patient s record Without that connection the results must be returned by whatever way you currently use To emphasize the point There are two ways by which a lab can make use of the Refer Tests module in SchuyLab 468 1 with an electronic connection to transmit orders to the reference lab and receive results electronically Refer Tests plus the interface for each reference lab 2 using paper manifests to communicate with the reference lab and receive results on paper Refer Tests module but no interfaces The interface to an electronic connection is not part of the Refer Tests module the two features are separate and independent The Refer Te
442. tial conditions for the SchuyLab system the values and ranges for the individual tests the computer ports the translation tables for the instruments the default entries for the patient and specimen screens and many more dl Clean up Database Selecting this icon will clear out from memory all the of the electronic scratch paper the system creates on a daily basis Too much of this electronic clutter will slow the system down This function does not affect patient results 35 B Security Levels The users access to the SchuyLab system including passwords authorization levels and permissions is controlled through this icon Time amp Date Allows the user to change the time and date on the system for single station systems r 4 Printer Setup Selects the printer from the Windows Printer Setup and the printing queue it serves Archive SchuyLab permanently stores its database on the computer s hard disk which is sized to meet the customer s expected needs As such the Archive function has not yet been implemented Hl Full Report Prints out a report on a single accession or patient complete with all of the test orders results deletions dates the initials of the user who accepted the results amp c Remark Codes Permits the user to reduce the most commonly used test comments to a numbered list up to 255 for patients 255 for QC and another 255 for Billing so they don t have t
443. tifiers alg Lee les L4 EN N m X Cancel z ox_ 3 In the Levels field enter the number of levels of the control from 1 to 4 levels 4 Inthe Level Identifiers fields L1 through L4 enter the names for each level of that control We recommend using I II HI IV or Lo Norm High etc 5 When you have completed the fields select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Control box 6 Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Quality Control Setup menu screen o g Select Device 1 Select Device SchuyLab displays the Select Device amp Control scroll box showing all Control Device sets which have been established Select Device amp Ce x Device Control New Cancer To link a device to a new set of controls select New SchuyLab displays the Device Name box with two scroll fields one listing all the controls in the system the one 176 you ve just defined will already be there the other listing all the device interfaces in your system x Control Device Newac Kconcei Select a control and a device from their respective lists Select OK SchuyLab displays the Define Control Device box Define Control Device Control Device Frequency NEW C EKTACHEM id ra Test Freg Westgard Iv 1 25 a IV 1 35 E r jo jo o0 fo o0 F QC must be valid to Sequence Add accept device results X Cancel y ok 2 Complete the fields as follows Frequency Ent
444. tions of SchuyLab Select F7 Features SchuyLab displays the Special Features menu screen Select QC SchuyLab displays the Quality Control menu screen SchuyLab Quality Control THERESE MSTR 17 01 4666 4 21 2005 a gt l On Line Analysis Q E Levey Jennings Detail Report Report Editresults for a specific lot QC Setup The first step in Quality Control is the setup All the controls their levels their lot numbers and expirations and their ranges must be defined before any QC results can be accepted This is done through QC Setup From the Quality Control menu screen select QC Setup SchuyLab displays the Quality Control Setup menu screen 174 SchuyLab Quality Control Setup 17 03 4666 4 21 2005 Hs F9 Cancel F10 Done a Control Device Set New Alias Lot There are five steps to defining a control in SchuyLab The first two steps once done need never be repeated for that particular control The last three must be repeated for every new lot received Select Control 1 Select Control SchuyLab displays the Select Control box E Select Control x Control mn X Cancel y ok 2 Inthe field labeled Control type the name of the new control We advise choosing a name that s both descriptive and short CBCQC for instance Select OK SchuyLab displays the Define Control box 175 x Name Levels Inewoc f2 Delete Level Iden
445. tly independent from the laboratory setup that special pricing or billing protocols can be inserted painlessly without interfering with the lab tests themselves Exporting Medical Information a EXport SchuyLab s patient database is kept in a proprietary format which generally can t be interpreted by other LIS or MIS systems The SchuyLab Export function was devised to translate patient records demographics and test results into other formats and write those records to a file The file can be on a diskette on your computer s hard drive or if your station is networked on the network server s drive If you save to a diskette the diskette can then be taken to another computer and the results read in 351 Other Features I Batch Requisitions If your SchuyLab is a multi station network and your specimens tend to arrive in large batches one or two times a day you will often have numerous techs entering the requisitions simultaneously Batch Requisitions streamlines large volume multi tech specimen entry a Import This is generally a manually triggered utility that a site can use to import patient demographics from another system on a daily or weekly basis This is used in cases when the site decided it is not worthwhile to establish a dynamic interface a IMport When we install a SchuyLab system at a new site the customer sometimes has a prior LIS or an office system that has the historical records of his wo
446. to fax the report again if you have the SchuyFax module by clicking on the arrow to the right and selecting the correct printer from the list Font Report font is the default font you are using with your report You can also change the fonts to Courier Sans Serif Roman and more Click on the arrow and scroll down to choose the font to use Sequence for You can print a report in numerical order by Accessions reporting numerical order by Patient ID or alphabetical order by Patient detail entries Name that will list the accession number patient name tests ordered etc depending on what options you chose Separator You have a choice of four ways to separate each patient s information Blank Line dashes 1 pt line rule or 1 pt double 237 Print Options Heading Body line rule What patient information do you want in the report Summary does not contain any individual patient information Patient ID Address Other ID Client Drawn Received Printed Etc Once you have selected the options you want an assistant should be able to generate the report for you by entering either the accession range or the date range If you are setting up a customized report you can add the headings that you want to use Free Text Current date and time age number etc IF you use the heading area it will override the default headings If you are setting up a customized report you can add the fields that you
447. to include the question mark when typing the test value into the Add Value box In the Value field pull down the list of values defined for that test and select the one you wish to be equivalent to the value sent from the device In the illustrated example the urinalysis device sends 100 The values defined for U_GLU don t include 100 it s not a numeric test but do include 1 We choose that to equate to 100 Select OK to return to the Values for Test box To add another value repeat steps 6 8 When done select OK When you have added all the test values the box will look like 289 E Values for U_GLU Device Text Smal Trace Moderate Large Large Add X Cancel iv OK 10 To add values to another test repeat steps 4 9 When done select OK 11 Select OK to leave the Update Instrument Test List Now when we return to F4 Devices and look at the urinalysis results they look something like this E SchuyLab Bayer Clinitek Results CLINITEK B lez MSTR 16 37 4016 See 12 02 2008 zle F9 Cancel F10 Done Accession 0 023 905 15 39 O g F4 ID 137648 T Diluted U_COLOR Yellow 1 1 U_CHAR Clear FS U_GLU 1 j U_BIL LARGE Devices F Worksheet U_KET 15 Delete amp i U_SG 1 les U_OCCBIDDERATE Print U_PH 5 aor U_PROT 2300 bA lez UROBILIN 0 Reassign ET U_NIT NEGATIVE Next U_LEUK TRACE fy FB Prior iS 2
448. to access this information A test which is flagged as Restricted will not print out on any log except this one Outstanding Tests Prints out by specimen or a date range the tests in the system whose result is Pending AT Draw List Prints out by specimen date location or client range the accessions that have been marked as To be drawn Barcode labels can also be printed at the same time as the draw list This log is active only on SchuyLab systems with the Indrawn Accessions option activated under Optional Processing Batch Reports Select Batch Reports and SchuyLab lists all the patients with accepted or annotated revised results which have not yet been printed The type of report is noted alongside each individual report entry You may print some or all of the reports listed 5 Miscellaneous Reports This is where any custom reports created for your lab will be found Additionally there are two reports found by default in this option an error log report and patient demographics The Error Log report lists all of the system errors that have occurred since the report was last cleared Schuyler House personnel may occasionally need to print this report as a diagnostic or troubleshooting tool The Patient Demographics report does the same thing as the Client Demographics report Print Control Allows print jobs currently in one of the printing queues to be monitored or canceled si Test Tally 3
449. ts E Beginning F Use Microbiology format E Myj End Tests CHOLESTEROL TRIG TRIGLYCERIDES HDL HDL CHOLESTEROL CHOL_HDL CHOLESTEROL HDL LDL LDL Delet VLDL VLDL _ Delete Sequence X Cancel Add Tests There is one more thing you will need to know about Panel Specifics If you should have the Export feature your Panel Specifics do not print If you have not listed those tests under another print group i e Chemistry your test will print at the end of the report On the other hand if you have a report group called for example Lipid Studies your Lipid Panel will print under that heading whether you have ordered the panel or the individual tests There is one final way to print panel names But you need to understand that it will affect the entire report Go to F8 Tools Setup Parameter ID Optional Processing 146 E Set System Options Language Dates English Mmo gt New Patient Report z sewe M Use test Numbers l Use Clients Veterinary Lab l Hospital Lab M Undrawn Accessions MV Report by Panels X Cancel OK When you mark the box Report by Panels your result form will print using the panel names instead of the generic headings such as Chemistry Hematology etc Another thing to note this will NOT change any old reports They will only print in the original format 147 Sec 5 Worksheets Overview Worksheets form an indispensable part of your daily routi
450. ts capabilities What does the Draw List do In Hospitals Medical Groups and even some Physician Offices a Patient may be admitted for a prolonged stay The Draw List allows the staff to Accession a group of Specimens without actually drawing the sample and dating them for the day after or days after or hours after the time they were entered in SchuyLab You can then print a list of every Patient who needs to have blood drawn as well as what tests they are going to have performed on them For instance at the Example Medical Group George Harris has been admitted to the Critical Care Ward following a heart attack After surgery the doctor wants to monitor his stability and has several Lab tests performed on the patient Even though the blood hasn t been collected yet the lab staff orders the specimen and marks it to be drawn that night When the Lab Staff arrive that evening they print out a copy of the Draw List for each ward so they know which patients need to have blood drawn and what type of samples they are going to draw In addition their barcode printer prints out a series of labels for each specimen on their list so as they are collecting they can label the samples immediately When they return to the Lab they process the samples and prepare them to be run So how do you make use of this tool Well first make sure that your lab is configured for Undrawn Accessions See Optional Processes in Sec 8 Managerial Functions t
451. tum and now you will be prompted by a message amp Results not compatible ee with human life forms Accept anyway No Yes This message would also appear if you accepted a as a result NOTE You will need to have values in the Absurd Ranges boxes for this to work If there are no values the Potassium of 50 would be flagged as a high abnormal 6 Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Tests box 7 Select Done To Update a Test 1 Select a test from the Update Test scroll box SchuyLab displays the Update Test Test name box 2 Alter fields as required When you have finished your updates select OK 4 Select Done U 101 Using Test Numbers Although it is become more and more outmoded some labs use a number code to identify the tests and panels they use These numbers are NOT procedure or CPT code numbers but numbers the lab has assigned each test or panel they perform If your lab is one of those and wishes to continue using that method SchuyLab has made it easier The first step is telling SchuyLab that you will be using numbers as code Goto F8 Tools Set Up PArameter ID Definition Optional Processing This will bring up the Select Systems Options box Check the box for Use test numbers E Set System Options x Language Dates English Pmonvvyy New Patient Report LABELS Setup M Use test Numbers v Use Clients M Veterinary Lab l Hospital Lab
452. u screen To annotate or alter a QC value for a given lot 1 Select Lot Edit SchuyLab displays the Select Lot box 194 E Select Lot Set 3 KDV5945 3 KDV3945 2 KDV5945 Z KDV43945 2 L1 2 2 1 1 1 L2 L3 1 2 abc1 v Include archived control sets If you wish to see all the QC lots including those you have set to Archive then mark the box in the left hand corner Select one of the lots in the list box SchuyLab displays the results for that specific lot and level in a spreadsheet format E SchuyLab Quality Control PEE Control ACEQC LI SchuyLab ina Device ACE Set Hm 65 3 S 1 J Patient ACEQCI KDV594 10E zle F9 Cancel E10 Done PEST Run Date ALBALKPHOS AMY SGPT BUN CA 11 25 23 28 30 Va Va ma ma ma g E4 8 17 11 59 433 00 4 0 35 356 0 34 0 34 0 ard 3 31 17 00 11 00 Va Va ma ma ma Devices 3 31 17 02 14 00 ma Wa ma ma ma H Worksheet g Print tje Features e Mean 158 000 4 0 35 0 356 00 34 00 34 00 SD 238 346 Xe Fe CY 150 9 N 3 1 1 1 1 1 Edit results for a specific lot The tests comprising the control are listed along the top the dates and times for each control run are listed down the left side Point and click at one of the QC results on the screen The entire row of QC data will light up when 195 196 Oven you point to any position on it That s okay it does that to show you where you are But SchuyLab knows which of the indi
453. u want to go back to that set of control values and reinstate them as your active control for the next four days Situations like this are easy for a human to understand but difficult to describe to a computer Fortunately other aspects of QC those which people find most cumbersome so called number crunching are easy for a computer to accomplish At Schuyler House we ve created a QC system capable of handling complex patterns of quality control management without intruding those capabilities on users whose QC needs are simpler It works like this You define a control in SchuyLab You tell SchuyLab that this control C has two levels called Lo and Hi SchuyLab creates QC files marked CLo and CHi All levels of a control together constitute a control set Now you need to tell SchuyLab what tests you wish to run on this control set Since the same test can be run on more than one instrument these tests are defined in terms of a device That way SchuyLab can maintain independent QC records for a given test run on multiple instruments QC requirements for a test may vary widely between instruments A Glucose may be stable in your main analyzer for 24 hours but may need to be recalibrated every 2 hours on the backup machine Once you ve selected the tests to be run on this control enter the Lot Numbers and Expiration Dates for your current lot of the control SchuyLab automatically creates files with that lot
454. up the Patient through F2 Patient Once you have reached the Patient Processing screen click Change Spec info 266 E Change Accession i x Accessionld Patient Id Other ID Labels 00000024 paer lo Ez Time Specimen Received 3262004 3 26 2004 9 23 ier SERUM EEEX Date Time Remark E 3 25 2004 13 23 are stay io fo Patient Name Ordering Doctor Diagnosis ICD 9 C Draw m i List required h X a V Under the Change Accession window you will want to update the Draw Date and Time so they accurately reflect when the sample was collected Also you will need to remove the check mark from Draw Required This will allow the specimen to appear on your Worksheets Click Ok and repeat the process for the next specimen e If the Recv Date and Time fields had been left blank when the specimen was Accessioned unchecking the Draw required checkbox will set those fields to the current date and time Likewise if the By field had been left blank unchecking the Draw required checkbox will insert the current user s initials into that field In other words when you clear the Draw required checkbox SchuyLab records that fact On occasion the phlebotomist will run across a patient on the Draw List from whom they are unable to collect the samples This can happen for a wide variety of reasons the patient is uncooperative they have checked out they are no longer at the Location listed
455. us box are the Suspend Transmissions box and the Waiting and Refax buttons In order 1 The Suspend Transmissions button will be checked if SchuyLab has attempted to connect to the client s fax and the connection has failed To make SchuyLab try the connection again remove the check mark from the button and select OK SchuyLab will attempt to connect to the client s fax again If it succeeds it will transmit all of the reports that are queued under the Waiting button If it fails a check mark will appear again in the Suspend Transmission box The Waiting button displays a list of all of the reports which are in the queue for that client waiting to print as soon as the printer becomes available 501 x Queue SCHUYLAB Delete Ok From here print jobs can be copied or moved to another printing queue which includes other fax queues or deleted altogether This is done in the same manner as for the Print Control icon found in F6 Print 3 The Refax button will also display a log of all the reports which have been successfully transmitted to the client s fax machine To fax another copy of any report select them from the list then select the Refax button 8 04 2003 Change Date Refa mi p A x To view a log from a previous day select the Change Date button and enter the date you wish to view SchuyLab displays the reports that had been faxed to that client on that day These too ca
456. ut This keeps you from accidentally changing significant patient data after the ID has been established The Bottom Section Ordering Doctor Dlagnosis ICD 9 s a a Order Change Tests Demographics CANCEL The bottom section contains two icons nine text fields and two buttons All of these icons and buttons are grayed out until a patient ID is established When the middle section becomes grey the bottom section is activated The icons are Order Tests and Patient Demographics These icons behave just like the do on the Patient Processing screen The Text fields are Ordering Doctor and areas for up to eight ICD 9 codes Today where most labs are billing to Medicare and such it is important to add the Diagnosis codes that the doctor should be supplying to you on the requisition form Occasionally a doctor will write down a diagnosis instead of the ICD 9 code i e Influenza instead of 487 The List button will open the Select ICD 9 Codes box By typing in the name of the diagnosis or part of the name in the Search by codes or phrase box SchuyLab will list all the diagnosis s in it s library for you to choose from 373 Select ICD9 Codes ICD Description Search by code or phrase e allwords anyword C phrase Search INFLAM TOXIC NEUROPATHY INFLAM TOX NEUROPTHY NEC INFLAM TOX NEUROPTHY NOS INFL MYOPATHY IN OTH DIS INFLAMMATION OF EYELIDS INFLAMMATION EYELID NE
457. utton if you want to merge to that is keep the patient file on the left the right button if you want to merge to the patient file on the right SchuyLab will then merge the two files and proceed to the next database match 8 Ifthe two files are indeed for different people who happen to have the same name there are a lot of John Smiths in the world select Next SchuyLab will proceed to the next database match 9 When done select F10 Done Common Problems that will never happen to you but just in case Here are some of the situations that have come up in the course of doing customer support Instead of extending the length of the answers with the technical descriptions of a procedure we have referenced the section in the User s Manual where those explanations may be found We ll begin with some of the simpler questions My AST prints out on reports as SGOT I want to change it to print as AST SGOT How do I do this 336 Go to F8 Tools Setup Test amp Panel Definition and Test Definition and select the test SGOT In the field labeled Name type in AST SGOT Select OK Notice that you only need to change the test name to change the report You don t need to change the test code as well In fact we recommend you do NOT change the test code You can create a major problem if you do See Section 4 I tried to change the test code for Uric Acid from URIC to UA SchuyLab wouldn t let me
458. uyLab displays the Accession Reports box xl Accession Number Range M Duplicate if unchanged X Cancel OK Type the range of Accession numbers in the field and select OK or press Enter SchuyLab prints a separate report of test results for each Accession 71 Print Patient Report Quick List From Patient Processing From F6 Print 1 Select Print Report 1 Select Patient Report 2 SchuyLab prints a 2 Enter or select patient name default format report 3 SchuyLab prints a cumulative report on the patient on the patient Batch Reports While printing a single report is all well and good you will generally prefer to print all your reports at one time probably at the end of the day after results have been accepted And naturally you d prefer to push only one button to get all these reports to print Batch Printing comes close To print a batch of reports Select F6 Print SchuyLab displays the Report Printing menu screen Select Batch Reports SchuyLab displays the Print Patient Reports box print Patient Reports a xj Waiting Reports 40809073 001779 PRELM RESULT 40809097 001798 PRELM RESULT 40809112 001808 FINAL RESULT 40809132 001823 PRELM RESULT 40928002 000022 FINAL RESULT 40928003 000022 FINAL RESULT 40928004 000022 FINAL GRAPHIC 40928004 000022 FINAL RESULT Cancel Print All The Print Patient Reports box lists all the patients with accepted or annotated revised
459. ved RAAR ARAA EEE 114 Tagger Tests cerr ed oleh en eee Le eee ch 123 Allergy TOStS i tiecetctppestiaecee a ede a are eanienneteed cass 125 Screen Definition ensina eee er ee ee 129 Alas Definition oid ieee len onl de ae Sarees aerated E A E uae a Ea 138 Sec 5 Worksheetsoi etext isi sea tee 148 EETRI EI AAE E E ye deate ntact nn A O E 148 Master WorkShee ccccccccccccccccececeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesenseeaaaes 148 Create or Access Worksheets cc eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanaaaaee 161 Routine Printeri a a herman naan a E 161 Selecting a Single Worksheet ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeaaaaeeees 162 To Generate a New Worksheet cccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 162 Retrieve an Existing Worksheet c0 cscccseccccceeeeeseeeseneeneeeeees 163 Editing and Printing the Worksheet c sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 164 Ente ring Results senie es d e ese eves we EES 166 Transmitting Loadlists to Bi Directional Devices 08 168 Manual VVGRKSIG SS 5 cats in ersntsaceuis cra iasuenonchreas enneren rtnn rtr Sooavapcadguicadias 171 Worksheet Barcodes isc icuvcess sunises nbicersescsubegsunes eateunie nc EEE 172 Sec 6 Quality COmtr Ol scicre ccc tack cates ceed ieee acetae tentecaraeeeteetecniees 173 OLETA EN E EE cece et tivacd tas T 173 QC Setups ee e T a achat 174 Adding a New Lot Number to a Control 184 Parallel Testing aseri e a a
460. ves And in this particular case the test values defined for U_GLU don t include 100 Configure the Test Values Received from an Online Instrument 1 Select F8 Tools 2 Select Set Up 3 Select Device Setup SchuyLab displays the Update Device Tests box Click the mouse on the instrument you want to work on SchuyLab displays the Update Instrument Test List box 4 Select the test whose values need translating SchuyLab displays the Update Test box 5 Select the Values button SchuyLab displays the Values for Test box 288 E alues for U_GLU d x Device Text Value Add X Cancel OK This is the alias table for the values for this particular test It translates the values as sent by the instrument into the values defined by SchuyLab for that test If the values sent by the instrument are identical to those defined in SchuyLab it may not be necessary to set up a translation table it will vary between instruments It s still a good idea though To add a value to the table select Add SchuyLab displays the Add Value box E Update alue x Device Text Value i Delete X Cancel y ok In the Device Text field type in the test value exactly as it s sent from the instrument If you don t remember what that is go back to the F4 Devices screen and select the appropriate instrument icon SchuyLab will show the test value used by the device with a question mark added Be sure not
461. vidual values in that row you are actually pointing the cursor at SchuyLab displays the Code name of the test box x Accepted by WJS 8 17 99 12 00 356 0 Ex Mean SD 25D Range 0 to 0 Exclude From Statistics Result Codes fo fo Jo Ifo ma e X conce y x e The QC result is shown in the first field To alter that QC result retype the entry e To exclude that result from the statistical analysis of your QC check the box marked Exclude from Statistics e To annotate the QC result you can enter the numbers of Result Codes up to four of them in the fields labeled Result Codes these are also called Remark Codes These will be the Result Codes that have been reserved for QC and not those reserved for patient results To see how the separate lists of Result Codes are defined see Sec 8 Managerial Functions Or select the note icon to add a free text notation to the QC value e If you check the Exclude from Statistics checkbox on a QC result it will appear grayed out on the spreadsheet The statistics at the bottom of the screen N or number of values mean standard deviation and CV or coefficient of variance will shift accordingly e If you add a Note or a Result Code to a QC result the background behind the annotated figure will turn yellow Select OK SchuyLab returns you to the Lot Edit screen Select another value Proceed as above When you have finis
462. ware system combined with extensive experience in both the computer and medical laboratory fields that Schuyler House places at your disposal with the SchuyLab Laboratory System 11 Life with Your LIS When you install an Information System in your lab it creates a format and organization for your daily work flow What you ve had up to this point is a room full of instruments like chattering children perched on the benches around the room The teacher walks in Now it s time for the students to sit down at their desks get the day s assignments and begin working Let us stretch this metaphor just a little further The teacher has to know what today s assignments are before she can hand them out Likewise SchuyLab has to have today s specimens entered into it first before the tests are run on the instruments The teacher has to be present to receive the work when the students are done with the assignments The computer has to be on and logged on when tests are run on online instruments Many instruments can re transmit data that has been previously performed but many of them cannot You don t want to have to manually input a whole morning s run because someone forgot to flick a switch and type in their initials Physically you need space for your PC room to the right of it for the mouse pad if you re right handed and room for two other types of things a place to organize requisitions and one or more racks for the spe
463. will not automatically have a section on your final report labeled DR GREEN S PANEL Conversely having a printing group called CHEMISTRY doesn t mean that there is or needs to be a panel by that name It may prevent confusion if you avoid giving your printing groups the exact same names as your panels If the panel you set up in Panel Definition is called Lipid Panel consider calling the printing group LIPID STUDIES It will help you keep the method of ordering distinct in your mind from the manner of reporting There is always a choice in creating a software program the choice between a light switch and a Boeing 747 The light switch you see is a very simple mechanism which involves very little training time But the only thing you can do with a light switch is turn the lights on or off On the other hand the 747 is a wonderful mechanism You can fly all over the world in it Carry passengers and cargo Show movies Unfortunately it s extremely complex and involves a large amount of training What everyone wants in a software tool is something as simple as a light switch but as versatile as a 747 It is rather difficult to do this To attempt to resolve the light switch or 747 problem we ve arranged layers of complexity in SchuyLab most of which are invisible to the casual user and we ve set up system defaults that produce the effects most people want For example most people will want the Cholesterol results to print out in
464. wn the paper your results will print before it goes to a next page It is measured in units where 720 units equals 1 inch This will set the beginning of your footer from the top of your paper It is measured in units where 720 units equals 1 inch We will be using two words that you need to know Line and Column A Line is the information that goes across the paper It may be made up of one two or more Columns A Column is a block of information such as the patient s name or the accession number Let s look at the text that creates the header Click on the Header button and you will see Update WHTCLIF1 Header 120 ALL 120 ALL 120 ALL 120 ALL PtNm DrNm Loc 120 ALL PtId Sex Age Dob PtOid 120 ALL AcId AcDdt AcDtm AcRdt AcRtm AcPdt AcPtm St 120 ALL Add Line Re arrange Lines Delete x Cancel y OK 213 Add Line Re arrange Lines This is how you add a line of information to your result form This works in the same way as sequencing the tests in a panel Each of the items in the Update NAME Header box is a full line of the header If the information contained on this line is from SchuyLab Database i e patient s name accession number etc then it is described i e 120 ALL PtNm DrNm Loc If it is text that you added Lab name and address it will not show until you click on that line it looks like 120 F _ Now let s select the first line in the Update form name box and look at
465. work list or even cancel the specimen itself Worksheet Barcodes Worksheet Barcodes allows you to print Barcode labels for every specimen on a Worksheet and can be useful for any procedure that requires Secondary tubes You will see Print Worksheet Barcodes screen Select which Barcode printer you want to send the labels to if you have multiple bar code printers and the number of copies of each label Click OK and they will print out Print Worksheet Barcodes x Printer INTERMEC Copies 1 Print Barcodes for Worksheet ESR 0330 1 X Cancel TA OK These barcodes still work like any other specimen barcode If they are used on an instrument the machine will run every test that it is interfaced to run even if it does not appear on the Worksheet you used to print the Barcode Labels For example you build a Glycohemoglobin worksheet and print out barcode labels for all of your secondary tubes When you place those tubes on the instrument the machine will run every test ordered on the specimen that it is capable HGB_Alc and NA and K and 172 Sec 6 Quality Control Overview Quality Control along with its elder siblings Quality Assurance and Quality Management is a complex topic to delineate How do you explain to a computer that your shipment of new controls has been delayed by a blizzard but in the back of a fridge you found a couple of bottles of a control you d been using six months ago Yo
466. xes in the Define New Group box e Requires separate page Selecting this option inserts a page break in the patient report just before this printing group causing it to be printed on its own page e Requires full width of report In order to discuss this option you first have to consider how your Specimen Report currently looks Do the group headings always extend all the way across the page If you aren t sure you can find out by checking under F8 Tools Set Up Report Setup Patient Report In the Setup Patient Report box you will find four reports Cumulative Accession Send Home and Microbiology If the form type under Accession is RPTSPEC2 select the Setup If the screen displayed by SchuyLab has an entry field labeled 2 Column Threshold the number in that field determines whether your reports ever shift between one and two column formats If the number in that field is 0 your reports always extend all the way across the 144 field If there is a number other than zero in that field usually 14 or 16 then that sets the number of test results below which the group occupies a single column If the entry field does not exist or the name under the Accession Report is something else then you have a customized report Checking this check box mandates that this group will always extend all the way across the page with each test occupying a separate line overriding alternatives set at other points in SchuyLab
467. xpand button is activated only for trigger tests Move the entry field to a trigger test and the lettering on the Expand button changes from grey to black Select Expand This brings up the Expanded screen with the appropriate follow up tests Only those results that are actually entered will be retained in the patient s file fields with no results entered will not be retained Close the Expanded screen is by selecting the Done button the retained types will appear on the screen beneath the trigger test The trigger test s entry field will still be active make sure that a result e g SeeBelow is entered and accepted for the trigger test itself Press the Escape key to change the entry field back to a highlighting cursor on the mouse then point and click on any of the tests in the scroll box Press F10 Done to save your work and close the current function Delta Check When you enter the patient s result on a specific test if you have set up the Delta Check variation see Sec 4 Tests and Panels SchuyLab flags the results if the results exceed the range Let s say you have a patient come in and one of the tests you run on him is a Glucose The test result is 80 so you type it in and hit the accept button If this patient has had this test performed before and you have a delta range set up in the test a box will pop up on your screen if the present results make the criteria DELTA CHECK 000090 12 15 98 12 06 1
468. y M Restricted Output Type ASTM 1238 C ASTM 1394 Tests Layout Delet Pending Spreadsheet X Cancel Y o tt ras SchuyLab 385 Complete the fields as described below Name Enter a name up to eight characters long for the new Export format Description Enter a more complete description for your own records Peer System This is used when one of the pre programmed standard formats Type HL7 or ASTM requires special handling to interface to another system The peer system can be selected to trigger this If the system being sent to is one of the peer systems then it should be selected Output Type Select one of the output types ASTM 1238 1394 a standardized format HL7 Fixed length ASCII where all fields are the same size Delimited ASCII where the fields can be of variable size and are separated by so called delimiters dBase IV format for use with dBase spreadsheets Spreadsheet Select this box if you want the fields to be arranged in the form of a spreadsheet with the same fields repeated on every line This is only available for Fixed length ASCH Delimited ASCII or dBase outputs where the tests to be exported are specified see below Pending The Pending field works for all result export methods The text entered in the box is what will be sent in the result field if the result is pending If SUPPRESS is specified then no pending results will be sent at a
469. y change instruments that have different ranges than you ve been using Instead of making a new test to reflect the range changes by entering a date in this box SchuyLab will begin using the new ranges yet still reference the old ranges when necessary TAT The Turn Around Time TAT is an interval between two designated points in the processing of a test It is used in a clinical setting to measure the efficiency of the laboratory The actual length of this time interval is compared to a target time that is placed on the individual test or globally set in SchuyLab and a report is generated to show how frequently this target is achieved The definition of the designated beginning and ending points is fluid and may change within a facility as well as between facilities It is generally used by a laboratory for two purposes to troubleshoot internal processes or to document laboratory efficiency Absurd This will alert you to typing or entry errors that can sometimes Range occur that are either outrageous or near impossible For example for some reason the Dimension is not transmitting over to SchuyLab and you need to enter the results manually As you are working your way down the list on the patient you misread the results and type in a value of 50 for the Potassium test Normally this result would have been flagged as an abnormal high and you would have gone on to the next test But that would be an impossible result for a Potass
470. y clicking on this button You may have a few notes that already have information in them but they need to be updated i e a note that says called Dr _ on To update this a note click on this button and fill in the blanks or other information that is needed Much like Add Next can be used in adding another note to a test or result following the first note Clicking onto this button will cancel the note you were entering This will save your note and display or print it as you have dictated Type in your note in the large text area You may use letters numbers and any text characters The note will be free form automatically wrapping around at the end of a line or you may use the Enter key as a carriage return the only place in SchuyLab where the Enter key has this function When the text is complete select Save SchuyLab returns to the Input Note Code box Select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Note Codes box To Update a Note Code 1 2 From the Update Note Codes box select the Note Code you wish to update SchuyLab displays the Update Note Code box Select the Note icon which has writing on it so you know it s in use as a Note Code SchuyLab displays the Display Note box 309 x Written by MSTR 11 24 2003 15 19 This test was performed at Miew only Do Nat Print Prior Add Update F Lab Confidential I Priority Nex Delete 3 To alter the text of the Note Code
471. yLab user the existence of a test in the patient s results that is not in the list of tests in Report Order will dynamically create such a Group 476 Explicitly linked tests The previous section dealt with ad hoc ordering which is good for tests that are done once a year How do you order a reference lab test that you use 50 times a day For those you can afford to spend the time setting up a frequently used test and placing it in a specific spot on your Patient Report SchuyLab will automatically annotate that this test was done at its performing Reference Facility If you want to set up an ironclad rule that THIS test is always done at THAT lab then the second method of ordering reference lab tests Explicitly linked tests is what you want Link a test in the SchuyLab database to a single test that is always done at a particular reference lab You set the Link for only the corresponding test code at that particular lab and you set the Facility box for that facility This SchuyLab test is then explicitly linked to a particular test at a single reference lab Let s say we have a test Albumin that we always want to be run at Mega Reference Lab We go into the Albumin tests in Test Definition F8 Tools gt Set Up gt Test amp Panel Definition gt Test Definition and select the Refer button Type in what the Mega Reference Lab order code is for that test and set the Facility to Mega 477 E Update Test ALB
472. you leave all of these fields blank it will print out every Draw Required specimen that is in your system As an example let us print a list of all the Draw Required samples from the Critical Ward that are scheduled to be drawn on 3 25 2004 Our date range is 032504 to 032504 and the location is CRITIC to CRITIC We can enter 2 in the Labels field which will print out 2 labels for every specimen on that Draw List if you have a barcode printer That way the phlebotomist can mark each specimen as they collect it Once you click OK a confirmation window will appear You have 1 accessions for a total of 2 labels Do you wish to continue Click Yes and your Draw List Report and its barcodes will begin to print On the Print Draw List screen you will also notice the Setup button This allows you to further configure your report to fit your needs E Configure Report x Queue Font default defant M Clients on separate pages SotBy Location Time List Orders None C By Code By Name C By All Locations on Separate Pages M Dashes as Accession Separators Print Patient Notes Iv Print Accession Notes Heading Body Queue Allows you to change the default printer for this report 265 Font Sort By List Orders Locations on Separate Pages Dashes as Accession Separators Print Patient Notes Print Accession Notes Allows you to change the standard
473. you need The number range will either be the range of accessions or range of Patient ID depending on how you set it up Print Labels Number Range Queue PRINTER r Setup X Cancel W oK If you have chosen to print by Patient ID and marked Undischarged Patients Only your labels may look something like Labels 2 02 06 11 00 001030 Allen Steve ooooo000 2 02 2006 001033 Nonimous Alfred oo000000 2 02 2006 001036 Smith Rich oo000000 2 02 2006 001031 Gomez Yolanda 00000000 2 02 2006 001034 Rachman ooooo000 2 02 2006 001037 Test Patient oo000000 2 02 2006 pin C ooe 367 368 Whereas the accession label with Existing Accessions Only marked may look like Labels 2 02 06 14 19 001030 Allen Steve 00000018 2 02 2006 001034 Rachman 00000021 2 02 2006 001032 Harris George 00000019 2 02 2006 001038 Smith Mary 00000022 2 02 2006 001037 Test Patient 00000020 2 02 2006 001038 Smith Mary 00000023 2 01 2006 369 Appendix Batch Requisitions Like Gaul the Batch Requisition screen is divided into three parts The first part is specimen information which is occasionally changed The second portion is information which defines the identity of the patient and the third division is information which is filled in after the patient s identity has already been established THERESE a MSTR 16 21 4666 77
474. you re running a given test on different specimen types choose the type that s appropriate for this test For example if your lab ran both Serum and Urine Creatinine you would set the Sample fields on those tests to Serum and Urine respectively When you ve chosen the correct Sample type select OK SchuyLab returns to the Update Tests box 105 Update Test GLU1HR Code Name Dept Inst ae GLU1HR GLUCOSE 1HR CHEM AcE Full Description io m apt Dec Units Sample Suffix Procedure Amount fo mga gt Af 0 00 Billing Normal Range f 2 Ranges An z J Critical Range i Values Effective Date TAT Linear Range 7 Options o Absurd Range i Panels Workload 0 0 Same Ranges as Test z Days Delta Check fo or lo Interval 10 C Months Derivation lf this resultis derived from other tests Print Delete X Cancel Y OK Select the Suffix field and you ll see a pull down list of possible single letter suffixes This list is fixed within the software the list will not include the suffixes that have been assigned to the Sample types This is the field to use when you re running a given test on multiple samples of the same type choose a letter for each successive test For example if your lab ran Glucose Tolerance then you might leave the Fasting Glucose suffix blank assign the suffix A to the 1 hr Glucose the suffix B to the 2 hr Glucose and so on Similarly
475. you to automatically send faxes in three ways Continuously will fax any results that are ready as soon as they are accepted Every minutes will fax any results that have been accepted only after a set number of minutes that you determine Finally Specific Dates and Times If you have chosen Specific Dates and Times another box will become available to add the time and date for faxing Select OK When finished select Done Using the SchuyFax Module You have now implemented automatic faxing for the client s you have selected From this point faxing takes place in one of two ways 1 Anytime you Batch Print a series of reports or if the SchuyLab system is set to Automatically Print When Final i e begin printing the moment the results are accepted the Fax Module will automatically fax reports to the clients with assigned fax queues Only the patients belonging to a client will have reports automatically faxed to that client You can also fax a single report in the same way you d print it through the Patient Processing screen Select F2 Patient or F3 Specimen to reach the Patient Processing screen then select Print Results SchuyLab displays the Print results for Patient Name dialog box Print results for Test Patient Queue PRINTER g pate tas a Yes The Queue list box will by default show the printing queue assigned for this patient usually your in house SchuyLab printer However instead of

SchuyLab User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents